Home

ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual

1. Vehicle Truck Vehicle Truck Vehicle Truck Vehicle Truck Vehicle Truck 6 4x2 2 do F 150 XL G 4x2 2 do F 150 XL 5 4x2 2 do F 150 XL G 4x2 2 do F 150 XL 368 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 10 Using the Tool Browser cont d Export All Tools Data Tool Browser P Addkem Edtkem i Retireltem i Print Explorer A o emn Dell Bernetfum Todd Doe Jane uz Jones Susan Extersson Smith Tom Cernewdriv t H Locations Veici D Drilt x Recent Places D Earthmoving Eguiprmert Veheles W2 1 Dropbex Existo Cord Vehicles 6 GD Creative Cloud Files Exteron Ladder sicat Screwarvers Velsclee 167 P Vehicles Vehicles 105 J branes elscles ud Documents J Mure Filename Browse Data Save as type CSV Files CSV Hide Folders L5 Cond Return to the Activity Training Activity 11 Create Materials Retail Cost Each Biling Configuration MSRP 9 59 Do not bill this model Replacement Cost 9 59 Item Base Value eal 9 59 Unit of Measure dollars Y Material Model Record BN Save H Cancel Prevous amp Ne Manufacturer amp Model Information UPC Number A zatalog Number q Year Certficaton Nd d 12 oz can Chus li gt Copy 2 13 Mam Worehouse 6 50 Replacement Cost 6 50 U
2. Part Two Item Info Cost Info Stock Info up Me D Message Center 000000000 Bin Main Bin There are assets with low levels Stock Levels Assigned Target Leve Refresh On Order Low Level Total 18 Materials Dashboard Material Model Recarlle Low Level Browser Recalculate _ After you have adjusted your inventory to 25 units you are no longer below the designated Low Level that you set therefore your oil should no longer appear in the Low Level Browser Nor should the message appear any longer in the Message Center TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Dil Oil 10w 40 Materials Dashboard Material Model Record Low Level Browser a Recalculate _ Return to the Activity 3 1 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 13 Transfer Tools amp Materials Assignments Dashboard Transfer Brows Transfer 1 i Process Transfer i Add Tool Record Add Material Record Remove Line MP Cancel Edit Transfer Transfer 101 10 31 2012 3 40 4 Transfer ExpressCheck n Express Check Out S101111 Main Warehouse T Cost Center mE Cost Code v Transferred By Assigned On Document No Ward Brent 10 31 2012 03 40PM ag Cost Center From 2 ranster Process Transfer ai Add Tool Record P Add Material Record 3 RemoveLine T Cancel Edit Transfer Transfer 2023 07 30 2015 03 35 PM Transfer Express Check In 7 Express Check Out EI Stoney
3. 5 Optional Using the Search screen you can limit which items will be visible on the Count Ticket For example if the Count Ticket contains drills generators and air tools you can use the Search screen to show only the drills are to be counted E ausis Tools or P asse gem o Drills Air Progress EPIS Uncounted or All a Youcan narrow your search by e Type tools or materials e Category user defined e Progress counted items uncounted items or both ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner You may use none one or e update the Status multiple criteria to produce your e enter ina related Count Note desired search results Ticket E O L 10 44 Meter EBENEN b lap the Next button OO dn Status 6 There are 2 ways you can count Lii 1 1 VSVSR 3 chuck portable case inventory a Unique Tool on a dede Count Ticket From the Summary Ranga ational HQ ype T Bin tab Counted 7 29 15 10 44 44 AM By Bennethum Todd a Scan or enter the item into the Item field If entering data into a field manually click the Enter ay button on the scanner OR i c Tap the Save button 7 To inventory a Quantity Tool from the Summary tab highlight the item Count Ticket EJ G X 46 10 37 Item Q Ladder Step 6 being counted then tap on the Fasteners 12273 M drywall screws 2 Drills 36871 T VSVSR 3 chuck Count button Cutters Pipe 5787 T Cutter Pipe Sma
4. function NOTE Permission Add E dit Delete Execute mm Adjust Inventory v Depending on the mese H H LB T B T7 Permission only the View Dssewes o o 1 L Add Edit and Delete boxes Kite OL 0O J00 ofi will be available Others will LestandFound L j have only the Execute tow Level Browser SOf o o function available meaning i TN e irri it is a function that the User hears O Ooo oo will be able to perform such Petreto o o o o o To Todo Too dy as see checkmarks to right Stockpoint Specife 1 L4 ED m Tel o P OS e Adjusting Inventory ToolModel CUE OT se e Reinstating a tool e Retiring a tool The Permissions discussed here can be found at Appendix 8 Explanations of Each Role Permission Creating a ToolWatch Enterprise User 1 From the Lists panel click the Employees button 2 From the list of Employees select the enol T Employee who you want to make a m TEET User Enter his email address in the i iden if eee Tsai saps pem Email field see image deren E meine EU secuit paren ilie TEE io e If this isa new Employee select Re ro Create New then fill in all relevant w details Tati a i 3 Click the Save button 4 Click the Close button Tools amp Materials Categories 5 From the Help menu manually sync by Certific
5. 24 hrs difference Reports T Return to the Activity Materials amp Consumables P Pick Tickets amp Transfers i Service amp Calibration TH Purchasing amp Receiving Training Activity 36 Calculate amp View Un Posted Job Cost amp Billing Charges Billing Browser A Cakulate Post de Add Misc Charge Credit JX Delete Misc Charge Credit Refresh JK Cancel Billing Browser Update Cast Center Deplay entnes eim XbCst silting ae 5 zn R T x Cn an rs mtm oe xn on s tn n t A o 10411 Legacy Cost Center Calculation Select cutoff date and tme 09 19 2014 03 01 PM on Tools Materials Cost Center Locked Dy Locked On Cut Off Date Cale Date Status Tools 3 g 0919 2014 03 05192014 Bogwated Reaveaved A Stoneytrook Suberorect 032192014 03 097119 204 Feguested Reovesi CNN NN 408 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 36 Calculate View Un Posted JC amp B Charges cont d 10411 Legacy CC Job Cost tab EE 10411 Legacy truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 Charge 1 l 10411 Legacy extension cord 10 3 5 Initial Charge Assignment 650000 2 130 00 10411 Legacy Service screwdriver No 2 x 4 Initial Charge Assignmer 130000 3 39 00 10411 Legacy General Cond drill 1 2 D handle Charge 0 7200 1 0 72 10411 Legacy motor oil 10W 40 qua Initial Charge Assignment 6 5000 2 13 00 10411 Legacy spray paint r
6. ien Li un iFlaass Bait To Adare H Eannethum Todd 4 00 vemia Parkway Suite 450 O j i Gunning M4 wage baw Engknaceost CO 80 Pinas Dube parpi ac a p 27735 LOR LOR Euraighd law Locking Pliers 1E 120 Serial humbe 20 2302 203 Asigim TR Project 1727 Ve Timberline Fai Arall FC 46525 Tiaa Dasi DN 5272015 Erd Die 22950 ECIOGERT OCotdoor extension owd 257 virgi LOS legit inis Saral Huri BwmirurwersE TR Prospect 3327 W Tiere Rs Aelia HC 45583 Start Dasa 027 5472015 Ere Dust OBS 22950 BCLOSSET Oubdoor awbisredien coed 25 vieil 10 3 lighted end Taria Hurter Fourier hatina HO 400 braen Parken Ergi O 850 12 Sat Dae 021605 Ered Darts 01 20S BS tuwra ISO Shere 1500 Crew Cah Sheet Exec SLE FWD 0 55 00 ann zo 265 63 50 Serial Number 101220333 Aosigrimmmact TR Project 1227 We Tirmberkc Road Bahela C 45583 Shart Dobe 2 1 2015 End Date Reval Charge Taks Tax LOC Dis Upon Riscispt Spsecial Jectr ctiens hie TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual i120 135 00 LSE 03 20 1038 SIIA Job Cost amp Billing e Quantity Billing Browser Oty e Transaction Type Billing Browser gt Calculation Method e Hours Billing Browser gt Transaction Detail e Effective Rate Hr Billing Browser gt Transaction Detail e Unit Price Billing Browser gt Amount Each e Total Unit Price x Quantity Billing Browser gt Extended Total e Description 1 Item Nu
7. 3 Wood River Warehouse Description 10411 Legacy Wood River Warehouse 4 Stoneybrook Address City CENT State Return to the Activity Training Activity 5 Modify Visibility Sandbox Sandbox Sandbox File Go Layout Help Sandbox Sandbox Sandbox File Go Layout Help Visibility 101 7 104 102 Return to the Activity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 363 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 6 Create User and Regular Employees Employees E e Emplyeelist MEER Saas Active Inactive All Q9 Active Inactive All First Name Jane Employee 2 No Last Name First Name Em pem pues Y em imi Num Doe Bar Cc 3 Doe Jane fg 101 Bennethum Todd General Info Employment Info Billing Info Certifications Jones Susan 2 Doe Jane d 4 Jones Susan eal Md 2 Smith Tom di 3 Smith ToolWatch User Account Administration z User Type i Desktop User V Mobile Device User Create New Password Roles Management Confirm Password 77777 u Administrator Purchasing amp Receiving Job Cost amp Billing Reports amp Graphs List Maintenance System Tool Manager Tools amp Equipment Materials amp Consumables Pick Tickets amp Transfers Service amp Calibration Add y Components _ 1 1 my nmy m rn DataSource w Hee tet te E Low Level Browser M IU Reinstate Tool Stockpoint Specific
8. National HG New Location 1 Routers d p IM EP ork Ma afe TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 127 Enterprise Essentials Printing a Count Ticket Once you ve created a Count Ticket containing items for a particular location that you would like to inventory you can print the ticket This provides you with a paper checklist that can be filled out by hand as you inventory the location in question 1 Repeat Steps 1 4 of Viewing a Count Ticket 2 Click on the Print button and choose the Count Tiket Breserser Selected option see image iunc w L7 Mew Count LIT Const Tick AET AE Cuni Lcon Ticket Hine 3 The Print window appears CimamdDaim anao te 4 Choose your desired Report Layout as well as any additional report options Click OK Papon Layout Layout Count Sheet alabe EPO UR RTT Frint Bar Codes Print Photos Sort By Category he Group By Category v Include Lines Counted Uncounted All 5 A preview of your report appears in a new window see image Here you can do the following a print the document by clicking the Print icon b save the document in a variety of formats e g pdf jpeg by clicking the Save icon id and selecting an option Fa Count Ticket mise ERNE B A 3 4539 D Page 1 dl O O O O fe JEJE EB zi z 5 6 1 TF 1 amp 10 8 1 EN Count Ticket 128 ToolWatch En
9. Delete The Service Plan should now appear in the tool record Select Service Event s lo jks 152 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration 8 In the Service Plan tab either double click on the Service Event in question or highlight it and click the Edit button in order to open and edit it This will bring up the Service Plan Event Detail window from e arlier Event Recurrence RecurrenceType 9 Click the Recurrence button to open the n Event Recurrence window see image Recurrence pattern e Daily Note that the Range of recurrence section Wes S D m fere 3 monti appears how Monthly The second Wednesday of every 3 month s Yearly 10 From this Range of recurrence Range of recurrence Start Wed 6 11 2014 i In the Start field set the Start date in keeping with your Recurrence pattern the Start date should be set to when you ee ee want to receive your first notification for Service Every 3500 this Service Event Usage Recurrence ii Choose and complete your End Date or XN LN when notifications are set to finish ox Jf Cancel Remove Recurrence ii Click OK to close the Event Recurrence window 11 Click Save to close the Service Plan Event Detail window 12 Click the Tool Record Save button in order to save all changes to your Service Plan Note that these changes apply u
10. Extension Cord Model Record Calculation Initial Charge Return Credit Base Value Method G G s lab Cont toh etho rouping rouping S65 Assignment 100 Initial Charge 80 Return Credit 2 Screwdriver Model Record Calculation Initial Charge Return Credit Base Value Method G G Job Cost tab etho rouping rouping 13 Assignment 100 Initial Charge 8096 Return Credit TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 22 Job Cost amp Billing Assignment Calculation Method Billing tab 3 Extension Cord Model Record Calculation Initial Charge Return Credit Base Naive Method Groupin Groupin Billing tab PINS PINE S65 Assignment 100 Initial Charge 85 Return Credit Screwdriver Model Record Calculation Initial Charge Return Credit Base value Method Groupin Groupin Billing tab dd ping ping 13 Assignment 100 Initial Charge 85 Return Credit Calendar Calculation Method Job Cost tab 1 Drill Model Record Job Cost tab deve CRT miy Mni and Moni a ain 188 Calendar Days 0 09 hour for each grouping 2 Vehicle Model Record Job Cost tab a Dui Wenkin sno Rate Gs 26 000 Calendar Days 2 65 hour for each grouping 37 228 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Earthmoving Equipment Model Record 115 000 Calendar Hours 12 hour for each grouping Job Cost tab Calendar Calculation Method Billing tab 4 Drill Model Record Base Value Ca culatio
11. a Click the Yes button A new Tool Record will appear Notice that the top portion of the window now contains the information from the Model Record you just created b Tool Number ToolWatch will suggest the next available Tool Number based on your Number Blocks You can change this Tool Number to a number of your choice or you can accept this Tool Number number see image At this point you can save this new Tool Record as is or enter additional information before saving your work 56 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials c Click the Save button to save the new Tool Record along with its assigned Tool Number NOTE Upon saving the Tool Record is closed and not visible The same occurs when saving the Model Record If you plan other work with this record do one of the following e write down the Tool Number or Model Record ID to use in a Search e click the View Model Information link on the Tool Record to have the Model Record tab available e save the Tool Record on a Tool Browser Search so it is available later Adding Unique Tools to Enterprise Creating a Unique Tool Record from an Existing Model Record As we created the new Model Record recall that you saw a message asking if you would like to create a new tool Inadvertently if you saved the Model Record without saving the Tool Record or if simply you wish to add more Tool Records now or at a later time here is what to do 1 Fro
12. a either accept the default hours OR modify them to fit your specific business practices b click Save For more information on this topic see Rate Migration 5 In the Rate Sheet Number field enter in a number to identify this particular Rate Sheet You can use a combination of numbers letters and characters here 6 In the Description field enter in a description to title and summarize this Rate Sheet 7 Decide on how you will use this Rate Sheet Accordingly fill out the tabs e JobCost or e Billing tab or e both tabs For more information on this topic see The Rate Sheet User Interface 8 Find the first Model Record on this Rate Sheet for which you would like to accrue charges 234 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 9 In the Base Value column be sure there is a Base dollar Value for this item Numbers only Do not enter in a symbol If this field is empty enter in a value 10 In the Calculation Method column select Assignment For more BE l information on this topic see Calculation Methods alendar Laps JA o Calendar Hours a Initial Charge Calendar Minutes 11 Fill out the following 2 required columns b Initial Charge Hourly Usage 12 Repeat Steps 8 11 for each Model Record for which you would like to accrue charges Optional If you would like to accrue charges for BOTH Job Cost and Billing tabs you must repeat the above steps for each tab 13 When
13. eT 169 Sent aaro a ford d Side im renner en ar ee ee eee O OA 170 Comeleum a WOSKOFOOES octo tieu E eee rt 170 Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order sss 173 PURCHASE RECHVINO oreu ean E E A eer ery ere errr 175 Mooda ON ses e E O A A 176 A Purchase Order EX Cea occ aaceeactcasiett reason acted naecioats eaocestvaedseed taadeceeneganats aeeseuneeiens 176 Sa FAT CEA E RT PE 1 9 Creating a New Purchase Order eese nennen nnne 179 Adain Purchase Order Oc tt Ol eer meme ee ee ren men ut entente dx asleep d eni pude us adi ee L1 mmo Bems1o9 Durcids e COPIE oc gode e idi ratumu werner ere RM 180 Adding Tools to a Purchase Order C M 180 Adding Materials to a Purchase Order eene 181 Adding a New Item to a Purchase Order occi toi tr HESS te tmt EUER ESUD M MR UTRUM 181 Adding a Template to a Purchase Order seen 182 Training Activity 25 Create a Purchase Order eere 183 Creating a Purchase Order from the Low Level Browser eere 184 bdtime Purchase COPOGIGESL R E tet ree ere tometer err MUN HN ee ere OMM eer ee 185 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 9 Table of Contents l renagse de r BOTE HIS uieiieub tuni Orat cette ee E ete 185 Par aer er DON c 186 Viewing an Existing Purchase Order dues utes
14. 09 14 2014 09 01 PM x Scan or enter item lt scan here gt 1 truck diesel 1 2 to Main Warehou 3 extension cord 10 Main Warehou 2 motor oil 10W 40 Cost Center From Main Warehou Return to the Activity Training Activity 15 Create a Kit Tools Dashboard Pick Ticket Browser Tool Model Records Material Browser Tool Browser Kit Browser Kit Detail Kit Detail gt f Add Tool Record Add Material Record 23 Remove Line Bj Save f Cancel Print amp Previous amp Next Kit Contents Kit No 2 Description General Repair Kit Y Caen s Bar Code 123123 Note After assignment re stock with 3 units of paint Item 2 Scan or enter item lt scan here gt Enter drill 1 2 D handle extension cord 10 3 50 ft unit spray paint red 12 oz can screwdriver No 2 x 4 Phillips EC504930 Coleman 52101 Krylon 47114 Craftsman Extension Cords Paint 2 Screwdrivers 3 4 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 15 Create a Kit cont d Tools Dashboard Pick Ticket Browser Tool Model Records Material Browser Tool Browser Kit Browser Kit Detail Transfer gt Process Transfer g Add Tool Record Add Material Record 3 Remove Line f Cancel _ Edit Transfer Previous 8 Next Transfer to Stoneybrook Transfer 4 09 14 2014 10 02 PM Q Transfer Express Check In
15. 6 You can adjust manually the In and 3 Tap the Personnel drop down menu Out quantities of quantity tools and select the employee from whom you are receiving items a Tap the open checkbox next to the item Express Check 3 G gt X EE 3 18 Check In b Highlight the item Personnel c Tapon the Line Detail tab b Barron Mike G Bennethum Todd Tim Check In 3 G gt XE cy Bennethum Todd ZEN Quantity ESI E Meter MEN Status v List Pg Credit Info Line Detail 4 Check in the items either by lv Transfer a tapping the open box next to an individual item this places a checkmark next to this one item d In the Quantity field tap on the b or tapping the All button this up and down arrows to adjust for places a checkmark next to each p I1 of items being of all outstanding items checked in an Cancel 296 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 7 When finished tap the Transfer button This is the same as the Process Transfer button on the desktop Transfer EJ GX de we 2 25 ae d i r 7 a Fi Z a d G 1 Le poen A ay i AA fs Sign Here 8 The person submitting the transfer signs inside of the white box This optional signature will also show up on the Transfer Ticket when it synchronizes with the desktop application 9 Tap Done By doing so you are officially executing the transfer Otherwise
16. Ability to create new customers ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing tool material or template categories From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing certifications From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing classes From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing contractors From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing cost centers From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing cost codes From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing customers DELETE e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing tool material or template categories From the Lists panel Ability to delete existing certifications From the Lists panel Ability to delete existing classes From the Lists panel Ability to delete existing contractors From the Lists panel Ability to delete existing cost centers From the Lists panel Ability to delete existing cost codes From the Lists panel Ability to delete existing customers APPENDIX EXECUTE 331 APPENDIX PERMISSION VIEW ADD RET DELETE EXECUTE Cycle Count Data Merge Utility Departments Employee Types Employees Manufacturers 332 Placeholder reserved for future use N A e From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing departments Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e Ability to see ex
17. Calendar Days and Enterprise will round the charges up to full days All charges are rounded up to the FULL unit chosen so if you choose Calendar Days then one day plus one minute will be charged as two full DAYS Required Daily Weekly Monthly Rate Groupings for Calendar Days Daily Weekly Monthly and Hourly Usage Rate Groupings for Calendar Minutes Hours Optional common Maintenance Rate Grouping ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 213 Job Cost amp Billing c Hourly Usage Method The Hourly Usage Calculation Method will generate a charge only when the actual hours used for a unique not quantity tool have been recorded in the Equipment Usage Log or if an Idle Rate has been established Typically this method is used for large equipment where the actual usage hours are recorded and reported by an operator Required Hourly Usage Rate Grouping Optional Idle Rate Grouping common Calculation Method Groupings Each Calculation Method can have additional Rate Sheet Groupings that can be applied to the calculation The availability of the grouping depends on the Tracking Method used for the item e g tracked by Unique ID or Quantity The table below displays which groupings can be applied to the various Calculation amp Tracking Methods on the Rate Sheet Y yes it can be applied Calculation and Tracking Methods e E 5 CI 3 E 2 oy 28 2 0 O th gt 2 2 c T oe os 3 LE pa de 53 A
18. Charges Assignments tab of the Tasks tab see image c Dunn Edit any of the other tabs e g Instructions cilc O 1 Service changeoil filter 00 Parts Charges as shown earlier in creating a Service Plan Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record Save changes to the Work Order Completing a Work Order 1 2 3 Follow Steps 1 4 of Viewing a Work Order Click on the Tasks tab Highlight a task to complete and either a click on the Perform Task button OR b right click and select Perform Task the Task window appears NOTE Clicking on a task s Done checkbox will provide the same result as Steps a and b above For a Service Task Type a inthe Completion Information section of the Task window document the following e the Performed By information as appropriate e the Actual Hrs required to complete the task e any Note s regarding completion of the task For an Inspection Task Type a Pass Fail status for Inspection tasks b in the Completion Information section of the Task window document the following e the Performed By information as appropriate e the Actual Hrs required to complete the task e any Note s regarding completion of the task 170 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration 6 Fora Calibration Task Type a enter values for As Found and As Left using assigned Unit as a reference Enterprise will automatically assign
19. Retail Cost Each Billing Configuration MSRP 65 00 Do not bill this model Replacement Cft 65 00 Item Base Value ea 65 00 Unit of Meagre dollars ool Model Recorc i A Save M Cancel Previous amp Next I Attachments Record ID MO Manufacturer amp Mod Information a Category was swo Yew eee 3 Your Description Extension Cord 10 3 50 ft Class i LTTTTUUTEREENENNNNNO iem Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval UniqueID 9 Quantity Change estu Jena aceon Cost info sees Sock Main Warehouse 25 Bling Configuration Do not bi this model 13 00 ub t Cost 13 00 Item Base Value ea Return to the Activity 366 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Training Activity 9 Retiring Tools ANSWER KEYS After tools are reinstated use browser to see if the items were returned to inventory Retired Tools Reinstate item Viewltem Item No Date Retired Reasnn Cateanrv 09 14 2014 9 09 14 2014 2 drill 1 2 D handle 1 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door 1 Tools Dashboard Toc Tool Browser Jones Susan Main Warehouse Jones Susan Main Warehouse Explorer Categories Ber Col TTe All Categories Tools Dashboard ToONQwser Retired Tools Drills Tool Browser g All Drills Employees 10 op Additem Edititem elem Export Data 4j Print
20. _ A stock Point A Cost Center CC1 Not Charged c c4 Billing 5tream Closes E Job Employee A1 Non Stock Point 1 if the asset is transferred back to the Stock Point from which it originated A Stock Point A 1 4 Cost Center CC1 Not Charged Billing Stream Closes Job Employee A1 Stock Point B Billing Stream Opens Job Employee B1 Job Employee B2 2 ifthe asset is transferred to another site subsequent to its original assignment the original Billing Stream will be closed and a new one opened if a Cost Center is specified Cost Center CC2 Charged Fi ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 243 Job Cost amp Billing The Billing Browser Introduction Once you have initiated charges for your assets some of them will already exist e g those for Assignment Calculation Method while others will continue to accrue until their Billing Streams are closed and their charges finalized The Billing Browser is a tool that provides visibility into pending job costs and billing charges for each Cost Center used in Job Cost and Billing Some of the actions you can do with the Billing Browser include e calculate and post charges e view transaction details e add miscellaneous job costs and billing charges to a Cost Center e place charges on Hold if a dispute or question arises e Lock charges from further calculations prior to posting NOTE Given the nature of the data it processes the Billing Browser r
21. amp Avery Label 5267 1 2 x 1 3 4 Labels can represent either Item Number or Bar Code number assigned in Lists gt Employees Location Labels Report Allows for printing of bar code labels for Locations Two sizes available at office supply stores are available Avery Label 5260 1 x 25 8 amp Avery Label 5267 1 2 x 1 3 4 Labels can represent either Item Number or Bar Code number assigned in Lists gt Locations Status Code Labels Report Allows for printing of bar code labels for Status Codes Two sizes available at office supply stores are available Avery Label 5260 1 x 25 8 amp Avery Label 5267 1 2 x 1 3 4 Labels represent codes assigned in Lists gt Status Codes Bin Labels Report Allows for printing of bar coded Bin or shelf labels for quantity tools and consumables Three sizes available at office supply stores are available Avery 5162 1 1 2 x 4 Avery Label 5260 1 x 25 8 amp Avery Label 5267 1 2 x 1 3 4 Labels can represent either Item Number or Bar Code number ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 343 APPENDIX Consumables Reports Group 1 gi Consumable Reports Current Inventory Report Report listing information about consumables currently stocked Includes various costs last count Bin and Bar Codes Select by Category and Manufacturer Consumables Detail Report Report detailing information on consumables including Replacement Cost and Stock info Select
22. button suggests otherwise A window appears reminding the user that any changes to Job Cost amp Billing can involve only unposted entries i e transfers What this means to you is that once data for a transfer has posted changes will not affect Job Cost amp Billing information Here is what can be edited 1 a Return Date for this transfer may be assigned or changed it will still generate a message in the Message Center as appropriate 2 a Cost Center can be assigned or changed 3 a Cost Code can be assigned or changed If a Cost Center or Code is added i e one did not exist prior the next calculation will apply this Cost Center Code as long as no charges have been posted based on this transfer If a Cost Center Code is changed from a previous one on the ticket any transactional data generated previously by this transfer will apply to the new Cost Center Code and be removed from the old one It is important to note here that this will occur only to entries that have NOT been posted Once posted transactional data cannot be replaced making any future troubleshooting quite difficult Using the Transfer Browser search for a historical transfer of interest Open this Transfer Ticket Click on the Edit Transfer button Read and click OK to the subsequent window Add Edit the appropriate Cost Center Cost Code and or Return Date fields Click the Process Transfer button to initiate the transfer and any edits y
23. raid et Purchasing Reports arte apoE P i Billing Regesta m 5 Either Print OR Save the report as a pdf file View Meter Exception Report Note that the Meter Exception Repon fes image displays all tools that have each aru Ceia Wata ui Meter Exception Report teo Pimi Core pH Maat Fat ed Abki Hopeni ILU s maru Cur OT zn mp URTEA LAAT ELMS SG E Paki ee DUKET y 25 a Lair Coco Ls 3p td ne Au Uic ECCE AUG Shee Cir Rog 7 lapis coco on TT HERO Tice zu Swe ah CR bhar i Lis faim nl CTER a RELL RUD E pw Viae gru it Tt X boo A ird ITF lir Ecc LL TS SS Gua ir j t XPE ic Tryarr HCW BESO i FAH 5315 DOHA Bao am Ert XHCO 25853 marar UE GSI s ACT SS Se Tinia T RE orbatin eorsa amy ey iir i p TESTE n ELS ee Deden oper Z crisis pea se Diaiiri TEHAT AL Vi GEEHRCLE RALD TS Soy TRA feo J5 a Lace coHDO X Compaen INGERSOLL BARD DUS At TH eTmwE Verran i Labi Cla p COPTDHAGRCT WE ECL LPY hy TUE oo Ng compo HORS Ud SRS Wa A ium PR Tati Xrco ce De Le 3 a A A Conr are wa rb Fein A H HOEKE hii 5305 Err 1o ds soe wine X Ho Com ra gan Hp AL So Portas xen a Compre A Mcr MWD Js cae v mim om Fortis HOD V i M t H i t established values for the meter interval on the Model Record regardless of whether any meter information has been entered onto the tool record Of course if no meter information has been updated to a particular tool s record Enterprise will consider this om
24. 1 Click on the Lists tab 2 Under the Job Cost amp Billing section click on Cost Codes E e 3 On the Cost Codes window click the Create New button 4 n the Description field enter in a description of the new Cost Code s 5 Click on Save then Finished to close the window Editing a Cost Code 1 Click on the Lists tab 2 Under the Job Cost amp Billing section click on Cost Codes n Cost Codes 3 On the Cost Codes window highlight the Em Code 1 060 Cost Code to be edited see image Description Concrete Removal 20 222 Ic bl onsumables Cost Center 4 In the right hand panel edit the Cost Codes relevant information 5 Click on Save then Finished to close the window 202 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 29 Create Cost Codes To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Cost Centers amp Cost Codes gt Creating Cost Codes Create 3 Cost Codes The Descriptions for each are as follows e General Conditions e Service e Trucking amp Hauling When done compare your work to the Answer Key Creating a Cost Center Sa 1 Click on the Lists tab Cost Centers 2 Under the Job Cost amp Billing section click on Cost Centers Bu 3 On the Cost Centers window click the Create New button 4 Inthe Cos
25. 12350 E Arapahoe Road Suite C Centennial CO 80112 Cost Center Cost Code Ordered By Requisition Ship Via Expected Date Doc Doe dane rex 2 Day e o Order Recerne C anmcel Unit Order Recerne 5 Model TB Qty Qty a Amount Amount 4 T drill D handle 1 2 in DeWalt DW 140 Tm 1 0 18500 188 00 oo O 8 Q extension cord 10 2 50 ft Coleman Bc 504230 ae a 0 o 71 25 21375 0 00 O I 105 M mater oil 10 40 quart containers Mobil 1 MX4T E 2 D 5 59 11 18 oo D 44455 Scott 10 rall Multipurpose Shop 3453 45 5 D 25 98 122 30 oo O Towel packages 245 5 a screwdrivers Phillips Mo 2x 4 Craftsman 47114 Tou 2 D 11 80 2320 000 DH dn 7 M Spray Paint Red 12 oz cans Krylon 52101 Toa 4 a o 8 50 26 00 000 oO Sub Total Note Heliver drills to Legacy site immediately Shipping Total REPORT TOTALS Report Count 6 Total Orders Cost Amount 592 03 Total Orders Received Amount 0 00 Total Orders Outstanding Amount 592 03 Total Shipping Amount 0 00 Total Tax Amount 0 00 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 397 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 26 Editing a Purchase Order to Include Adding a Template otep 7 pron ata FTE Purchase Order Bro ap Create Purchase Order _ Edit Purchase Order Delete Purchase Order Print amp Receive Purchase Order sc Browse Purchase Orders Open Closed E ay PO Number Order Date to x Vendor Status Waiting for Receipts More search optio
26. 150 from Tool 1375 250 max minus 100 already posted in August 50 from Tool 1380 250 max minus 200 already posted in August 9 n October you transfer Tool 1375 back and forth from the warehouse to the Legacy job site 2 times always using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet 10 In October you also transfer Tool 1380 back and forth from the warehouse to the Legacy job site 2 times always using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet 11 At the end of October you calculate your un posted charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have SO in total un posted charges Tool 1375 has already reached its POSTED max of 250 and therefore is no longer accruing charges Tool 1380 has already reached its POSTED max of 250 and therefore is no longer accruing charges 12 Then at the end of October you POST charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have SO of posted charges appear in your reports Note The same concept would apply using the Calendar Calculation Method Scenario Z Tool Rate Sheet Feature Max Charge Grouping Tools Involved 2 HR5021 generators Tools 3615 and 3622 Calculation Method Calendar Days with a Daily Rate of 50 Max Charge Grouping Max Job Charge of 300 Locations Involved Main Warehouse Legacy job site Cost Center Involved Legacy Cost Center using Legacy Rate Sheet FIGURE 2 System Dashboard RateSheet Browser Rate Sheet Rate Sheet Save Save And Close sj Add Rel
27. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 enone i i w w N ee p jmd jd pmd pmd pm 12 screwdriver No 2 x 4 Phillins Stonevbrook When done compare your work to the Answer Key Invoice Browser Invoices Invoices may be generated displayed and printed using the Invoice Browser button nr Invoice Browser e Either posted or un posted data may be used to create these invoices As well invoices may be customized to include important information such as Terms Tax and Payment Due Invoices are assigned numbers and dates for ease in tracking and reporting In order to generate a new invoice Job caine ea Cost and or Billing data will need to be e a available to capture from the Billing Browser re a ren Je E By default the Invoice Browser will generate invoices using data from the Job Cost tab of the mes ios os Magd Mam russ ee cc emm rate sheet Generating New Invoices 1 From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module 2 Click on the Invoice Browser button the Invoice Browser window opens see image 2 4 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 3 Click on the Generate C G Invoices button the Fit ae To LU aa E Generate Invoices window opens ae Larcher 4 Specify a Date Range for d acidi the data you want iM Ca included on the invoice x ket kt Sm If you wish to target a TW Saree single date merely set each field to
28. 3 Click the Manage Project Defaults button 4 From the Working Hour Defaults window that appears set your default project days and hours see image button to open the Company Default ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 199 Job Cost amp Billing Working Hour Defaults C Sunday 08 00 AM 05 00 PM Monday 08 00 AM 05 00 PM Tuesday OE 00 AM 05 00 PM Wednesday 08 00 AM 05 00 PM Thursday 08 00 AM 5 00 PM Friday 08 00 AM 5 00 PM Saturday 06 00 AM 05 00 FM e these represent days and hours that are eligible and billable e values may be edited at any time 5 When finished click the Set button to set your changes 6 Click Save on the Company Default Calendar to close the window Adding Company Holidays The holidays an organization observes are established in the Company Calendar Charges do not accrue for any project on a holiday 1 From the Navigator panel click the Administration module 2 Click the Company Calendar button to open the Company Default Calendar window 3 On the calendar click once on the day in question e g July 4 to highlight it 4 Click the Set as Holiday button SeasHoida this New Holiday opens the New Holiday window see image Independence Day 5 Enter in the name of the holiday referenced in Step 3 Click Save twice to close out Cancel Save NOTE As holiday dates change from one year to the next it is necessary for your ToolWatch Admin
29. 9 Emerald Isle Restaurant co 303 555 3321 8 3 1 2 From the window that opens up find an item on the left side to edit 303 555 3344 303 555 3345 Gart Sports CO 800 555 9229 Greater Seattle Fisheries WA 3 Select this entry by clicking once to NY Port Authority NY highlight it 4 Update modify any of the Mm information on the right side of the AE esser SEDED ancient save onc 5 Select Save gt Finished As a best practice the first time you create something new you should check to see that your work has been modified 32 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Status Codes Status Codes are used to assign a particular status to tools and equipment This enables you to filter out items by status in the Tool Browser and in Reports Statuses can also affect whether an item can or cannot be transferred or if it can initiate the retirement of an item For example by changing the status of an asset to Needs Repair you may trigger a rule that prevents that asset from being transferred again until it has been repaired and the status updated Here are steps in creating a Status Code 1 From the Lists panel click on Status Codes 2 In the Status Codes window click the Create New button see image 3 In the Code field enter in a short abbreviation for the status you are creating e g NR for Needs Repair e Note that it is recommende
30. All Drills OR EF Drills c using the Search feature discussed later in browsers All Drill 4 Highlight the tool s on the Browser window to retire and either LLL a right click then select Retire Tool see image OR View Detail View Meter History View Transaction History a Change Owner l Retire Item f b click the Retire Item button on the menu bar Change Status Change Return Date Adjust Inventory Remove Inventory Record 5 After choosing to retire the tool you will see this window see Add to Kit Change Model image Edi Ki Retire Tools Add To Pick Ticket Pick You are about to retire tools When a tool is retired it is removed from normal service and placed into Lost amp Found It will no longer appear in the Tool Browser or on in service tool reports Add to Purchase Order If the tool is later encountered during a transfer or if it is scanned the tool may then be reinstated and placed back E m into normal service Create Service Request Create Work Order 9616 Air Tank 9 Gal Add to Count Ticket Cx Cee v 6 a Optional To have the retirement of this tool close the billing stream or apply a Loss Charge to a particular Cost Center Code select it in the Cost Center and or Cost Code fields b Optional Add Notes in the Notes field regarding the retirement of this asset 7 Click OK At this point the Tool Record is removed from inventory including any Service Records or Purchase Orders action
31. Click on Save then click on Finished Project Billing Rules Say you are billing out quantity tools such as screwdrivers that are indistinguishable from one another One screwdriver goes out on Monday another on Wednesday On Thursday one of the 2 screwdrivers being billed is returned for billing credit Which one Is it the one that went out on Monday Or the one that went out on Wednesday LOFI Last Out First In and FOFI First Out First In represent your order choices to deal with such situations As you cannot always anticipate these circumstances we suggest that unless you know which one benefits you simply choose one and let the law of averages take over from there Editing the Project Calendar ToolWatch Enterprise uses either the Company Calendar or the Project Calendar to determine the total hours that are eligible to be charged during a billing period The Company Calendar serves as the default If you would like a particular Cost Center to have its hours determined by anything other than the Company Calendar you will need to make those edits in the Project Calendar If you use Edit Project Calendar for a particular Cost Center any saved changes made will supersede those made to the default Company Calendar Also any changes to the Company Calendar moving forward will NOT occur in the Project Calendar Those changes will need to be made manually 204 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual a Tools Assigned or Return
32. Employees gt highlight or NN EN create the Employee gt Manage ToolWatch User Account button gt check Mobile Device User box HH Logout m Utilities 5 Enter a Password see your ToolWatch administrator NOTE To type click on the keyboard icon on the bottom of the screen using the stylus Click on the Enter button on the keyboard to enter information you type in 1223 1 2 3 4 5 e 7 8 9 o 4 Tab a w ed cf t vj uj iJ o eJ CET CAP aj sd al ffajh ij k LU J J Shift 2 x e v b nlm d A CE Pd Ext eS Utilities 6 Tap the Login button ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 289 Mobile Scanner Mobile Home Tab Search for a Tool Material Item 1 From the Home tab tap on the Tools amp Materials button ToolWatch EOGAL XtJ t TOOLWATCH Tools amp Materials Transfer Pick Tickets Express Check In j d Synchronize mma Utnlities 2 Determine if you would like to search for Tools or Materials O Tools Materials 3 The Mobile has 3 different ways to Search for tools a Search by Item i Tap into the Item field to set the cursor Category M Assigned Explode Kits ii Enter data using either 1 the scanner s number pad or 2 by tapping on the keyboard iii Tap the Search button 290 iv Double tap the item to view edit b Search by Category i Tap the drop down arrow in the Category field Category Assigned
33. From the Home tab tap on the new location ERA Transfer button or employee MOSS ToolWatch EJ gt X 4 11 03 TT Click Save Number Ail ATCH 3 Tap ihe Next Barcode Description o Ea tu button Last Name 4 The Assign Date DD NNI mw as reflects the current day and dais wu z time the transfer is created pm 5 If you wish to designate a day for Utilities items to be returned add a Return Date Transfer Oe dcr 2 Tap on the drop down menus to optional p Assign Date populate the From and To fields Transfer q x 1 10 a The other Meng fields on Return Date v this screen Today None_ iian Document Ewood Dan i and Document a Farrer K To Finnaldi et Delivered Delivered by Fleming Lori Cost Center Fonda Jim by are Ford Tammi e de berg David optional Frazier Linda also mer Cancel 6 Tap the Next button 292 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 7 Tap in the Item No field to set the cursor EJ C Q 4 1 25 item CET Transfer Item T Description Q 99591 T Cutter Pipe Small 1 1004 T Bender Conduit 1 548 Q Air Tank 30 Gallon 1 Line Items po Credit Charge Une Detail A m ag Cancel 8 Enter a number in the Item No 10 11 field either by a scanning an item s Barcode b typing in the item s Tool or Material Number using the scanner s number keys or the keyboard c click
34. In the Explorer tree you would click on the Air Filters category ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 85 Enterprise Essentials 2 Next you would click on All Air Filters Enterprise would display a list of all Air Filters for which it has Material Inventory Records Viewing All Materials at Specific Stock Locations In this example we will display a list of all materials at a specific Stock Location 1 In the Explorer tree you would click on the All Categories category 2 Next you would click on Stock Location then on the Stock Location of your choice to display all of the materials at the location you selected Searching for Material Model Records 1 To display all of your Material Model Records from the Navigator panel click on the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Click on the Material Models button to display the Material Nabari Model Records Model Browser window ap AddItem Edit Item QA Delete Item 4 Add Invento a The window is divided into 73 33 3 3 T i two areas The area on the Explorer A AY Categories bh left A is the Explorer tree All Categories es Xs while the area on the right i All Materials I l Manufacturers i i B displays the individual 4c a EAr Filters i uL Ancho Material Model Records Air Tools Repair Parts i i see image gree L b Each category is also id z ed Remo Q0 Anche E E ED f
35. Naller Angle Finishing mata Jar O 1 1 i Saws 5x5 L4 sS T Circular 7 114 Po dd dPbax A sxmsxeda esx Ees sgd 9 2 24224242 4424 424244 42442242 42 42 This report can be printed only one way 1 Through the Count Ticket Browser g A preview of your report appears in a new window Here you can either a Navigator gt Pick Tickets amp Transfers module b Count Inventory button gt Count Ticket Browser window e print the document by m DESEE a T clicking the Print icon C se the Browse Count Tickets fields to find the Count Ticket to s aveiooccuDen cu pus D lu jpeg or other formats p print gt highlight Count Ticket by clicking the Save al d Print button gt Selected option icon e Print window gt Report Layout gt Count Ticket f Click OK 140 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Count Inventory Project Report This report is n ToolWatch Training Center designed to be sec used within inventory Category Drills counting Kem Description Manuf Model Bin pr oj ects 25993 Dril Cordless 18 Hiti SFC 18 A 21112 Dril Cordless DeWALT DW242 38 18v Inventory data 28904 Dill Handle DeWALT DWMO 30 is presented 28908 Dri DHandle DeWALT DWi40 30 both counted NE E d ted 25006 Dil Spade DeWALT DW130 ana uncounted 25992 Dril Cordless 18 Hit SFC 18 A in summary 28905 DriD Hande DeWALT DW140 30 form much Category
36. The easiest way to avoid any problems is to remember to tab tab tab i e use the Tab key to move forward from one cell to the next NEVER use the arrow or Enter keys When you tab into a cell the existing value should be highlighted see image To edit any cell values be sure the number is highlighted completely then re type the newer number in that space You may use a decimal point but DO NOT include other characters such as or 3 25 14 13 X After making your changes be sure to TAB OUT of the cell This is what activates the change at the code level Rate Migration Rate Sheet Rules When setting up a new Rate Sheet you are asked first to define your Rate Sheet Rules These settings are critical to how Enterprise will apply its billing strategies to those circumstances over which they apply Firstly these rules apply ONLY when the Calendar Calculation Method is selected 210 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing The Calendar Calculation Method determines which rate to charge i e Hourly Rate Daily Rate Weekly Rate or Monthly Rate an item based on how long it has been assigned to a project When ToolWatch Enterprise calculates the charges for an item using any of the Calendar calculation methods it first determines the total billable time to charge The appropriate rate used for the item is determined by the item s Rate Sheet Here rates are calculated as hourly daily weekly
37. This is from where the Employee will be working or the main Stock Location from which he will be assigned tools 4 Fill in First Name and Last Name for the employee and any other optional fields necessary 5 Click Save 6 Click Close User Role Permissions Prior to creating a User of ToolWatch you first need to create a User Role for him This is a set of Permissions that you as the company s ToolWatch Administrator have created specifically for this person s role in your company A User Role outlines exactly what a User can and cannot do while he is logged into ToolWatch Examples of User Roles might be e Project Manager e Executive e Warehouse Manager e Tool Crib Manager ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 41 ToolWatch Basics Default User Roles There are two roles that come pre loaded with ToolWatch Enterprise They are the How Management e Administrator User Role User Roles Role Permissions e Tool Manager User Role Tom ara rU Materials amp Consumables Pick Tickets amp Transfers Service amp Calibration A person given the Administrator User Role see image can do anything and everything in ToolWatch Enterprise Any Permission that is available to be granted now and in the future is granted You ll also note that all of the checkboxes are grayed out meaning nothing may be altered Warehouse Ma acer We recommend that you have two 2 Administrators assigned in
38. a Tool Model Record e From the Tool Model Records Ability to open tab or the Tool Tool Model up any Tool Browser Model Records e Ability to create new Tool Model Records Model Record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 323 APPENDIX Materials amp Consumables PERMISSION Ability to open up any Material Records Material Detail Ability to open up any Material Model Records MELLERI 3 e From the Material Model Records tab e Ability to create new Material Records e Ability to add Inventory Records e From the Material Model Records tab or the Material Browser e Ability to create new Material Model Records Pick Tickets amp Transfers PERMISSION e From the Count Ticket Browser tab e Can browse or search for open Count Inventory or closed Count Tickets e Ability to view the Inventory Adjustments Browser tab 324 e From the Count Ticket Browser Tool Browser or Material Browser e Ability to create new Count Tickets e On a Material Record tab or from the Material Browser Ability to edit fields in an item s Material Record Ability to edit fields in a Material Model Record From the Count Ticket Browser tab Ability to open and edit existing Count Tickets Ability to edit an existing count from the Inventory Adjustments Browser DELETE e From the Material Browser e Ability to remove an Inventory Record e On the Material Mod
39. af G 12 30 the Save Item Record window Ed SO Model ID b Tap Yes to save Greenlee Textron Ir iv iv 7 Manufacturer Category Model 6803 Editing Tool Model Record Track by Information 833106803 Biz i agisii s 1 MEI Cable Puller Editing Model Record information will modify all Tool Records associated with that model To edit Model Record Information 6 Tap on the Tool List tab to display 1 Search for the Tool Record of interest all tools represented by the model of see Search for a Tool or Material interest Item TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 291 Mobile Scanner Edit Model EJ C gt 2 A 12 29 a Select either an Employee Tt Descripti M Manufacturer Stockpoint or Location 4335 Cable P 68 Greenlee Textron 1136 Cable P 68 Greenlee Textron 1 With cursor in either field tap on the Stock button to populate C re the From or To field with the ier user s designated Stock me Cancel E Save Location ii If neither the location nor Transferring Items employee is ECEE listed you Transfer Transfers allow users to move tools can also From D materials or kits from one location or select Cost Center paras employee to another Transfer Tickets lt NEW gt id can be created on the Mobile but not saved nor stored Historical transfers may be found on the desktop and follow the prompts Mer ET to create a Em iployee 1
40. causes 215 model to be skipped Done Receiving indicates Status of a Purchase Order where items have been 185 received against Double Line Format format used to export Cost Center summary data used with 269 double entry general ledger systems ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 423 GLOSSARY Draft Edit Transfer Effective Duration Employees Enterprise Enterprise Essentials Equipment Equipment Usage Log Expanded View Explorer Tree Export Data Export Data Export Templates Export Templates List Express Check In Express Check Out Favorites FOFI Gauges Charts Graphs Key Performance Indicators 424 status assigned to certain documents when they are first being created in this status they can be modified button that allows for editing of Cost Center Cost Code information on completed transfers that have not been posted represents the billable units e g minutes days weeks individuals entered into ToolWatch often working for company newest version of ToolWatch software the core set of features of the ToolWatch software items managed similarly to tools in ToolWatch feature that allows for recording hourly usage of equipment checkbox on Tool Browser to expand view of window allows for navigation of Browser data without using Search clicking this button saves designated data to a database file in the csv format only button used to export transactional data to a template file
41. checked while the Charge Net Drills Drill Hammer D Handle TRDL1 188 00 115 00 X 216 20 a Loss check box is checked see image Here only the new charge for the loss of the drill billed to the project would be the established Loss Charge 216 20 less any previous charges against this drill here 100 or a sum of 216 20 100 or 116 20 7 Cost Code Cost Codes are used to group costs within a Cost Center Cost Codes can a be entered directly onto transactions e g Transfer Tickets Work Orders or the Rate Sheet can provide the Cost Code information where none have been entered into a transaction There are 3 ways to include Cost Code information with your Job Cost and Billing charges a Enter the Cost Code in the header top section of a transaction e g a transfer At processing time it is assumed that all lines in the transaction will apply this Cost Code information entered into the transaction header b You may override the header Cost Code by entering a Cost Code on any lines that do not match the information in the header c Without any Cost Code information either at the header or line level the Cost Codes may be entered directly onto the Rate Sheet In this way it will be included with each Job Cost or Billing charge 222 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing By allowing the Rate Sheet to provide the Cost Code information your users in the warehouse and in the field wil
42. e Set Payment Due date to one week in future e Select Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center e Click Generate button e Click OK on invoices generated window b Click the Search button on your Invoice Browser to populate the window with any invoices you have generated It may take a few minutes for the invoice to appear in the browser 5 To view your invoice highlight the item in the browser and click on the Print Invoices button Expand the window to see the invoice detail more closely When done compare your work to the Answer Key ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 281 Job Cost amp Billing Job Cost amp Billing Reporting Options Introduction As discussed in Appendix 7 Fundamentals of Reports there are over 100 prepared reports in ToolWatch Enterprise from which you may choose Reports within the Job Cost amp Billing module are arranged in logical groupings such as e posted vs un posted billing vs job costs e summary vs detail vs transactions Tools amp Equipment vs Materials amp Consumables Here we will look more closely at 2 such Job Cost amp Billing reporting options ROI and Billing Comparison Reports ROI Report The ROI Report calculates your Return On Investment for your tools and equipment It calculates both flat dollar and percent returns This report compares an item s purchase price to its posted Job Cost amp Billing totals with and without any service work done against the item s This
43. esee 294 Adding or Editing a Cost Center or Cost Code for an Individual Item 294 12 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Table of Contents Editing Return Date Meter and Status Information in a Transfer sss 295 Iz denscz Mora edi E ree 205 lta dre coi P 296 Ig Cel ursa Darei M De C 297 Removing a Picked Item from a Pick Ticket eene 298 Neat Vs SP PIC MCI ges a speige E mixta dirus e iden mU du mE RE Meum IRE 209 nef ig b grea Morel o CT 300 Viewmg Line Details greece 300 C O qan a E E E ee ee re 301 Conducting an Inventory Using a Count Ticket eere 301 Using an Existing Count Ticket to Inventory a Location eere 302 Using a New Count Ticket to Conduct an Inventory eese 304 I Co ox rom 3 boi be Uo T ee ee A E E 306 Adding New Tool Records to an Existing Tool Model Record 306 Creating a New Tool Model Record and Tool Record esses 308 Creating a New Material Model Record and Material Record 309 FeR Ok 0 aig 248 lc ET ee 310 APPEND IDY qm E er ree te E re 3
44. find any tool s you wish to add Highlight it them and click OK to add them 4 G Add Tool Remove Tool Tools 0 5 If done with the Service Plan Event Detail window click Save to close it 148 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 9 Service amp Calibration Parts Tab a Adding Repair Parts to a Service Plan If there are certain existing resources namely materials and consumables that you know will be needed for a particular Service Plan you can add them to the plan itself In doing so when the service is performed these items automatically will be e brought to the attention of the Service Manager as Required Parts e deducted from your company s inventory e charged out under the Charges tab on a Work Order and in Service History 1 Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 3 Enter a part by either a scanning 34 4 Click on the Parts tab see image iini in Dd dm oti Fee Parts and Supplies or typing in an Item Number Q P yellow field or b clicking on the Add parts button Check Al Un Check Al Add parts Parts 0 For the latter use the Explorer tree of the Materials Inventory window to find any tool s you wish to add Highlight it them and click OK Adjust quantities using Est Oty field NOTE By default any Repair Parts that you have added to the Mat
45. for the item s by a click the Stock button to select the main Stock Location OR b selecting an Employee or Location from the drop down menu 7 Click Process Transfer to execute the transfer process NOTE Immediately after such actions as a transfer you might wish to see the results Typically in order to view such a change you will need to Refresh the window to update any recent changes The easiest way to refresh is to complete some other action like one of these e doing a Browser search and clicking the Go button e processing another transfer by clicking the Process Transfer button e clicking Save to create a record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 97 Enterprise Essentials Adding Tools or Materials to a Transfer Ticket 1 From the Transfer Ticket click on either the Add Tool Record or Add Material Record button GY Add Tool Record WB Add Material Record This will open the respective Browser either the Tool or Material Browser 2 From the resulting Browser window Explorer Tree locate tools using one of the following methods e selecting All Categories gt All Tools gt choose tool s of interest e selecting All Categories and the specific tool category 3 Highlight the tool s of interest and then click the Add Item button located on the menu bar 4 To remove an item from the Transfer Ticket highlight the item and then click on the Remove Line Remove Line button found on the me
46. gt Unique Tools only Unique Tools only Loss Charge v v v Cost Code v v v v GL Charge Account 4 v v v GL Credit Account v v v v 224 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Creating a Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet 1 From the Navigator panel click the Job Cost amp Billing module Cl Rate Sheets 2 Click the Rate Sheets button TF Reese open the Rate Sheet Browser window Click the Add Tools amp Equipment Rate 44 Took 8 Equipment Rate sheet Sheet button 4 The Rate Sheet Rules window appears populated with values for the default hours a either accept the default hours OR modify them to fit your specific business practices and b click Save Rate Sheet Number amp Description Job Cost Biling Drills Drill V2 D Handle D 140 Earthmoving E Backhoe 10 ton 450E Extension Cor Extension cord 10 2 50 ECDOS33 Scissor Lift scissor hfl drveable 50 MSL 10 2 E Screwdrivers Screwdrivers No 2x4 P 47114 104 ui Vehicles Truck F 250 diesel 1 2 F 250 103 ia For more information on this topic see Rate Migration 5 Inthe Rate Sheet Number field enter in a number to identify this particular Rate Sheet see image You can use a combination of numbers letters and characters here 6 In the Description field enter in a description to title and summarize this Rate Sheet 7 Decide on how you will use this Rate Sheet Accordingly fill out these tabs e Job Cost or e
47. lt 5 From the Enterprise File drop down menu select the Import Meter option see image This will open the Meter Import window File Go Layout System Dashboard Import Meter Browse Kits Create Kit ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 159 Service amp Calibration e e Select CSV File To import and Validate 6 Click the Browse button to choose the csv file to import see image Item Number Model Description Current Meter New Mates Diffe 7 Ifthe file you imported does not contain any errors the Status message for each tool will display the word Valid see image __ _ gt 1 gt gt gt 11 llllll_UUU i7 IIiiiiiiilllll l l 7 haad sg Meter Import LANE _ Select C EV Fs To import and Validate T rires Tramp Hes 2013 2014 Day Pier Saraan d Taliesin Folder Meter te mew 1 Cent mea u Status 8 If the imported file does contain errors the Status field will contain a message describing the error s and providing feedback so that you can correct these errors and resubmit for updating see image 9 Once your values are Valid highlight the line item you wish to update and click on the Import button The lines will disappear from view as they are imported 10 Close the window when finished Meter Exception Report Overview The Meter Exception Report works in conjunction with establishing the recurring meter mileage reading interval
48. payment bezins upon receipt Return to the Activity TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Invoice Humber Invoice Date Billing Periad Payment Due Tems Business Unit Project Contact Telephone Transa tion Type Charze contact Susan Jones with questions 1049 5 5 2015 04 27 15 05 06 15 5 6 2015 Net 30 days Heavy Equipment Susan Jones 720 252 7564 Effective Hours Rate Hr 10 812 00 Rental Charge 5120400 SalesTax 8 0006 39 50 Net Due Upon Receipt 129 50 Page 1of1 ANSWER KEYS 419 Glossary In Adobe Acrobat you can search for any term by Ctrl F then type in your term into the Find box and hit Return Continue to click on the Next box to find multiple uses of your term Glossary Term Accessories Actual Price Add or Delete Misc Charge Credit Adjust Inventory Adjustment Detail Administration Administrator User Role API Assigned To Assignment Assignment Method Attachment 420 Definition items often used but not required with a tool price actually paid upon receipt of items recorded on Receiving Ticket drives the values for Total Quantity Purchased Average Purchase Cost and Last Purchase Cost allows for creation or deleting of miscellaneous charges or credits in Job Cost amp Billing a button Tool Material Records or feature Tool Material Browsers that allows for adjustments to quantities shows all individual inventory counts that make u
49. the Additional Charge window appears see image c enter the Charge Description or select from the drop down menu d enter the Qty Cost and Unit of measurement for the charge e click Save to close the window 10 Optional Apply a Cost Center Cost Code and or Service Class to the Work Order a click on the Charges tab Cost Center Cost Code Service Class Y b In the Work Order Defaults see image choose a Cost Center Cost Code and or Service Class c click Save to close the window TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 167 Service amp Calibration NOTE As of this version Cost Centers and Cost Codes are notation only fields in Service functions and do not affect charges in Job Cost amp Billing 11 Save H ndm the Work Order You will be asked o Update tool record with new information to update the Meter and Status of this tool see SS image Choose one or Skip Update and proceed e This also updates the Work Order Status if pie Ta eemi See cedate Pending to In Progress Close work order DY Close work order 12 When the Close work order window appears a click No if further processing remains Wes b click Yes only if everything is finished for this Work Order Creating a Work Order You do not need to have a Service Request in order to create a Work Order As with Service Requests there are 2 ways in which to cre
50. the items B 5 will be added to the ticket Gg e Ifa ticket is not already open one will be opened and the Sd Count Location field will be populated e By leaving the Tool Browser and Material Browser tabs ae open you can add both tools and materials to the same Add to Purchase Order Count Ticket Simply select the items on one browser right click them onto your ticket then repeat using the other browser 10 The list of tools materials now ounted Items Count Summary appears on the Count Ticket under the Count Summary tab Item Oil 8031 M Oil 10W 40 MX4Ta 1 i ill le 1 WALT wi 1 see image Drills 29495 T Drill D Handle DeWAL DW1605 Drills 25068 T Drill Spade Handl DeWALT DW130 parent 1 PPE Gear 839JWT1228 M Hard Hat AO SAFETY 453HH 47 Safety Equipment 6 T Fall Harness Full Klein Tools Inc 87000 1 o lines In black are counted Nail Guns 32001 T Nailer Angle Fini Makita AF631 1 e lines in green are uncounted 122 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ues ften T ten Decor Ded Moss Expece Toar Coon i Mobil 7 0 2 ie io D Enterprise Essentials 11 Click the Save and Close button 12 This Count Ticket can be used now as a computer checklist for the tools and materials that you would like to have inventoried at this location NOTE Youcan designate a Count Ticket as Closed by selecting this option in the Status menu of the Count
51. they are removed from the Equipment Usage Log window 250 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Adding a Related Item Charge ToolWatch Enterprise enables you to create additional charges for any of the unique tool model records listed on the Rate Sheet For example if you would like to charge for a cleaning or delivery charge each time the unique item is assigned you can create a Related Charge and associate it with the appropriate Model Record listed on the Rate Sheet Create a new Rate Sheet OR open an existing Rate Sheet 2 Highlight the Model Wehicles golt cart Ham 2000 3 TOUCH Record to which you Vehicles Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Ram 500 E 195500 0 would like to add a Vehicles Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Ham 1500 d 16500 01 Vehicles Pickup Ext Cab Diesel 1 ton Ham 3500 d zz Ll Related Charge see vere ee image 3 Right click and select OR click the Add Related Charge button 4 Related charge A new line appears on the Rate Sheet 4 Inthe Item Description Vehicles Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Ram 2500 O 19500 00 Calendar Da field of the new line enter ve Ram2500 O Ei in a description of this Related Charge here a Cleaning Charge Click the Tab key In the Base Value field enter in a value for the item s charge Click the Tab key In the Calculation Method field select Assignment Click the Tab key Fill out the Initial Charge Grouping Click t
52. 0000 y Your Description earthmoving equipment backhoe v Class G Manufacturers Description Manufacturer s Features as Caterpillar backhoe 450E bucket loader 137 hp 13 5 ton 4WD Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval 8 Unique ID Quantity none from Tool Record Tools using this manufacturer amp model record Generate Invoices amp Generate Invoice information Date Range 4 28 2015 v to Invoice Date 5 5 2015 jw Posted Unposted Payment Due 5 12 2015 Include Retired Tools ES 101 i n 10411 Legacy 102 Stoneybrook 103 Stoneybrook Sub Jones amp Company Construction 104 Wood River Ware Invoice Browser x 4 GenerateInvoices a Print Invoices 418 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Training Activity 41 Generate an Invoice cont d Print Invoice information ToolWatchInternal ToddBennethum Jones amp Company Construccion Susan Jones 7569 Lumberjack Road Sedalia CO 80135 Description 1 450E Caterpillar backhoe 450E bucket loader 127 hp 13 5 ton AWD CB450 689652 Serial Number CB450E5 89552 Assignment Stoneybrook 10752 Rolfing Hills RoadWray CO BITS Start Date 4 4 2015 End Date 4 5 2015 Flease Remit To Spedal Instructions Main Warehouse Bennethum T add 400 Inverness Parkway Suite Englewood CO 80112 Dunning Message
53. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Cancelled allows item to be cancelled beyond Draft status Cost populates with MSRP from model record UOM or Unit of Measure from model record Extended Cost Quantity x Cost Closed checkbox indicating item has been received against Cost Center allows for assignment of Cost Center Cost Code allows for assignment of Cost Code Bill reserved for future use ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Creating Purchase Orders In ToolWatch Enterprise a Purchase Order is an interactive form that allows you to order tools and materials quickly from a desired vendor or vendors A Purchase Order can be generated in a number of ways Some of these include e Tool and Material Browsers e Model Browsers e ow Level Browser From the electronic Purchase Order a physical one can be printed and used when ordering Creating a New Purchase Order d Purchasing amp Receiving 1 From the Navigator panel click the Purchasing amp Receiving module 2 Click the Purchase Orders button 3j eoe the Purchase Order Browser window appears 3 Click the Create Purchase Order button 4 Create Purchase order A new Purchase Order window opens Adding Purchase Order Details 1 You may change the value of the Purchase Order field or allow ToolWatch to select the number Required Fields 2 Select a Vendor from the drop down list Note that Vendor is a Lists item Lists gt P
54. 154 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Tools for which Service Plans are created and especially which involve assigned tasks will generate entries on the Service Schedule Each Service Plan may generate one service entry dependent only on the plan and the next upcoming date not the number of tasks created under that Service Plan Tools with multiple Service Plans may have multiple entries in the Service Schedule Such entries are removed either 1 when a user completes the tasks that are considered due based on their Recurrence or 2 if the scheduled tool is deleted or retired If they are not removed a message in the Message Center is triggered displaying There are tools needing to be serviced see image Refresh Browsing the Service Schedule 1 From the Navigator panel click the Service amp Calibration module 5 ieeem 2 Click the Browse Service Schedule button to open the Service Schedule browser window 3 Enter any specific information in the Search olde i tem Number 0000 fields in order to refine your search see ModelNumber image 4 Click on the Search button You can sort the columns by clicking on the headers as with other browsers in Enterprise Printing the Service Schedule 1 From the Service Schedule browser you can click on the Print button to generate a report called Service Schedule This report will consist of all entries resulting fr
55. 21 20 Start Date ID K To Transfer 6 21 2012 1 24 PM 11351 E s National HQ Stoneybrook Type End Date ID Ll To Transfer 6 21 2012 225 PM 11353 Stoneybrook National HQ ul TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 257 7 Job Cost amp Billing BD potential Hours The Potential Hours are the maximum hours between the starting and ending transactions or between the starting transaction and the cut off date if the latter dates differ These hours are derived from the Company or Project Calendars before any non working e g work stoppage hours are deducted For example if a Project Calendar is configured for 5 working days per week with 8 working hours in each day the total eligible or Potential hours for this period would be 40 hours c chargeable Hours The Chargeable Hours are the hours remaining after non working hours have been deducted from the Potential Hours The Chargeable Hours should be identical to the Potential Hours if they are not a pause or similar event is impacting the Chargeable Hours As in the example above a Project Calendar is configured for 40 hours However if this project were paused for one day say due to a flood the Chargeable Hours would equal 40 8 or 32 hours Id Rate Level This field displays the rate level Hourly Daily Weekly Monthly used to calculate the charges for this transaction See Rate Migration for more information about how rate levels migrate des Effective Ra
56. 73 Enterprise Essentials 1 Click on the Search button at the bottom of the Tool Browser This will open the Search window 2 a If you would like to search by specific information such as Item Number simply enter your search criteria into one of the fields see image and click the Go button Results will be displayed in the Tool Browser window below temno Category signet Description Status part eit Serial Na 1 Certification V b When you are finished searching click the Clear button in the search criteria area to clear the window contents for a new search C Toreturn to the Explorer only view click the Close button Printing Search Results In Enterprise many data based windows such as a populated Browser e g Search results can be printed some of these can even have their data exported to a csv file Once you have data you would like to print select the Print button UT and either drop down to 1 Print All which will print out ALL data shown in the window or 2 Print Selected For the latter you will need to highlight selected data from the window before choosing this option Alternatively you can click on the Export Data button to save the on screen data as a database file This file will be in the csv format a commonly recognized format by such applications as MS Excel and Timberline Once created you may save this new file editing or merging it with another database at
57. Ability to Deactivate an existing User Account from the ToolWatch User Account Administration window e In Mobile Scanner e Ability to delete existing information in accordance with the permissions you have been granted elsewhere EXECUTE Provides user with ability to change identifying question APPENDIX PERMISSION DELETE EXECUTE e From the Lists panel e Ability to Change Account Password for existing users of ToolWatch using the ToolWatch Reset Password User Account Administration window Ability to Change Your Own Password from the Administration module Ability to Roles Ability to open create new ud TA i Refers to and see the UE existing roles in existing roles in Configure User Roles Roles the Roles the Roles Roles Management Management Management Ability to edit Ability to delete Management window window window window Refers to the e Refers to the Org e Refers to the e Refers to the Org Tree Tree Org Tree Org Tree Ability to e Ability to edit e Ability to delete e Ability to seethe create new existing stock existing stock content in the stock locations locations for the locations for the Org Tree for the Org Org Tree Org Tree Tree Stockpoint Default Refers to Stock Locations amp The Org Tree ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 335 APPENDIX Appendix 7 Fundamentals of Reports ToolWatch Enterprise contains over 100 prepared archived reports
58. Activity Main Warehouse 379 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 19 Post Inventory Adjustments All Tools Post Inventory Adjustment Pre Post view ci Categories E All Categories All Items E Employers El Locations Wood R River Warah E Drills E Earthmoving Equipment i Extension Cords W Screwdrivers E Vehicles After Post view adil Item Description o D D c oH Inventory dE gf PostAdjustments Edit ag Print T E Categories All Categories All Items Employees Locations 10411 Legacy Main Warehouse Stoneybrook Wood River Wareh Drills Earthmoving Equipment Extension Cords Screwdrivers Vehicles All Materials Post Inventory Adjustment Pre Post view Inventory Adjustments Browser jg Post Adjustments Edit aj Print El Categories All Categories All Materials El Lacati Wood h B Fasteners E Oil Paint 380 truck diesel 1 2 t truck diesel 1 2 t truck diesel 1 2 t truck diesel 1 2 t extension cord 1 screwdrrear No 2 drill 172 D handle dell 1 27 D handle truck diesel 1 7 t dell 1 27 D handle truck diesel 1 2 t spray paint red 1 Krylon motor oil 10W 40_ Mobil Ford Ford Ford Ford Coleman Craftsman DeWALT Deua T Ford DewlALT Ford AE AN fa Counted Uncounted All 52101 MX4T ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual
59. Activity Training Activity 32 Create a Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Job Cost View Description Company s Master Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Fasteners drywall screws 2 1 2 8 212CDw amp 13 48 motor oil 10 40 quart MX4T 7 6 50 spray paint red 120z c 52101 6 3 59 ssi 404 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 32 Create a Materials Rate Sheet cont d Billing View System Dashboard RateSheet Browser Rate Sheet i i save B SaveAndClose d Add Related Charge Y Export Data Description Company s Master Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Initial Charge Fasteners drywall screws 2 1 27 212CDW motor oil 10 40 quat MX4T spray paint red 12 oz c 52101 Return to the Activity Training Activity 33 Attach Rate Sheets to Cost Center Cost Center Description 10411 Legacy Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Return to the Activity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 405 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 34 Initiate Job Cost and Billing Charges From Cost Center Cost Code Transtemed By Gty Description extension cord 10 3 50 t spray paint red 1
60. Create Tools the new tools will be added to your ToolWatch system datab drill 1 2 D handle L Auto Number Tools Create Tools Item Description Received Receiving Ticket Remaining 4 Received S S Scott 10 roll Multipurpos 2 07 31 2015 Main Warehouse drill D handle 1 2 in 2 extension cord 10 3 50 2 2 motor oil 10 40 quart 2 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 07 31 2005 Main Warehouse 07 31 2015 Main Warehouse 07 31 2015 Main Warehouse 25 98 11 60 dolla 6 50 dolla 71 25 dolla 5 59 dolla Bennethum Todd Bennethum Todd Bennethum Todd Bennethum Todd 549 83 0 00 0 00 549 83 399 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 27 Receive Against a Purchase Order cont d oteps 4 5 R iving Tic tT 3 Keep window open Receiving Information Order Information PONo 2 Received By Bennethum Todd X Requisition No E Received Date 7 31 2015 2 39 19 By Vendor Grainger Receiving Document Grainger nod n iiid 12350 E Arapahoe Road am 7 Suite C Main Warehouse 400 Inverness Parkway Suite 450 Receive All DIXIT LS Leroi S Rented Stl Price UO 5 Q screwdrivers Phillips No 2 x 4 0 2 11 60 dolla 7 M Spray Paint Red 12 oz cans 0 4 s1100 olia Rec Mo 4 Recernved 07 31 2015 7 31 2015 otep 7 PO Items Receipts Record Information Created On 7 3
61. EE 120 Modoc HON E E ee o 77 120 aN Bro ble Ero o C 121 CA EIU E 123 Count 0ha hag ta aH Ez o D 129 Gaee e aE logo oel curari E L23 ON Tt d Eco Pm yas Countec Hems Lab Ex a ouem shouts ea ptvauoEptetu Um s ous tse iae pNuE vt nu Mta MEC septs 125 Viewing a Count Intel m 126 ee uina rag Aro bial uel biel lt lt RC RH 127 rum aC oU TICEO os boit etree terete eet or ee rere mid eee RM 128 Training Activity 17 Create and Print Count Tickets esses 129 Using a Count Ticket to Inventory a Location eese 130 Using a New Count Ticket to Inventory a Location eese 130 Using an Existing Count Ticket to Inventory a Location eee 132 Training Activity 18 Taking Inventory Using Count Tickets s 132 The Inventory Adjustments Browser sees neret nennen nennen 133 Viewing All of Your Tool or Material Count Lines eene 134 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 7 Table of Contents Viewing Count Lines for Counted vs Uncounted Items eese 134 Viewing Count Lines by Employee Location or Category eene 135 Using Inventory Adjustment to View Multiple Count Results 135 PoS ne C OR
62. Express Check Out Seely Main Warehouse v v Cost Center v Cost Center Cost Code v Cost Code v Transferred By Assigned On Delivered By Return Date Document No Jones Susan 09 14 2014 10 02 PM x v Scan or enter item extension cord 10 Main Warehou screwdriver No 2 Main Warehou ems Tad ii m Te Process Transfer A Add Tool Record WA Add Material Record Ze Remove Line Cancel Edit Transfer e Previous Gey Ne Transfer 5 08 14 2014 11 07 PM 9 Transfer Express Check in Express Check Out stock Cost Center nie Cost Code bi T Transferred By Assigned Raturn Date Document No Transfer to Main ned on Delivered By Jones Susan 09 14 2014 11 07 PM we G Warehouse missing 3 paints 1 drill 1 2 D handle 2 13 z extension cond 10 _ Sio 2 12 z screw drimer Mo 2 2 1 General Repair Return to the Activity Training Activity 16 Create a Template Assignments Dashboard Tool Browser Template Browser New Template New Template gt B Save f Cancel ag Print amp Previous Next 7j Attachments i P Add Tool Record ap Add Material Record Remove Line Template No Template Type Tools amp Materials cto Creation of Template Template Description New Starter Set Y Scan or enter item scan here gt screwdriver No 2 x 4 Phillips drill
63. In the Require meter reading every m Meter Interval days field fill in the recurrence to have your meter readings updated e g reading will be JJ Require meter reading every 3 days updated one time every 30 days cum 7 Click OK to close the window E 8 Click Save to save these changes to the Tool Model Record Likely at some point a few of these trucks will miss a meter update To determine which of the fleet trucks have missed their updates the Service Manager can run a report that will tell him which of the 50 trucks have not had their mileages updated during the most current 30 day interval This report is called the Meter Exception Report and we will look at it shortly Import Meter Mileage Readings Overview The ToolWatch Enterprise meter mileage features are designed to help you track your tool and equipment usage more efficiently For example this feature allows a user to record the mileage of an entire fleet of vehicles with just a single import Additionally Enterprise will report on those vehicles that may have been missed i e vehicles whose mileage was not updated within a designated time period Meter mileage readings are imported using a csv spreadsheet file This is a universally accepted format used by most spreadsheet applications Any tool tracked using ToolWatch s Unique ID tracking method is eligible for a meter update To do so is quite simple 158 TooIWatch Enterprise
64. Invoices 1 Invoices are selected from the Invoice Browser window providing that invoices have been created previously using the Generate Invoices function 2 To retrieve a summary of all generated invoices click on the Search button leaving all other search fields empty Otherwise determine your search criteria and then click the Search button 3 Display an invoice of a particular number by typing that number into both sides of the Invoice No search fields display invoices within a given range by entering those numbers into both fields Note that these Invoice Numbers are unique to the Invoice Browser and are not used anywhere else in ToolWatch Filter by Cost Center using the drop down Cost Centers menu To specify invoices generated on a particular date enter that date into the left side of the Invoice Dates From field for a range of dates enter those into both fields 6 When ready click on the Search button to populate the line items with invoice data To clear the search filters click on the Clear button 7 Columns are sortable here like other similar ToolWatch windows Click on column headers to sort NR SEET ET TE SENT 30 days 10 10411 Bennethum Todd 1271 12 04 201 12 09 2014 09 01 2014 11 30 2014 30days 10 10411 Legacy Bennethum Todd 1272 12 04 201 12 12 2014 10 01 2014 11 30 2014 30 days 10 10411 Legacy Bennethum Todd 1273 12 04 2001 12 08 2014 10 01 2014 11 30 2014 S days 1096 104li
65. Item click to delete item for transfer Cancel click at any time to cancel entire transfer ticket ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 95 Enterprise Essentials Creating a Transfer from the Transfer Browser From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click the Transfer Ticket button to open the Transfer Browser window 1 2 3 Click on the Create Transfer button P Create Transfer to open a new Transfer Ticket 4 Populate the From field using one of the following methods a click the Stock button to select the main Stock Location wherever user is pinned b select an Employee or Location from the drop down menu to the right of From see image NOTE Type the first letter of an Employee or Location in the From field then select from the drop down menu results cw From Cost Center Cost Code 5 Populate the To field using one of the following methods a click the Stock button to select the main Stock Location wherever user is pinned b select an Employee or Location from the drop down menu to the right of To see image NOTE Type the first letter of an Employee or Location in the To field then select from the drop down menu results cwn To Cost Center Cost Code Creating a Transfer from the Tool Browser 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Click on the Tools button to open the Tool Browser window 3 Select i
66. Job Cost amp Billing The Rillino Rrawcer C nli1mnc Billing Browser D Calculate Post op Add Misc Charge Credit Delete Misc Charge Credit Refresh JX Cancel Billing Browser Update a Job Cost Billing 4 al 3 n B all Transaction Transaction Item Item E 104114egacy EL Stoneybrook RI 06212012 rl Paint M 6820 TRPI2 Pg 10411 Legacy MS Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Paint M 6820 TRPT2 _ 10411 Legacy GR Stoneybrook RJ Service 06 21 2012 06 21 2012 Vehicles T 22731 TRVH2 110101 Caterpillar E StoneybrookRJ Service 06 21 2012 06 21 2012 Vehicles T 22731 TRVH2 scere E Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Extension Co Q 22734 TREC2 m vinci Et F Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Extension Co Q 227344 TREC2 M D ELLE Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Extension Co Q 22734 TREC2 E e a F Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Extension Co Q 22734 TREC2 IF 21720 Orange Count Z Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Screwdrivers Q 22735 TRSD2 F 3504 HARP Phase 2 T Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Screwdrivers Q 22735 TRSD2 FF 354234 O Shea YMC Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Screwdrivers Q 22735 TRSD2 IBI 496795 Coors Brewe Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 Screwdrivers Q 22735 TRSD2 5237 700 University F Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 06 21 2012 Drills T 22940 TRDLI 654315 O Shea Mem Stoneybrook RJ 06 21 2012 06 21 2012 Drills T 22940 TRDLI E 69476 29
67. KEYS Training Activity 39 Post Job Cost amp Billing Transactions cont d Stoneybrook Subproject CC Posted Billing Transaction All Report ToolWatch Training Center National HQ Posted Billing Transactions All 9 22 2014 6 04 PM Cost Center Stonybrook subproject Report ID P B T 001 Charge Type All For Activity Posting Dates To 9 22 2014 Posting Dates From 9 19 2014 6065 Stony brook subproject Cut off 9 22 2014 Calc Date 9 22 2014 Rates 555 10411 Legacy Tools amp Eqpmnt Rate Sheet Categ ory Ty pe Earthmoving Equip Heavy Item 31145 Description Delivery Fee Assigned Transaction Calc Method Assignment Rate Level Eff Rate Hr 0 00 To Oty 4 Track Mthd Unique GL Charge GL Credit Potential Hrs In 5 m Initial Charge 0 00 Cost Code None Prd 9 19 2014 Tti Chgbl Hrs 200 00 hacen ail Min Chg Ea 0 00 Effective Months Weeks Days Hours 9 22 2014 Accrued 0 00 Max Chg Ea 0 00 Duration 0 00 0 00 000 000 Trans End Date 9643 py Charges Ea Total Charge 200 00 6065 Stony brook subproject Cut off 9 22 2014 Calc Date 9 22 2014 Rates 555 10411 Legacy Tools amp Eqpmnt Rate Sheet Categ ory Ty pe Earthmoving Equip Heavy ten sre Seren Extiaa Deme Assigned Transaction Calc Method Hourly Rate Level Hourly Eff Rate Hr 110 00 To Qty 1 Track Mthd Unique GL Charge GL Credit Potential Hrs In 0 Trans Type Hourly 200 Cost Code None Prd 9 19 2014 Usage 220 00 R 05 43 PM
68. LL count lines in your window HAMA 1777 T Generatd Generators 3999 T Generato Grinders 9605 T Grinder 4 136 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Ti Post Adjustments 3 Click on the Post Adjustments button to post all selected items a Once a counted line is posted it is removed permanently from the Inventory Adjustments Browser until a newer count is undertaken Training Activity 19 Post Inventory Adjustments Scenario As the supervisor of your two employees it is your responsibility to review their count results of the Main Warehouse First using the Inventory Adjustment Browser you will review what has and has not been counted After you have viewed and verified these inventory counts you will post the adjustments To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Count Inventory gt The Inventory Adjustment Browser also Posting Count Results 1 Open the Inventory Adjustment Browser a view all tools being counted at the Main Warehouse b place checkmarks by everything already counted except for the screwdrivers c click the Print button to view the Inventory Project Report d click the Post Adjustments button to post your results 2 Repeat the above a for all materials being counted at the Main Warehouse b place checkmarks by everything that has been counted c click the Print b
69. Legacy RS UT e Number Invoice Number e Date Invoice Date from Generate Invoices e Due Payment Due from Generate Invoices e Billing Period Start End from Date Range in Generate Invoices e Terms from Invoice Options e Sales Tax from Invoice Options e Cost Center selected in Search filter e CreatedBy person logged in to generate invoice 8 Line items cannot be opened as in other similar ToolWatch windows nor do they have right click functionality 2 6 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Invoice Browser To view a single line entry e highlight the line e click on the Print Invoices button e manipulate the standard print window that appears to optimize viewing save file print etc P i GenerateInvoices agg PrintInvoices Invoice Options tab 1 In order to set the invoice preferences it is Locraboni Locs2on Deiat inue Opis necessary to go into the Dice Oe 5 alice E Invoice Options tab Samp m Teri a o aater ISH EDH s omh located under Lists gt nM MMII Lagen ees e 1555 LEE Legig Deren Deve Sern Locations 18555 LESE D Shes YMCA Address Tool astch 3815 PEISA Cha Memoria AUD foem Firea Ste 450 Add 547598 Grange aunk Cty Engewaed Note This tab will be visible only for Stock Locations 2 Click on this tab to reveal the Invoice Options fields which will be empty initially e Select the Location that represents the Stock Loc
70. Net With Service Net Amount With Service divided by Purchase Price Further discussion of this report shows that the Net Return Amount and Percentage are both negative 24 755 00 and 95 21 respectively Negative figures mean that you have not made back yet the money you invested on purchasing this item Once your revenue exceeds your purchase price these net figures will no longer be negative thereby illustrating a positive return on your investment ROI Billing Comparison Report The purpose of the Billing Comparison Report is to tell you which checked out tools amp equipment are not generating charges presently These tools must fit into 2 criteria 1 The Stock Location selected for the report is either the current Owner or Manager of the tool see images wedded 130 a Manufacturer j Tracking Method cepa Drills Hen SFC 18 A Year 2011 eaae Drill Cordless 18 Volt Manf Description Bin ModelRecordID 4 urumea INGERSOLL RAND CO CO caa Air Compressors iui SS3J5 5GH WB ITE ei Compressor Air Portable dcuas 11 8 cfm 90 psi 5 5hp oil lube 8 gal HON F Bin i View Model Information View Model Information Tot number Tool Number 25033 Bar Code Tool Information Repair Parts Components Access 3 Cost Info Lease Rental Tool Information Repair Parts Components Accessories x Cost Info Lease Rental roe meen 5 075 Demep au Current Assignment Informatio
71. Personal Issue PI item is and how to assign a tool as PI utilize the Express Check In amp Express Check Out features to expedite inventory transfers explain the role Pick Tickets have in Enterprise create populate and edit a Pick Ticket search for and browse historical Pick Tickets using the Pick Ticket Browser select or Pick a Pick Ticket and transfer it out to fulfill the Pick Ticket request discuss when and how Templates are applied e g to Pick Tickets amp Purchase Orders create a new Template and add it to an existing Pick Ticket develop an inventory plan using the Count Inventory feature use the Count Ticket Browser to manipulate create search edit print Count Tickets use a Count Ticket to conduct a Count Inventory for a location review and adjust final inventory results using the Inventory Adjustment Browser function including the Posting of final results prepare and print a Count Inventory Report relevant to your inventory locate and print reports appropriate to your needs from the Reports amp Graphs module or any other module in the program generate reports in the following file formats printed copy csv amp pdf export data from any database window using the Export Data feature attach an artifact using the Attachments function ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 49 Enterprise Essentials Introduction Tools amp Equipment ToolWatch software manages tools separately from consumables Any res
72. SOC ESTE ES S px ed EST so 46 80 0 18 115 00 29900 0 Return to the Activity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 403 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 31 Create Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheets cont d EM EE Rate Sheet 333 Billing Views Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Calculation if Weekl Method y Rate Drills drill 1 2 D handle DW140 E 188 00 Calendar Days 0 09 0 16 1 28 0 09 0 16 6 40 0 09 6 25 60 Earthmovin 10 ton backhoe 450E A 115000 Hourly Usage 0 10 110 000 Extension extension cord 10 EC5049 E 65 00 Assignment Screwdrive screwdriver No 2 47114 A 13 00 Assignment Vehicles truck diesel 1 2 to F 250 26000 0 Calendar Days 0 02 4268408 002 4267040 002 5 681 60 Initial Initial Return Return Min Min Min a Max Loss Charge E Charge Credit Credit Charge Charge Charge arge arg harge Charge arge arge Charge Net Loss 1 75 110 00 206 80 110 00 DE Drill drill D handle 1 2 in Da Earthmoving E Backhoe loader 13 ton Mg 120 00 138000 00 Extension Cor extension cord 10 3 50 EC nt 0074 65 0000 85 00 52 0000 115 00 5 74 75 Screwdrivers screwdrivers Phillips N 477 nt 00 00 3130000 385007 10 4000 105 00 7 13 65 S S S is 3 0 S E 9 59 ES Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 F Da 115 00 29900 00 115 00 4 29900 00 Return to the
73. Scanner When the Close this ticket window appears Pick Ticket E e x e E 7 46 Gens JO ades creer Question a Select Yes if you i have already picked ALL of the items on the Pick Ticket AND ii are ready to transfer them b Select No if you i have picked SOME of the items on the Pick Ticket AND ii want to transfer some or all of these selected items AND iii want to be able to get back into the Pick Ticket at a later date to continue picking any remaining items c Select Cancel if you i would like to go back a step and cancel the transfer of the items that are checked 5a If you selected Yes above then move forward with your transfer See Steps 10 13 in Transferring Items b If you selected No above go forward with the transfer of the selected items see Steps 10 13 in Transferring Items and finish picking and transferring the remaining items at a later date 299 Mobile Scanner Saving a Pick Ticket You save a Pick Ticket when 1 there are other items to be picked from it or 2 if the items on the ticket are not ready to be transferred yet 1 Pick a Pick Ticket by performing Steps 1 7 in Picking a Pick Ticket 2 Tap the Pick List tab Tap the Save button Pick Ticket ER G XD de 7 46 4 When Close this ticket appears you will select either a No This will save the ticket as is available to be further picked in i
74. Ticket This is only for accounting purposes however as the ticket may still be modified when Closed Count Ticket Tabs 1 Count Summary Tab The Count Summary tab has two functions a It provides a summary view of items that have been counted already b It displays a list of items yet to be counted Count Ticket 6565 Count Location v Status Open v Summary Created 6 16 2014 12 14 11 PM Enterorscanitem Qty 1 scan here Lines 0 c Count Summary Tab Explained information comes from Model Record Number Explanation Number Explanation E name of the Category with which the item is 3 Item Type associated T Unique Tool Q Quantity Tool 2 the Item Number of the M Material Consumable item being counted 4 Description of the item 3 symbol representing the TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 123 Enterprise Essentials Number 124 Ay 6 Explanation name of the item s Manufacturer the Model Number of the item this is the current value in stock or assigned for the item Total Count for the item as it is being counted or Variance represents the difference between the Expected and Total Count columns a Variance of zero means the 2 values are equal Number 10 11 12 13 14 Explanation displays the Owner where the item originated of the item If the item is in a Kit the Kit Number will be displayed here
75. Tool Detail Tool Model Return to the Activity Training Activity 7 Create Unique Tools ool Model Recorc A Save Cancel e Previous iS Next E Attachments Record ID 104 Manufacturer amp Model Information sence octo Billing Configuration 26 000 00 E Do not bill this model Replacement Cost 26 000 00 Item Base Value ea Unt of Measure mE caor emoes n Model F 150 XL v Year Certification Your Description Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door class eh Manufacturers Description Manufacturers Feat us 2 2 1 2 3 Main Warehouse 1 4 4 Main Warehouse 1 5 5 Main Warehouse 1 6 6 Main Warehouse 1 7 7 Main Warehouse 1 364 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 7 Create Unique Tools cont d Retail Cost Each Billing Configuration MSRP 188 00 Do nat bill this model Replacemegt Cost 188 00 Item Base Value ea Unit Measure dollars Save M Cancel C Previous c Next E Attachments Record ID 408 Manufacturer amp Model Infor ation Manufacturer DeWALT v Category Drills Model DW140 Your Description Drill 1 2 D Handle Manufacturers Description Aanufacturers Features Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval 8 Unique ID Quantity none 9 11 Main Wa
76. ToolWatch When we say your company s data we are referring to all of your company s tools amp equipment materials amp consumables job sites warehouses employees etc It is recommended that these steps be completed in the 16 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics order outlined in Appendix 2 Getting Started with ToolWatch Enterprise as these steps build upon one another Then in Enterprise Essentials we will examine the steps involved in Phase Two This is the most dynamic and exciting part of the program where you will layout and execute those actions necessary to create your company s profile Users especially those new to ToolWatch are encouraged to use the training resources found in ToolWatch University Here you will find a structured program for learning Essentials as well as many other self paced lessons Login information is provided to users purchasing training courses or annual subscriptions Basic Concepts Welcome This section will introduce you to some of the more critical concepts you should understand fully before moving forward in the ToolWatch software TooIWatch Enterprise System Overview ToolWatch Enterprise is a complete tracking and management system for tools equipment consumables and materials Combined with the easy to use Barcodes and Mobile Scanners you can capture real time data streamlining your operations and improving your company s efficiency Following is a br
77. ToolWatch You do not want to have only one because if something happens say with the password of that Administrator it requires yet another Administrator to re issue the password Additionally you can issue the Administrator role to more than two people at your company but be cautious of doing so Because of the breadth and depth of what an Administrator can impact they are able to do anything in the system Actes Management xm A person given the Tool Manager User Role see image can do most everything in the software The difference between the Tool Manager role and the Administrator role is that the Tool Manager does not have access to any Permission on the System tab nor does he have access to Permissions on the Job Cost amp Billing tab Creating a New User Role 1 From the Navigator panel select the Administration module 2 Under the Administration module select Configure User Roles do Configure User Roles 3 Click on the Add tab at the bottom of the User Roles window 4 Click in the Role Name field and assign a name for the new Role Permissions User Role Role Name New Role Name 5 On each tab under Role Permissions click in those boxes v granting Permissions you want Users with the role to be able to perform see image Every time you 42 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics place a checkmark in a box you are granting Permissions for that particular
78. Tota 0 00 a Alternatively from the search results double click on the same Purchase Order The following message appears b Click the Yes button to open a Receiving Ticket window Receive x J This PO is ready to be received Would vou like to receive against this PO 3 To receive all the items on the Receiving Ticket click either the e Receive All box M R Iocated just above the column headers see image e Check All box Chl located just above the Receiving Ticket Number 4 Ifsome items are not included manually check the box next to each item that has been received a For partial receipts place the cursor arrow in the Received column field and adjust the number using either the arrows or typing in the correct number see image Press the Tab key emNo ltem Description Remari amp Scissors Large Power Cord Drill Compressor Air T3HP F h T Bit Drill 1ft I T Chipping Hammer I s ST s S S Air Tank 25 gal 190 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving 5 As appropriate add notes in the Note field at the bottom of the window 6 Ifthe actual price paid differs from the Actual Price that is listed on the Receiving Ticket a In the Actual Price column of the item in question click on the price and modity as needed b Press the Tab key on your keyboard for the corrections to take place Tool Information Repair Parts Component
79. Training Manual Service amp Calibration 1 Create a spreadsheet with the required fields and information 2 Import it into Enterprise 3 The updated tool records will display the new meter values from the spreadsheet This method is far superior to importing each meter mileage update one at a time record by record Importing Meter Mileage Information z E Create a spreadsheet using the exact three 2 28 55000 7 9 2014 columns displayed below see image Do not p 7 3 2014 include any additional columns 4 65 13455 7 9 2014 5 b 2 Populate the spreadsheet with current tool and meter information Be sure to place the columns in the correct order name the columns as highlighted above and set the date to this format mm dd yyyy 3 Here are a few things to remember when creating the csv import spreadsheet a The Item Number must be a valid Tool Number already in Enterprise for a unique tool it is caSe seNsiti Ve This Item Tool Number cannot be a duplicate of another tool it must be a unique number b The meter value you import must be GREATER than the value already stored in the Tool Record Remember this is an update so values should go up c The import Date must be GREATER i e more recent than the last meter import date 4 When you save the spreadsheet se neon save it in the csv file format 00 mL see image Keep track of where it is saved gt
80. Work Order 5 Open Pending tem ID Description 105 Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door Work Order Details Tasks structions Required Tools Parts Charges Required History Service replace ignitiion switch Inspection check battery Est Hrs otep 3 Work Order 5 Open Pending 105 Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door Work Order Details Parts Lharges Assignmt Parts and Supplies scan here gt 0 105 motor oil 10 40 quart containers Ms Wark Orde Save J Cancel ap Print E Attachments Work Order 5 Open Pending 105 jVehide Truck V6 4x2 2 door _ Work Order Details Tasks Instructions Required Tools Parts Charges Assignments Parts and Supplies Update Tool Record lt ecanhere gt Jest Qty Act Qty No o Update tool record with new information 1 0 105 Current Meter Current Status New Meter otep 4 Difference NaN eo Close work order cos Ee ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 389 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order cont d oteps 5 6 Save Cancel amp Retire Tool Previous 9 Next E Attachments 2X Delete Model Record ID 506 Manufacturer amp Model Information urlata Ford Mcd Vehicles Unique ID iussi F 150 XL MdB edu Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door Manf Description Bin View Model Infor
81. a Pass Fail value b inthe Completion Information section of the Task window document the following e the Performed By information as appropriate e the Actual Hrs required to complete the task e any Note s regarding completion of the task 7 Optional In the Charges section assign a Cost Center and or Cost Code to this task 8 If the task is a COMPLETED click the Save Task Complete button The task now appears in the History tab of the Tasks tab see image Work Order Details Required Work Performed Type Task 7 Task Descripton SY st His Act Hs Service 1 Oil Chane 0 b NOT completed click the Save button so that you can work on this task at a later date 9 Click on the Parts tab Any parts added via the item s model record or to this Work Order will appear here a If an item was used for service click on the checkbox if all items were used click on the Check All button b Adjust the quantities of these parts that were used 10 Click on the Charges tab All potential charges related to this Work Order appear here a For M Type Parts charges edit them by highlighting the line and either e clicking the Edit button OR e right clicking and selecting Edit Charge b For L Type Labor charges edit as in a above e Qty represents Actual Hours worked e Cost represents Charges Per Hour of labor c For O Type Other charges edit as above TooIWatch Enterprise T
82. a Under Categories select All Categories gt All Materials to view a list of all Material Model Records in Enterprise OR b Select one of the specific categories listed under the Explorer window to look for all the Material Model Records for this category or other selected manufacturers 5 Double click on the model record of interest 6 Inthe Material Model Record window click the Stock Info tab see image Inventory information for stock location National HQ 7 Manually adjust these 3 Levels Bin a High Level represents the maximum inventory count you would like to hse j High Level have on hand for this item any more On Order o pans and you are wasting resources on Total 20 stocking this excess b Target Level represents your ideal inventory count for this item c Low Level represents that figure where if your inventory drops below it Enterprise will display this status at those locations outlined earlier 8 Click Save to save these levels 88 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials NOTE You can set inventory levels for tools as well as materials Go to Tool Model Records and click on the Stock Info tab following the same guidelines as for materials Searching for Items Using the Low Level Browser The Low Level Browser allows you to see a list of items that are currently below their designated Low Level inventory quantities 1 Under the Navigator panel click the M
83. a future date Training Activity 10 Using the Tool Browser To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Tool Browser In your Tool Browser find each of the following by using your Explorer tree 1 all of your tools records in one list 2 all of your truck records 74 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials the screwdrivers located at your Main Warehouse Now use the Search feature to find the first truck you created Assume that the first of many similar records is the one with the smallest Tool Number Return to Step 1 and display the results a Use the Export Data feature to create a csv file of this data Name this file Browse Data and save to your Desktop b If possible open this file in Excel or another program and compare the output to that of Enterprise Are all columns present How are checkboxes like PI shown When done compare your work to the Answer Key Materials amp Consumables Introduction The ToolWatch Enterprise Materials amp Consumables module enables you to track materials or consumable items Recall from our discussion in Enterprise Essentials the distinctions made for these terms Applying the terminology material or consumable to an item is only a personal or organizational preference In Essentials the terms are often used interchangeably T
84. an item when using Return Credit Grouping grouping used on a Rate Sheet to generate a charge when an item is returned after assignment specified date found on a Transfer Ticket stating when an item or items is are to be returned Essentials report that calculates a tool s Return On Investment entry box on many documents where tools and materials can be added by use of an item number barcode or model number window that appears when gt 1 entry share a number ToolWatch module involving service related functions created when a Service Plan from a Tool Model Record is opted in to a Tool Record tab on Tool Record gt Service tab that is populated with details of Work Orders when they are completed proactive preventative maintenance plan to keep inventory in working order found on Tool Record gt Service tab window with features that allow user to define a Service Plan request made when a service event is required immediately as opposed to a more calculated Service Plan Search window to locate Service Requests a searchable database of all future service events based on tasks outlined in Service Plans also the name of a report showing all of these same service events either in printable form or as a csv file 65 220 220 24 282 111 27 142 154 172 143 144 163 164 154 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service Task Ship Via Single Line Format Sorting Standard Employee ota
85. and or monthly Enterprise chooses the rate based on the number of billable hours the item has accrued since being assigned to the project To set your rates rules for a particular Rate Sheet open up the Rate Sheet of interest Set Rate Sheet Rules and click the Set Rate Sheet Rules Rate Sheet Rules window appears see image button near the top The Rate Sheet Rules Establish the hours in each period for this rate sheet Hours in a Day Hours in a Week Hours in a Month Establish the migration points for this rate sheet Migrate to Daily Rate at Migrate to Weekly Rate at Migrate to Monthly Rate at If you would like the billing rate to remain constant simply establish the same effective rate per hour for each rate type i e Hourly Daily Weekly and or Monthly see image TOOLWATCH 3 HOURLY RATE SCENARIOS Rate Sheet Rules a e T Jm Daily Rate Weekly Rate Monthly Rate Hassia Weak 40 Hs 8 40 160 Hours in a Month 160 Hs Reduces Down To Daily Rate Weekly Rate Monthly Rate H orizo nta Per Hour Per Hour Per Hour 1 hr 1 hr 1 hr ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 211 Job Cost amp Billing Migration Points Enterprise will migrate up from the Hourly Rate to the Daily Rate when an item has been assigned to a project more than one workday as established by the organization or Rate Sheet Rules default 8 hours Enterprise will migrate up from the Daily Rate to the Weekly Rate wh
86. and select View Ticket e double click on the line 5 Inthe Enter or scan item field a in the scan here gt field input the Barcode or Tool Item Number b input the correct quantity of the item in the Oty box 1 is the default value c click the Enter button 6 The results of your count are immediately reflected in the 2 locations mentioned earlier i e in the Count Summary tab under the Total Count column and in the Counted Items tab 7 Repeat Step 5 until you have completed taking inventory of the entire location 8 When finished click the Save and Close button Training Activity 18 Taking Inventory Using Count Tickets Scenario Your two employees will use the Count Tickets that were created earlier in order to inventory your Main Warehouse To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Count Inventory gt Using a Count Ticket to Inventory a Location 132 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 1 Open the North Side Count Ticket Count all of your e trucks e paint Count your screwdrivers but show one is missing from inventory View the Counted Items tab to ensure accurate counts Save and Close this ticket 2 Open the South Side Count Ticket Count all of your e drills e extension cords Count your oil but show two are missing from inventory View the Counted Items tab to ens
87. be deleted button If this ticket has not been picked Picking a Pick Ticket The act of picking a Pick Ticket represents a warehouse employee Pick Ticket in hand or Mobile Scanner locating items on the Pick Ticket pulling them from inventory and transferring them out via a Transfer Ticket d From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click the Pick Tickets button to open the Pick Ticket Browser 3 Add search criteria using one of the following methods a enter a specific Pick Ticket Number b select a drop down list in one or more of the fields provided Highlight a Pick Ticket in the Ready to Pick status Click the Pick This Ticket PERMET button Once selected the Pick Ticket opens and will change to the In Progress status when you next save it 110 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 6 In the Pick List tab select and Ey or highlight one of the line items from the Pick Ticket see image Nr eo 7 In the Qty field enter a quantity of items to be picked for Qty Tools and Tz Em Materials only This number should match if possible the number in pfe Req field 8 Either a enter an Item Number in the Scan field or b scan a number using a Barcode then click the Enter button It is here where using the Mobile Scanner has a distinct advantage over the desktop platform NOTE The number that you use should refle
88. be picket Picked Items tab lists those items that 9 non functional for future have been picked already development 11 as items are entered into a Pick Ticket this field designates quantity of each item as entered Pick Ticket Draft e Pick For o Cost Center e v Cost Code Requisition No Requested By Due Date Assigned To Date Closed Q v 06 04 2014 Bv 9o 11 Scan or enter item Q 1 Items 0 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 105 Enterprise Essentials Number Explanation Number Explanation 12 Scan field for entry of 14 keeps a running total of items to be transferred items being transferred 13 optional Notes area r ee paea oeenn orse rode Yoon paron Sn T Type of item entered Generic check if OK to give person picking ticket permission Req number of items requested to substitute an item from before being picked a similar Model Record than the Model requested Picked number of items picked after being picked Pick From represents location from which item was originally Description from Model Records assigned to Pick Ticket Manufacturer from Model Records Bin Bin location of item from Model Records Model from Model Records If you add a Material item that contains Bin data to a Pick Ticket it will not M Material Consumable appear initially After Q Quantity Tool you save the ticket it will T Unique Tool show up in the Bin area K Kit T M Template 106 T
89. by Category and Manufacturer Consumables Summary Report This report provides a summary of all Consumables with multiple criteria and sort fields available Low Target and High Level values are on report Consumables Usage Report This report outlines the total amount of Consumables used over a specified date range it includes Cost information and is broken down by Location Consumables Category List Report Prints a list of all consumable Categories Service Reports Group y Service Reports L E Service Totals by Date Report Report showing amount of Service performed as measured by total number of Work Orders by date Costs associated with work orders are included in report Employee Assigned to tool category and date range are available to limit selection Service Schedule Report Displays listing of tools that are scheduled for Service based on dates from Service Plans or Service Requests Sortable fields include Current Work Order Number Priority and Item Number etc Work Order Charges Report Report summarizing charges from Work Orders specified by multiple criteria including work order number date range cost center and cost code Warranty Status Report Report showing Warranty Expiration Date along with no days prior subsequent Selection criteria include expiration date range and tool category Limited sort fields Work Order History Report Report displaying Service History no of work orders for tools Select
90. calculation purposes 426 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Last Purchase Cost Lease Rental Lists Lock also Unlock LOFI Loss Charge Loss Charge Grouping Low Level Low Level Browser Maintenance Rate Per Hour Maintenance Rate Grouping Manufacturer Materials Material Browser Material Inventory Record Maximum Charge Maximum Charge Grouping GLOSSARY one calculation of Purchase Cost found on tool amp material records 189 based on events involving purchasing and receiving items tab that allows for entry of data regarding a tool s leasing or rental status it is here that all drop down menus are populated customized feature that allows you to prevent selected calculations from being edited or posted one of the 2 Project Billing Rules meaning Last Out First In value representing amount charged for item that is lost etc grouping used on a Rate Sheet to generate a charge for when an item is lost stolen or damaged beyond repair inventory dropping below this value generates message in Message Center feature where user can set 3 different levels of inventory for material items message generated for stock below lower level rate assigned to an item when using Maintenance Rate Grouping grouping used on a Rate Sheet to convert a charge at one rate to to another maintenance rate after a specified value one of the Lists items used to identify item manufacturers along with C
91. changed but not removed The Base Value is locked into place such that any updates to the Item Base Value on the Model Record will not be updated on the Rate Sheet Now only a manual change of the value directly onto the Rate Sheet will result in altering the value Assignment Method The Assignment Calculation Method will generate a fixed charge each time the item is assigned regardless of the assignment s duration Required Initial Charge Grouping Optional common Return Credit Grouping Calendar Hours Calendar Minutes Hourly Usage Calendar Method The Calendar Calculation Method will charge based on the length of time an item is assigned to ajob Charges continue to accrue until the item is a returned to the Stock Location from which it was assigned b reassigned to a different project or c retired from inventory Enterprise calculates the elapsed time between the starting transaction or when an item is assigned to a project and the ending transaction when the item is returned or reassigned to determine the total elapsed time between the two transactions It then deducts all non work days and hours from the Company and Project Calendars to arrive at the item s total billable time While Enterprise calculates all charges to the accuracy of minutes you can choose from 3 levels of rounding for the results Minutes Hours and Days For example if you want to see the charges rounded up to full days select
92. df Add Tool Record js Add Material Record Remove Line 6 This opens up a New Template C Keep window open Template pe window see image Tete Type 7 From the Category drop down sja z menu select a Category for this Scan or enter item lt sanhee gt Type Item Master ltem Description Manufacturer Model Number Quantity Generic template 8 Type in a Description for the new template This should be descriptive enough to inform what all items in the template have in common 9 Click either Add Tool Record or Add Material Record on the menu bar to open the Tool or Material Model Record window Select tools using the Explorer in each window Click OK when finished 10 Click Save to save this template to the Template Browser Copying an Existing Template 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click on the Templates button to open the Template Browser 3 Search for templates by clicking on All Categories gt All Types or by selecting a specific template category from the Explorer 4 Highlight the template to copy and click on the Copy Template button a Copy Template in the menu bar This opens the template you just highlighted 5 Type in a new name for the template copy Make any adjustments to the other information especially the items already entered 6 Click Save to create and save this new template Finding an Existing Template 1 From the Navigator panel click
93. e Change the quantity of a counted item e Add in a note regarding the item Line Detail Count Total Count 1 found this one behind the trailer count Summary Keounted Items fe ite nion ii si Generators Generators Generators Grinders e Delete items before or after being counted e View an item s Tool or Material Record 9605 et 7 Edit Item Desecration da View Item Tools Dashboard Tool Browser Count Ticket Browser ool Browser dP AddItem _ EditItem amp Retire Item Export Data e Print Explorer E Categories All Categories All Tools d Lesa acct cte Browser gt highlight items gt right click gt Autocrafters Body Generator View Detail HEROES Genders View Transaction History i 3 Ad d to C ount Ticket 4 Employees Grinders 9 Chicago Ware i Retire Tool N Cooling TowerJo Grinders Change Owner Coors Building Ma Hammers edge 6 Dallas W areho Hammers D Denver Broncos T Denver Int l Airport Levels pee e pee a e Add items to new Count Ticket Change Model DIA Concourse B Nail Guns pampana mene nat Tope ae E e Add items to existing Count Ticket GP Eastem Regio ES Add To Pick Tic ipe Fabric ick 1 el acm r if already open 3 Add to Purchase Order Grease Monkey Powder Act Job Site 327 Create Service Request LA Warehous Routers Miami W areho Routers
94. from today with No End Date b Set this truck s meter to 47674 miles 2 a Set the second truck s notification to appear 5 months and 1 week from now with an End Date of 10 years from today b Set this truck s meter to 51222 miles 3 a Set the third truck s notification to appear 6 months from today an End Date of 31 December 2025 b Set this truck s meter to 48105 miles 4 For your remaining trucks e set notifications to Start today e No End Date e nochange to meter readings 5 Perform a manual sync after all Service Plans have been added 156 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Part Two Print out a report for your Service Manager of the following Browse Service Schedule and perform a Search of All scheduled events using each Ford truck s Item Number In Reports for Service amp Calibration choose Service Schedule Select All leave all other defaults Click the Next gt gt button to print the Service Schedule VIEW ONLY DO NOT SEND TO THE PRINTER Click the Export Data button to export this Service Schedule data to a csv file Label this file Service Test and save it to your desktop If possible open and view this file with an appropriate program When done compare your work to the Answer Key Meter Mileage Readings Set Meter Mileage Reading Interval Overview Before importing meter mileage readings you need to lay out a
95. immediately also buttons used in Job Cost amp Billing used to update information returns retired tool to un retired status credit associated with reinstating returning a retired tool for Billing Browser calculation purposes a charge created in addition to existing tool model record charges any materials or consumables from existing inventory used as part of and assigned to either a Tool Model Record or a Service Plan cost to replace an item found on Model Record the process by which ToolWatch downloads a copy of your company s database onto a local machine via an sdf file different subsets of all reports in Enterprise grouped by topic another subscription based service to help with integration of data from outside sources and ToolWatch any unique tools from existing inventory used as part of and assigned to a Service Plan TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 193 190 270 53 194 144 144 97 245 66 247 251 149 55 19 161 286 148 431 GLOSSARY Retired Tool Return Credit Return Credit Grouping Return Date ROI Report Scan field Select Item Service amp Calibration Service Event Service History Service Plan Service Plan Event Detail Service Request Service Request Browser Service Schedule 432 any resource that is unusable retiring it places it into temporary Lost and Found until it can be un retired later charge assigned to
96. in Job Cost amp Billing module button used to create template used to export transactional data in Job Cost amp Billing module window where you can create and modify templates used to export transactional data feature that takes all tools currently assigned to a location or employee and transfers them back to currently pinned Stock feature that automatically populates From field of a Transfer Ticket with currently pinned Stock Location Dashboard shortcuts to frequently used activities one of the 2 Project Billing Rules meaning First Out First In variety of features found on Dashboards to help user monitor compare analyze etc various ToolWatch data 108 100 257 41 17 48 50 250 24 71 74 271 269 269 102 104 22 204 23 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Generic GL Charge Account GL Credit Account Header High Level Hold Holiday Hourly Usage Method Hourly Usage Rate Hourly Usage Rate Grouping Identification Number Idle Rate Per Hour Idle Rate Grouping Import Meter Inactivate Initial Charge Initial Charge Grouping ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual GLOSSARY designation that when selected allows an employee permission 106 to substitute for a similar item when picking a Pick Ticket General Ledger value used to map exported transactional data 223 from one accounting system to another General Ledger value used to map exported transactional
97. invoice line item and then click on the Print Invoices button to select multiple invoices either click and drag for consecutive lines or Ctrl click each line for random lines then click on the Print Invoices button Multiple invoices will appear consecutively but in one document 3 Printed invoices are in the standard TooIWatch report document format A pop up window appears with options to print or save in a variety of formats e g pdf doc xls txt rtf 4 Shown here are images of the top and bottom of the invoice and the information they contain e Customer Information Customer data assigned to the Cost Center being used Cost Center gt General Info tab gt Customer Q e Invoice Number Invoice Browser gt Number e Invoice Date Generate Invoices gt Invoice Date e Billing Period Generate Invoices gt Date Range e Payment Due Generate Invoices gt Payment Due e Terms Invoice Options gt Terms e Business Unit Invoice Option gt Business Unit e Project Contact Cost Center gt Manager e Telephone Manager above gt Employee gt Phone No 2 8 TeolWatch Training Center Coon Brewing Company evoke Number 1285 i koke Date 3187015 1 Adelph Cooes Drie Bii Perd nins 02 19 15 Golden CO ESD10 PaymwntDue 2 5 15 Tena Net 30 Denys Business Unit Construction Departrewnt Pr ape Contact Tisi eher Dedd Johnas 1206 551 Rute Hr Frica TrauabEcHEA Deter phen Type Hears Tetal
98. items currently on assignment are not calculating charges Selected items must fit 2 criteria 1 Stock Location of report is either tool s current Owner or Manager and 2 Tool is assigned currently to Stock Location other than one chosen for report 348 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Appendix 8 Advanced Billing Stream Management Billing Stream Management Concurrent Billing Streams The transferring of tools from one location to another is the primary mechanism to affect the opening and closing of Billing Streams i e open transactions accruing charges against a given Cost Center The behavior of transferring a tool from Stock Point A to a Stock Point B vs the behavior of transferring a tool from Location Employee A to Location Employee B may have different impacts on open Billing Streams for that given asset but they should be consistent in their application as defined below Meeting this requirement may require changes to the way in which Billing Streams are opened and closed for Calendar based charges NOTE This is not relevant for Assignment or Hourly Billing Important Rules amp Concepts 1 Conceptually the managing entity for a given Billing Stream is the Stock Point and as such a No one Stock Point can have more than one concurrent Billing Stream for a given item and therefore Any transfer of an item FROM a non Stock Point entity will result in closing the Billing Stream t
99. locked them a Before you calculate one or more of the Cost Center s displayed in the Cost Center Calculation window you may want to consider locking those that you want to freeze from further calculations In the Lock column place a checkmark next to any Cost Center s you would like to have locked When you lock a Cost Center before calculating it you essentially become the owner of that calculation data i e no one else can recalculate the data unless you release the lock Others however can view the information if they have been granted the appropriate User Permissions Locking a Cost Center enables you to print and distribute reports to obtain a review of the charges or approvals by others if required before posting the data 7 Click the Calculate button to begin calculating Cost Center data a 8 Click the Close button to close the Calculate window The amount of time required for ToolWatch Enterprise to calculate the Cost Center charges will depend on the number of Cost Centers you are submitting and the number of transactions to be calculated Most requests are calculated in a few minutes Click the Close button 9 to close the calculation window and return at a later time to view the status of your calculation requests If you prefer to wait you may click on the Refresh button PT few times to update your status Status Tools Completed At first you should see the message Received this
100. machine Help gt Synchronization Monitor gt Start Sync ToolWatch amp gt Qi S 2 Ly 2 7 x r ss Data Sync Every 5 7 minutes m B 1 Open up your internet browser and go to the following web address enterprise toolwatch com 2 Install the appropriate version based on your computer a 32 bit version OR b 64 bit version c While you can located this information on a Windows machine via the Control Panel consult your IT person if you are not sure which to choose 3 Click Run The Smart Client installation will determine if the File Download Security Warning necessary components are present on your workstation Do you want to run or save this file i 1 EE Name setup32 exe Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 or later and will iai eaa automatically download and install any missing or ns monrt onka needed components nee A E A uen oaee E k run or save this software What s the risk framework is in place you will be prompted with a request to install the TooIWatch Smart Client 314 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX 4 Click Install When the installation has completed the Client will connect to the service to verify if there are any updates to install You will then be presented with a login to the application indicating that the Client has been successfully installed and you are ready to begin using ToolWatch Enterprise Launching Application verifying applicatio
101. message I here are assets with low levels would appear in all Message Centers When you click on the link to this message you would be brought to a list of the items that are below the designated low levels that you have set so that you can re stock your inventory Message 3 There are tools needing to be serviced Using the Service amp Calibration features you can set up recurring Service Plans for your tools and equipment For example let s say that you have a fleet of Ford F 250 s and you d like to receive a reminder to service them every 5000 miles After you set up the Service Plan when each of your F 250 s hits say a 5000 mile mark the message There are tools needing to be serviced will appear in all Message Centers When you click on this message you will be brought to a list of open Work Orders for the tools and equipment that are due to be serviced Message 4 There are locations to be decommissioned In the Location Lists item you can select sites that are scheduled to end be Decommissioned on or by a specified date Once you have identified a site and Lacalions to be Deccan amp project end date you can choose a E Location Date Location that is associated with this site ETE R A b Accell Job Site 8 14 2015 then have a message displayed in the Texacon Project 5 16 2115 Message Center to remind you of this Clicking on this message will provide you with a Decommission Reminder list see im
102. module 2 Click the Rate Sheets button to open the Rate Sheet Browser window 3 Click on either the Tools amp Equipment Rates or Materials amp Consumables Rates Rate Sheet depending on the type you wish to copy 4 Select the Rate Sheet of interest by highlighting it 5 Click on the Delete button P browser The Rate Sheet will no longer appear in the TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 23 Job Cost amp Billing Publishing and Importing Excel Rate Sheets This feature allows for the publishing of Rate Sheet data to an Excel xlsm spreadsheet This data can be modified outside of ToolWatch and then re imported back into that same ToolWatch Rate Sheet One significant advantage of modifying Rate Sheet data in this manner is that you can use features of Excel e g copying multiple cells not available for editing in the ToolWatch environment Publishing to Excel 1 From the Rate Sheet Browser open a Rate Sheet 2 Within the Rate Sheet click on the 5 Publish to Excel Hutton 3 Inthe Save As window give this file a name and location then click on Save 4 Open and edit this file within Excel i e outside of the ToolWatch environment 5 Save your changes Importing from Excel 1 From the Rate Sheet Browser open the same Rate Sheet representing the Excel file described under Publishing to Excel Within the Rate Sheet click on the 5 Impertfrom Excel button In the Open window find and select t
103. now the message asking if you would like to create a new Material Record for this Model Record see image Create new Material Would vau like to create a new Material For this model record NOTE You will need one Material Inventory Record at each Stock Location where you intend to stock this item 1 Click the Yes button to display a new Material Record a A new Material Record will appear Notice that the window displays a tab that says Material Record b If you ever click the No button you can still add a Material Record at any time Simply find this existing Model Record highlight and right click the Create Material from this model option in the window that appears A new Material Record is created complete with all information from the Model Record 2 In the new Material Record window fill in the following information Item Information tab a Item Number Accept the assigned number or enter an appropriate value This is a required field b Bar Code Scan or enter in the appropriate Bar Code number if using Barcodes ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 81 Enterprise Essentials 82 3 Product Equivalents tab a This allows you to substitute comparable items for the primary material b For example if you are tracking Duracell AA batteries in the Product Equivalents tab you can enter in the information for Energizer AA batteries Maxell AA batteries or Kroger AA batteries Moving forward you can s
104. oil was used 10 Open the Charges tab a edit the Cost of each labor event to 10 per hour b ensure that a Parts Fee of 6 50 was assigned to the oil 11 On the Work Order Details tab document that the work was completed by YOU 12 Save the Work Order a In the Update Tool Record window in the New Meter field add 100 miles to the existing mileage 13 Close the Work Order 14 Open up the Tool Record for this truck a verify that the Meter value has been updated b Under the Service tab verify that the Work Order is no longer in the Open Work Order tab but is now in the Service History tab 15 In the Reports module under Service Reports run a Work Order Charges Report Leave all defaults except a type in the Tool Number of this truck or its Work Order Number b enter Today s Date for both Start and End Dates c create a pdf of this report called Truck Service Charges to send to the truck s Project Manager When done compare your work to the Answer Key 174 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ee Purchasing amp Receiving ToolWatch has created an interactive format that connects Purchase Orders and Receiving Tickets seamlessly along with your inventory of tools and materials In this section you will learn how to use this interface effectively helping you to save time and money during your purchasing process Additionally you will integrate such features as the Low Level Browser and the New Tool Wiz
105. on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click on the Templates button to open the Template Browser 3 Look for an existing template by clicking on All Categories gt All Types or by selecting a specific template category from the Explorer TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 117 Enterprise Essentials Adding a Template to a Pick Ticket 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click on the Pick Tickets button to open the Pick Tickets Browser 3 Click on the Create Ticket button to open a new Pick Ticket Complete the required information to begin a new ticket e g Pick From For 4 Click on the Add Template button window to open the Template Browser 5 From the Explorer select a Template highlight it and click the Add button This will populate the Pick Ticket with those items contained in the template 6 Complete filling in the Pick Ticket and click the Save button to process the ticket Training Activity 16 Create a Template To review the procedures for this activity see the following sections in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Kits And Templates gt Templates e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Pick Tickets gt Adding a Template to a Pick Ticket Part One 1 Go to Lists gt Categories and create a Template Category called Starter Sets Go to Pick Tickets amp Transfers module gt Templates button gt Create
106. recurring time frame for collecting this information The recurrence interval is established at the Model Record level and it applies to all of the tool records to which it is associated Let s look at an example using a fleet of 50 Ford F 250 trucks Your Service Manager would like to have the mileage of all 50 trucks updated in ToolWatch at least one time every 30 days While the Import feature helps greatly in accomplishing this it does not establish a time frame for these readings To do this in the Model Record for these Ford F 250 trucks he would set up a meter mileage reading interval of 30 days This would in turn apply to all 50 Ford F 250 trucks as well as any future F 250 trucks stemming from this Model Record TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 157 Service amp Calibration Setting a Meter Mileage Reading Interval Begin by selecting a Tool Model Record whose tools will have set meter mileage reading intervals In this example we will use the model record for our 50 Ford F 250 trucks 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tool Models button A new Tool Model Records browser appears 3 Using the Explorer tree or the Search function find the Tool Model Record of interest Double click on it to open the Tool Model Record 4 In the Meter Reading Interval box click the Change button see image Meter Reading Interval 5 The Meter Interval window opens 6
107. removal 2 demolition 3 rentals and 4 security For this Cost Center these areas 10 000 would represent Cost Codes providing better representation of how these charges were distributed Concrete Removal Demolition Rentals B Security An important concept to note is that when creating various transactions for tools and materials e g transfers and work orders the items are not actually assigned to Cost Centers per se but rather they are assigned to locations such as projects and warehouses and or employees It is done this way because the transaction must ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 201 Job Cost amp Billing contain information that designates which Cost Center is to be charged along with where for whom etc There is no limit to the number of locations or employees that can be linked to any one Cost Center One benefit to this is that while the actual locations of the tools and equipment on a large site can be broken down into smaller areas all of their associated charges will land in just one Cost Center account Creating Cost Codes Job Cost amp Billing information can be grouped into Cost Codes for more specific reporting or compatibility with your accounting system Each Cost Center can have any number of Cost Codes to help divide the charges When you create a Cost Code you can use it with multiple Cost Centers and share it with others within your organization Job Cost amp Billing
108. resulting action would be to create a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC1 and closing the Billing Stream against CC4 In this case as the item is now transferred to a location subordinate to Stock Point A which falls within its realm and as there can be only one open Billing Stream for an item within a given realm the open stream against CC2 must also be closed essentially rolling up the Concurrent Billing Stream for the item just as though it had been transferred back to the originating Stock Point Scenario 9 Stock Point to Non Stock Point Concurrent Streams uphill in the Org Hierarchy To further exemplify that concurrent streams are technically timeline based and not necessarily hierarchically based here is an example where an item is sent from Stock Point B to Stock Point A with the CC5 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC5 The items transferred from Stock Point A to Job A1 with the Cost Center CC1 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC1 while keeping the concurrent Billing Stream against CC5 open 304 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Scenario 10 Non Stock Point to Stock Point Non Issuing Concurrent Streams Uphill in the Org Tree Building on Scenario 9 The item is then transferred from Job A1 to Stoc
109. s 288 Drills Drill Cordl Bosch BCH88011 National HQ arcode Is i 55 Joi Oil 10 Mobil MX4Ta National HG e a vehicle with a Tool Number of 800 see Item field in the Number Blocks e adrill with a Barcode of 800 see Barcode field in the Number Blocks e a Material Consumable with the number 800 this is from the Material field in the Number Blocks When this occurs a Select Item window appears This window prompts you to select exactly which item you want to populate that field TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 ToolWatch Basics Number Blocks When Transitioning from ToolWatch SE If you are transitioning over from ToolWatch SE or you are migrating existing data into ToolWatch Enterprise then you will need to set up your Number Blocks based on your existing data After all data has been migrated into Enterprise then you will follow these steps 1 From the Lists panel click on Number Blocks 2 In the Block Size column type 100 all the way down the column 3 Determine what to place in the Current Number columns by going to 1 of 2 general places in Enterprise a Lists or b a relevant Browser e g Tool or Transfer 4 As you can see from this image highlighted items are created and managed in the Lists m Tools amp Materials I 1 To determine these values Number Type Block Size 8 a open a particular Lists item 7 888 b sort amongst items to find t
110. should Completed progress to Queued and then Completed Once the word Completed Completed appears in the Status column s see image your calculations are eligible to be reviewed SECURE C all 100 Pepsi 9 Once your calculation requests are complete select the Cost L 1234 2003 Denver Broncos Tr Center s in the Cost Center Selection list see image NOU Nx 2005 DIA Concourse B 3504 HARF Phase 2 a that have been calculated and o 4170 496795 Coors Brewery b for which you would like to view charges B cr C 7886 JADA Cost Center 10 Click on the tab s which you are interested in viewing 80188 Kingman site a Job Cost b Billing E All both Job Cost and Billing tabs TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 203 Job Cost amp Billing 11 From here you have a few options available to you a look in the lower right corner of the window to get a rough comparison of job costs and billing charges see image Billing Amt should be greater than Job Cost Amt by convention Biling Amount to post 87 55 Job Cost Amount to post 55 72 Li Export Data b you can export raw data or generate reports for analysis from the Reports Reports button c view transactional details see The Transactional Detail Window Training Activity 35 The Equipment Usage Log amp Creating a Related Charge Scenario At your Stoneybrook job site your contract dictates that you bil
111. than one count entry for the same item has been saved on the same count ticket they will be tallied and displayed as one line in the browser To view information on multiple count lines that has been aggregated into one line in the Inventory Adjustments Browser 1 2 3 4 5 From the Navigator panel select the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click on the Count Inventory button to open the Count Ticket Browser window Click on the Inventory Adjustments Browser button In the Explorer tree select either the Tools or Materials radio button On the right hand side of the Inventory Adjustments Browser select the Counted radio button Use the Explorer window to find the count line in question Highlight and right click on this count line ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 135 Enterprise Essentials 7 Select Edit Line see image or double click on the d i count line Selecting View Ticket will open a EE ype TE Drills 21521 window containing the Count Ticket where this xm T Drill Cordless T Generator G Generators item is found Generators E Generators 8 The Adjustment Detail window appears showing B Grinders 9605 Edit Line in View Ticket each of the individual counts if more than one that Ganar 10DAD T ener G make up the singular count line in the Inventory Adjustments Browser see image a Click the Add Line button see image to
112. the Cost Center Selection panel Go to the Billing tab Add a Miscellaneous Credit to this Cost Center Highlight the Vehicle line and right click Create Related Charge Credit Include the following details the Cost Center should be 10411 Legacy add a Description that the truck broke down after 4 hours of use issue a 26 50 Credit select Category to be Tools select Billing Save your work View these charges in the Billing Browser as outlined below Compare each to images found in the Answer Key a 10411 Legacy Cost Center Billing tab b 10411 Legacy Cost Center Billing and Job Cost Amounts to Post Posting Job Cost amp Billing Transactions Posting transaction charges will update each transaction with a Posting Date and Time along with a Posting Number The posting process is final It will prevent the Billing Browser transactions from being posted again Posted transactions can be included on reports but they CANNOT be edited or un posted Once the transaction charges have been posted they will be removed from the Billing Browser window usually for good However some transactions will continue to display if billing on these items has not been stopped e g if an item being charged is using the Calendar Calculation Method and has not been returned or reassigned yet Said items will continue to generate charges and their corresponding transactions will continue to be visible in the browser Examples of o
113. the scanner s Enter key to enter items onto transfer Repeat Step 9 until you have finished adding all of your items To make edits to Cost Center or Code information click on the Credit Charge tab To edit line pem EJ X 1 31 item details such as Return Return Date ME Date Today None Meter Vee 5 8 j Status or to delete a line click on the Line Detail tab Status TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 12 13 14 15 16 Mobile Scanner Tap the Transfer button EJ G gt X 4 1 25 Item MENNENEEEEE Transfer Item T Description Q 99591 T Cutter Pipe Small 1 1004 T Bender Conduit 1 548 Q Air Tank 30 Gallon 1 Line Items pg Credit Charge kad H Cancel The person submitting the transfer signs inside of the white box This optional signature will also show up on the Transfer Ticket when it synchronizes with the desktop application EJ G gt X tp Transfer Sign Here Tap Clear to clear the signature Tap Done By doing so you are officially executing the transfer A Transfer Complete message appears on the device Tap OK 293 Mobile Scanner Modifying Cost Center and Cost Adding or Editing a Cost Center Code on a Transfer and Cost Code for an Individual There are 2 ways to add a Cost Center Item and Cost Code to a transfer on the You can add or edit the Cost Center handheld device and or Cos
114. these items will NOT be added to inventory nor can they be tracked in Enterprise When you finish adding items to or doing any edits on a Purchase Order click the Save button You will be asked if you are ready to purchase a clicking Yes will change the Status of your Purchase Order from Draft to Waiting for Receipts visible upon the next Save b clicking No will keep the Purchase Order in Draft Status Adding an Attachment to a Purchase Order See earlier section on Creating Attachments for additional information Adding a Template to a Purchase Order Templates allow users such as a Tool Manager to list and order specific items that are used or purchased on a recurring basis Templates can be reused are editable over time and can have their contents manipulated when used in a Purchase Order Recall from earlier work that templates were created for use with Pick Tickets We can use those very same templates here in purchasing For more information on templates see the section on Templates 1 Click the Add Template button addtemplate the Template Browser window appears see image p Template Browser l c 2 In the Explorer tree browse to find a Adi template of interest e aem 3 Select highlight this template and click qo on the Add button The contents of this sealed template populate the Purchase Order 2 Paring rae Su Purchasing Checklist Safety Box
115. to navigate between several options with just a click of the mouse In looking at navigating Enterprise see image next page from a top down perspective meaning broad to specific 1 Enterprise is composed of modules or broad umbrella categories 2 Each module contains its own set of buttons 20 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics 3 Selecting a particular button opens its corresponding tab e Tabs function just like windows do in Microsoft XP Vista or 7 Tabs ui Categor _ Number Bar Code Serial Number Description Model Type xe i 8 jective Pease Bending E 5014 674342 Bender Conduit 880 555 T are independent 5 Air Compressors bending SU 6742 Bender Conduit880 555 T e PE Bending E 3 Bender Conduit 880 880 T of one another E Batteries Chargers BendingE 1103 745637 M7465HGU25475 Bender Conduit 880 880 T onto Bending E 32125 Bender Conduit 880 T Cl esr Seg Bending E 26657 Bender Conduit 880 881 T e osing or Bending E 9341 186439 Bender Conduit 880 881 T b vis s da mei BendingE 9340 54684646 Bender Conduit 880 81 T opening a ta z Chisels Bending E 1004 940490 400M3KCV72PL Bender Conduit 555 555 T does not affect BendingE 32124 Bender Conduit 555 555 T any of the g Drill Bits surrounding tabs Dril Presses o mo PIN e You cannot have Pick Tickets amp Transfers orally ge h multiples of the eiie ms
116. to manage the delivery of this truck Transfer out one of your trucks documenting the name of the employee that delivered it 2 The Legacy job site needs 2 trucks and 3 screwdrivers One of these trucks is being transferred from the Stoneybrook site the other truck along with the screwdrivers will come from your Main Warehouse Make the appropriate transfers 3 The Legacy job site is returning 1 of the trucks and 2 of the screwdrivers that they received earlier On the returning truck the odometer reads 47605 Transfer these items back to the Main Warehouse correctly documenting the updated Meter information for the truck 4 Employee Foreman Tom Smith needs 2 screwdrivers 2 units of oil and 1 truck from the Main Warehouse You require these items returned back in 3 days Transfer these items to Tom be sure to include a Return Date on the transfer for these items When done compare your work to the Answer Key Express Check In The Express Check In feature takes all of the tools currently assigned to a specific Employee or non Stock Location and transfers them back to a designated Stock Location This can be useful in a Tool Crib environment to transfer all items assigned to an Employee back to the Tool Crib after he is reassigned leaves the company etc 102 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Consider that where you are pinned in the Org Tree affects the To and From choices available to you Em
117. using the Calendar Calculation Method when the Hours or Minutes selection is made Assignment Calendar D avs The first cell in this group of 2 Hourly Usage Rate 6 enables you to enter a percentage value and then let the Rate Sheet calculate and display the actual Hourly Usage Rate The second cell in this group Hourly Usage Rate is the actual rate that will be used when the calculations are performed If you know the amount of the Hourly Usage Rate enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the value of the other cell Required With Hourly Usage Calculation Method Calendar Hours Minutes Calculation Method 2 Daily Rate Grouping The Daily Rate is used when the Job Cost and Billing module calculates charges for tools and equipment that use any of the Calendar Calculation Methods This rate will be applied to items Calendar Minutes that have exceeded the Hourly Rate time period but have not yet ouy eae migrated to the Weekly Rate Calculations here always distill all accrued calendar time down to hours for the purposes of calculating the charges If you already know the Daily Rate for an item you can simply enter it into the Daily Rate cell and let the Rate Sheet convert this value and then display it into the Effective Daily Rate Per Hour cell The first cell in this group of 3 Effective Daily Rate Per Hour enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate Sheet will c
118. vb ri SEN atus 187 PEDT a T TEE O a a A E eee er ee Tt 187 Panan a Potenase E oraora E A O EEE A EEE E ee ee 187 Training Activity 26 Adding a Template to a Purchase Order 188 Receiving NC CES m E 189 Receiving Items from a Purchase Order esee nennen 189 sale rzcurs eC 192 VIEW A a RKCS ICE cm 192 Purchase der T3 e a E E E E E iMi 193 Training Activity 27 Receive Against a Purchase Order sese 195 JOB COST S BILLING erena A E E E E AEE 197 Miodu ON om E E E E E eee 199 Th Company Calendar rssicce cg ercusaranasaryarcnavenaractssycontepanoeeaisteicanehacoacaivsant aaweemeiemnstuecceaseqoreanyncts 199 Testes lta Derai HOU Ss ts E E 199 PCr CT One VOC ay P 200 Training Activity 28 Creating a Company Calendar eese 201 Cost Centers and Cost CCS T 201 Cree C oT ECO o E E er eee HI 202 Training Activity 29 Creating Cost Codes eese etnies 203 IN cd I M E 203 Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost CeDEBE iei errare ta tees prie t ar esre desde eb asbebatesas ts 204 I nS Ff G sara coo 204 Training Activity 30 Creating Cost Centers eese 207 JR eg Le ol cM 208 We Wate Deest ser Int SEPA Case
119. will not start truck is stuck in Nis corner of employes parking lot Report Groups Reports t Tool Reports ListReports zn Transfer Reports LULULU Bar Code Labels and Bad dpi Consumable Reports se Purchasing Reports N Service Totals by Date ork Order Charges Report Warranty Status Repo Work Order History Report V 7 31 2015 7 31 2015 Next Export Data gt gt ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order cont d Step 15 cont d ToolWatchinternal ToddBennethum 7 31 2015 11 47 AM Main Warehouse Work Order Charges Report 100 memess Faikuay Group by Work Order Number Suite 450 Englewood CO 80112 For Activity From 7 31 2015 To 7 31 2015 Work Order 5 Work Date Item Item Requested Charge Charge Order Completed Serviced Description Service CostCenter CostCode Description Qty Each Labor Parts Other 5 7 31 2045 105 Vehicle Truck will not motor oil 1 6 50 6 50 Truck V6 start 10W 40 quart 4x2 2 door containers 5 7 31 2005 105 Vehicle Truck will not replace 1 10 00 10 00 Truck V6 start ignitiion switch 4x2 2 door 5 7 31 2005 105 Vehicle Truck will not check battery 05 10 00 5 00 Truck V6 start 4x2 2 door Totals 26 50 15 00 6 50 0 00 REPORT TOTALS Total Charges 26 50 15 00 6 50 0 00 Return to the Activity Training Activity 25 Creating a Purcha
120. 00 48105 Ford Truck Maintenan_ 103 10 01 2015 4155 Ford Truck Maintenan 104 File name 10 01 2015 24500 Ford Truck Maintenan 105 Save as type CSV Files CSV 10012005 18000 0 Ford Truck Maintenan 107 Hide Folders Training Activity 22 Update and View Meter Mileage Information Part One ToolsDashboard Tool Model Records Tool Model Record Tool Model Record A Save M Cancel 9 Previous 9 Next Attachments Record ID 506 Manufacturer amp Model Information scie E mr Rt ma ws F 15041 Dem cw 0s MIU Your Description Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door Class o r Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval 8 Unique ID Quantity none Meter Interval Require meter reading every 90 days Main Warehouse Main V arehouse Main araheiica Tool List Components Accessories Cost Info Service Stock Info 386 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 22 Update and View Meter Mileage Information cont d Part Two 25A Ag 2 Paste F Font Alignment Number Styles Cells 2 Clipboard ItemNumber ImportValue 102 50674 103 54222 104 51105 co om Uu fF wn e Select CSV File To Import and Validate Chien bennethum TW Desiog Htec item Number Model Description Current Meter New Meter Difference Date status 102 F 250 truck diesel 1 47674 50674 3000 9 16 2014 Valid 103 F 250 truck diesel 1 5122
121. 1 Safety Startup Standard Orders Starter Sets Todd Test 2 Todd s Test Template Toolbox Replacement 182 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Training Activity 25 Create a Purchase Order To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual PURCHASING amp RECEIVING Creating a New Purchase Order Create a new Purchase Order based on the following details 1 In the Lists tab create the following items IN THIS ORDER a Shipping Method s e FedEx 2 Day e UPS Ground b Vendor Grainger e 12350 E Arapahoe Road Suite C Centennial CO 80112 e add Web URL www grainger com e under Account Info tab gt select Shipping Methods gt FedEx 2 Day 2 Add the following features to this Purchase Order mo aoe Vendor Grainger Ship To Main Warehouse Ordered By Jane Doe Ship Via FedEx 2 Day Order Date Today Expected Date 2 business days 3 Purchase the following items using this Purchase Order a b C d 3 extension cords at 71 25 per Note You will need to edit the default value of 65 1 truck at 26 000 4 cans of spray paint at 9 59 per can 1 drill at 188 4 Add an item that you will not be tracking in TooIWatch ono oD Scott 10 roll multipurpose shop towel packages at 25 98 per package Quantity 5 packages Item Number 44455
122. 1 2 D handle motor oil 10W 40 quart containers TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 3 5 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 16 Create a Template cont d Cre ation of Pick Ticket i Add Template amp Add Tool Record Add Material Record View Line Remove Line Cost Center Cost Center v Cost Code Cost Code Requisition No Date Closed Pick List Picked Items _ Scan or enter item Qty 47114 Ld Main Warehouse drill 1 2 D handle GeWALT DW140 Main Warehouse 0 motor oil 10W 40 Nobil MX4T Main Warehouse Materials Dashboard Pick Ticket Browser Material Browser Tool Browser Transfer Template Browser ens paser Process Transfer f Add Tool Record Add Material Record 2 Remove Line Y Edit Transfer Previous Next Transfer 6 09 14 2014 11 16 PM Transfer Express Check In Express Check Out se 10411 Legacy Cost Center Cost Center Cost Code Cost Code Transferred By Assigned On Jones Susan 09 14 2014 11 16PM x f sf 9 19 2014 Creation of Transfer Ticket Cost Center From screwdriver No 2 motor oil 10W 40 Creation of New Template Assignments Dashboard Pick Ticket Browser Material Browser Too Browsed Templste Brower Template Browser ap Create Template B Copy Template Edit Template Delete Template Starter Sets 2 New Starter Set All Categories T
123. 1 2015 12 11PM Last Received On 7 31 2015 2 53 PM Created By Bennethum Todd Last Received By Bennethum Todd Modified On 7 31 2015 2 53 PM Modified By Bennethum Todd Status Done Receiving otep 9 Browse Purchase Orders Open Closed al ooo PO Number Order Date l B ERE 09 17 2014 Grainger Main Warehouse Done Receiving Closed 09 19 2014 400 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 27 Receive Against a Purchase Order cont d otep 10 ToolWatchlnternal ToddBennethum 7 31 2015 3 07 PM Main Warehouse Vendor Discrepancy Report 400 Invemess Paskwey Group by Vendor and PO Sorted by Suite 450 DiscrepancyVendor Grainger Englewood CO 80112 Received Quantity Order Received Ext Date Item Description Manufacturer Model Received Price At Discrepancy Discrepancy Vendor 101 Grainger PO 2 7 31 2015 7 Spray Paint Red 12 oz Krylon 52101 4 cans 7 31 2005 4 drill D handle 1 2 in DeWalt Dw140 1 PO Total 2 11 50 25 00 Vendor Total 2 11 50 25 00 REPORT TOTALS Report Count 2 950 2500 Return to the Activity Training Activity 28 Create a Company Calendar Moni ceking Day Mantay TIKI AM t5 DO PM Tuesday PO AM io 4DO PM Wednesday 00 Ato ADD PM Trassday TO AM to 4D PM Friday FK M te DO PUE Sakrday TAM te 2PM Return to the Activity Training Activity 29 Create Cost Codes Return to the Ac
124. 12 One Ir rou NEETA a onem E E E E A 312 Two Getting Started with ToolWatch Enterprise eeeeeeeeeeserserssrssrssrssresresrssrssresrssres 313 Three Transitioning from ToolWatch SE eese nennen 316 Foor Numer TU pe LPT cee nen E eee een meen eee UH stet eee eee 317 Five Descriptions of the Tools amp Materials Lists Fields sess 318 Six Explanations of Each Role Permission eese 321 Seven Fundamentals of Reports ccsesescssssrconsessorsensensonsonsensontensensonsonsensontensentontonsenses 336 Eight Advanced Billing Stream Management eese nnne 349 Nine Job Cost amp Billie SCetldtlOS cuoc oor cuo ito State tuo chao tuo nepeezus cita iess ip seus dde eatenus spa USE 356 ANSWER KEY c M 361 6186 qe 420 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 13 EE ToolWatch Basics This section introduces users to ToolWatch Enterprise It covers the fundamental concepts around 1 implementing and establishing the program 2 navigating and using it and 3 developing and planning a foundation of use for your company Upon successful completion of this Section the learner will be able to e access and utilize all training resources e g ToolWatch University Sandbox Training Manual provided e download install and log into the correct version of the Enterpri
125. 17 Extension Cor THELZ Extension Cord 10 43 50 Drill TROLI Dril Hammer D Handle Calendar Da 1 04 520 e create edit and remove a Cost Center e distinguish between a Cost Center and a Cost Code e create edit and remove a Cost Code Category e identify these as key features of a Rate UNS PEL Uni Bammer Hand Sheet Job Cost amp Billing a set at Model Record level ok an b Rate Sheet Browser also how to use it E EAR EOS C 2types of tools materials EI Rate Sheets d Job Cost and Billing tabs Assignment T Calendar Days e Base Value column E Export Templates Calenda Hours e create Rate Sheets for each of the following Rue l a Tools amp Equipment fil Export Data b Materials amp Consumables c illustrate how to create a Rate Sheet from a copy e set up Rate Sheet Rules including when Reports and how to establish Migration Points Biling Amount to post 642 04 Job Cost Amount to post 319 10 e explain how each of these Calculation ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 197 Job Cost amp Billing Methods is determined and when it is used in Job Cost amp Billing a Assignment b Calendar c Hourly Usage e compare each of these Groupings in terms of when they are used and how they are applied Idle Rate Maintenance Return Credit Minimum and Maximum Charge 0 00g Loss Charge e list the requirements for accrual of Job Costs and B
126. 19 18 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 409 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 36 Calculate View Un Posted JC amp B Charges cont d Stoneybrook CC Billing amp Job Costs to Post Biling Amount to post 254 93 Job Cost Amount to post 223 10 Stoneybrook Subproject CC Job Cost tab Calculation Calendar Ho ransaction Detail Cost Center Information Cost Center Cost Code Rate Sheet Name PSS SS S Stoneybrook Tools Equipment Rate Sheet Rate Sheet Type Rate Sheet ID Calculated On Cut Off Date Tools Equipment 333 9 19 2014 12 32 PM 9 19 2014 12 32 PM Item Information ltem Type Category ltem Mo ripti Item Calculation Method T Earthmoving Equip 11 t 4on backhoe Calendar Hourly Effective Usage amp Rate Information Effective Duration Months Weeks Days Hours 00000 O00000 0 0000 8 0000 Transter 9 13 2014 10 41 AM f 207 Q T COSI CEmniE E Stoneybrook Sub FL Stoneybrook Sub quam Fes apes Hetty 200 00 410 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 36 Calculate View Un Posted JC amp B Charges cont d Stoneybrook Subproject CC Billing tab Idle Charge Transactional Detail Transaction Detail Cost Center Information Cost Code Rate Sheet Name Stoneybrook Tools Equipment Rate Sheet Rate Sheet ID Calculated On Cut Off Date Tools Equipment 333 9 19 2014 12 32 PM 9 19 2014 12 32 PM Item Information ltem Type Category ltem No Description Item C
127. 2 On the left of this window ag lt a EE Fowler highlight the area where you T e gp PN e Service Classes Garfield Co need to merge items here it mera Status Codes GMC would be Manufacturers onim itm acit Tool Categories Great Dane 3 In thecenter column highlight enigma a the first relevant item FMC or Ford Motor Company and REA then click the Add to button 4 RepeatStep 3 until all of the items you would like to merge have been added to the far right column 5 In the far right column place a checkmark next to the name that you would like to keep here Ford from the example above 6 Click the Merge button 7 Click Save gt Finished buttons You will see the changes after your next sync is completed Locations amp the Org Tree Organization Tree The Organization Tree enables you to organize your data into logical groups to match the physical structure of your company This is similar to how a company may create a hierarchal management structure Sigma Warehouse Portland West Region Phoenix ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 3o Here is a simplified Organization Tree In this example the Sigma Company is organized with a main corporate warehouse top level and 2 geographically separated groups ToolWatch Basics one in Portland and one in the West Region Those 2 groups are further divided downward Now let us show our Organization Tree as an Org T
128. 2 54222 3000 9 16 2014 Valid 104 F 250 truck diesel 1 48105 51105 3000 9 16 2014 1 Browse for csv update file 2 Check to see all imports are Valid 3 Import changes into ToolWatch Part Three oo Browser gt Wb Additem Edititem amp amp Retireltem ExportData ey Print CreatedOn Source 09 15 2014 None El Categories All Categories E Drill Earthmoving Equipment H Extension Cord Extension Ladder E Screwdrivers Vehicles All Vehicles 09 16 2014 None Add To Transfer View Detail View Transaction History Retire Tool Employees Change Owner Locations Change Status Change Return Date Adjust Inventory Remove Inventory Record Add to Kit Change Model Edit Kit Add To Pick Ticket Pick Add to Purchase Order Create Service Request Create Work Order Return to the Activity Add to Count Ticket ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 38 7 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 423 Create a Service Request ToolsDashboard Tool Model Records Tool Model Record Tool Browser Tool Browser ae AddItem EditItem amp Retireltem ExportData ey Print 4 ence Request Service Hequest NE E Categories Serial Number Requested by Bennethum Todd _ Category Number Bar Code Sisi iota All Categories Requested on Di Vehicles T unc au e Earthmoving Equipment Vehicles 105 f Extension Cord Extension Ladder
129. 2 oz c 09 19 2014 10 05 AM Cost Code screwdriver No 2 x 4 P Mai spray paint red 12 oz c M Return to the Activity 406 Main Warehouse Cost Code Cost Code ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 35 The Equipment Usage Charge and Creating a Related Charge Part One Rate Sheet Number FEE Description Stoneybrook Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Effective Daily Rate Per Idle Rate Hour tate tate Per Hour Initial Initial or m Earthmoving E Delivery Fee Screwdrivers screwdrivers Phillips N 47114 1 Vehicles Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 F 150 XL 26000 00 Calendar Da Part Two Transfer 09 19 2014 10 41 AM Stock From enter From Cost Center From From ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 407 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 35 The Equipment Usage Charge etc cont d Part Three Job Cost amp Billing Equipment Usage Log z amp Billing Browser Z e Save X Delete Item Cancel P Add Item 777 Rate Sheets has ERrtennmbe 1 prone No ItemNo Description Model Manufacturer Start Date End Date Cost Center Cost Code Hours Used Operator igi Export Templates 10 ton backhoe 450E Caterpillar 09 18 2014 10 52 AM 09 19 2014 10 52 AM Stoneybrook Subp 7 T Export Data
130. 2014 091712014 Open Pending 8411 Normal 08 25 2014 08 25 2014 Open Pending ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 29 ToolWatch Basics Training Activity 2 Number Blocks To review the procedures for this activity see the following e TOOLWATCH BASICS gt Basic Concepts gt Number Blocks e Set the Block Size to 100 for every row e Set the Current Number to 1 for every row e Remember Do 1 3 rows first save your work then re open window When done compare your work to the Answer Key Managing Lists Information Manufacturer Hilt u Throughout the ToolWatch Enterprise system you will Category la y encounter numerous drop down lists such as the one Mode MELLE a vour Deserpton Eatmoving Equip Heavy shown here for Category Most of these lists are ension Cords Fall Protecti ce populated by you as you create your own company ory imac E profile For the information to appear in these lists it dan RA T must first be added to the appropriate Lists item Some a common examples are Categories Manufacturers Grind e Groovers Employees and Locations Ear Grounds Tool List 0 Hammers Stoc Hammers Chipping Number Hammers Demolition a Hammers Rotary Hand Tools Hand Tools Facilities d Tools amp Materials Categories All Lists are created and maintained in one location located under the Lists tab at the upper left hand corner of the main Cla
131. 2500 110 50 11 0500 33 15 65 0000 13 0000 21 2000 9 5900 6 5000 0 7200 52 0000 10 4000 65 0000 52 0000 13 0000 9 5900 6 5000 1 7484 55 2500 11 0500 Return to the Activity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 38 Reporting amp Miscellaneous Adjustments Un Posted Billing Detail All Report Main Warehouse 400 Inverness Pkwy Ste 450 Englewood CO 80112 Unposted Billing Detail All 9 20 2014 12 36 PM Report ID U B D 001 Charge Type All For Activity Transaction Dates To 9 20 2014 Transaction Dates From 9 20 2014 Caii Billina on Hold Readv to Post Totals Model No Model Description Method Quantitv Amount Quantitv Amount Quantitv Amount Cost Center 2 10411 Legacy 3 DW140 drill 1 2 D Calendar 0 0 00 1 1 56 1 1 56 handle Date 9 EC504930 extension cord Assignment 0 0 00 2 19 50 2 19 50 10 3 50 ft unit 7 MX4T motor oil Assignment 0 0 00 2 13 00 2 13 00 10W 40 quart containers 5 47114 screwdriver No Assignment 0 0 00 3 5 85 3 5 05 2 x 4 Phillips 6 52101 spray paint red Assignment 0 0 00 2 19 16 2 19 18 12 oz can Cost Center Totals 0 00 105 89 105 89 REPORT TOTALS Grand Totals 0 00 105 89 105 89 C Extension O13 emm E CS04930 extension cord 10 2 Initie Vehicles 10 i mac Screwdriv Q 12 47114 vien Delais iti Paint M 2 52101 Place Hold iti Oil M3 MX4T Remove Hold za Drills T 8 DW140 Create Relate
132. 3 38 AM Enter or scan item Qty 1 scan here Enter Expected Total Count eS a 23 Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse 13 Main Warehouse T drill 1 2 D handle DeWALT T drill 1 27 D handle DeWALT T dnll 1 2 D handle DeWALT uox c uu TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 3 7 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 17 Create amp Print Count Tickets cont d Assi Dashboard Tool Browser Material Brows Count Ticket Browser Wb CreateCountTicket View CountTicket Delete Count Ticket Inventory Adjustments Browser South Side mi Browse Count Tickets Open Chsed Al Count Ticket Status Count Location Summary 09 15 2014 3 Open Main Warehouse Quarterly arehouse Check South Side 09 15 2014 2 Open Main Warehouse Quart Ay Warehouse Check North Side s Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browse Count Ticket Browser i wj Create Count Ticket View Count Ticket 9X Delete Count Ticket Inventory Adjustments Browser r Lim Browse Count Tickets Open Cosed O Al North Side Count Sheet Created Date 8 16 2014 v 3 Ope i 09 15 2014 Main Warehouse arte Warehouse Check South Side 09 15 2014 Open Main Warehouse Quai riy Warehouse Check North Side 4 Print Photos Sot By Gove By Return to the Activity 378 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER K
133. 4 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 15 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 UA 247 2nnn Calc Date 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 14 2008 04 14 2008 04 14 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 15 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 04 13 2008 4 3 7 non Status Tools Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post Ready to Post M da 9 Al Toos Materials Status Ma Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F Ready to F EL erect e Notice 1 the date and time the Cost Center transactions were calculated Calc Date and 2 the Cut Off Date If these dates are not appropriate close the window and recalculate the Cost Center transactions including the correct Date and Time 5 In the Post column select the individual check boxes for these Cost Centers you would like to post select all rows by clicking the Check AII box 6 Click on the Post button to post transactions for the selected Cost Centers a Posting requests will be submitted to the TooIWatch Enterprise online services for processing b You can close the Posting windo
134. 80 Fairview 69823 2900 Fairview Stoneybrook BF Subpr m Stoneybrook GR i 7 Stoneybrook JV 4 TENTE E Stonybrook P View Details Hold Remove Hold P a Placing Transactions on Hold This first column shows by way of a checkmark which items have been placed on Hold o9 Cost Center and Cost Code These columns display 1 the Cost Centers for which transactions have been calculated and 2 any Cost Codes associated with them E Transaction Start Date This column displays the initial dates on which the transactions occurred o Transaction End Date Note that not all transactions have a value here Only tools and equipment that have been assigned AND returned will generate an End Date When tools are returned to the assigning Stock Location or to another assignment the dates of these transactions will be displayed in this column If the transaction type requires an End Date the transaction will remain in the Billing Browser until an End Date is generated by a corresponding return transaction Q9 Item Category This column displays the Category designated in Model Record for each item 246 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Q Item Type Bach transaction charge or credit is tagged with an Item Type T Unique Tool M Material amp Consumable a Item No This column displays the Item Number source Tool or Material Record of the item e Item Model Q Quantity Tool This column displays the ite
135. 817 Winter Construction Co Create New e are solely placeholders for an upcoming feature 206 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 30 Create Cost Centers To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Cost Centers amp Cost Codes gt Creating a Cost Center Create 3 Cost Centers such that For your 1st Cost Center 1 The Cost Center Description is the title of your first location 10411 Legacy 2 The Project Rates will be completed at a later time 3 Issue credits for your quantity tools based on FOFI 4 The crew will be working overtime next Wednesday due to a concrete pour Note this Adjust the eligible billing hours to 6 00am 7 00pm For the 2 d Cost Center 1 The Cost Center Description is the title of your second location Stoneybrook 2 The Project Rates will be completed at a later time 3 Issue credits for your quantity tools based on FOFI 4 There was a flood at your project last week Note this Pause project billing from last Tuesday through last Thursday For your 3rd Cost Center 1 The Cost Center Description is Stoneybrook Subproject 2 The Project Rates will be completed at a later time 3 Issue credits for your quantity tools based on LOFI 4 ndicate that tools assigned after 4 30 pm will NOT be billed for that day Whe
136. A Stock Location in ToolWatch Enterprise is the 36 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics equivalent of a warehouse or tool crib from which tools are received and delivered Here the Stock Location Trailer 1227 is pinned This is illustrated by it being listed in the header information see image circled Many organizations have a single Stock Location for example one warehouse Or your organization may have multiple Stock Locations as in the ACME Corporation example The Organization Tree gives an organization with multiple Stock Locations the ability to select view and track their inventories at each Stock Location To be pinned at a given Stock Location open the Org Tree and click on it It will be highlighted If you are pinned see image at the ACME Corporation level you would be able to see and manage all of the inventories at all of the Stock and non Stock Locations shown throughout the entire Org Tree Conversely if you were pinned at the Seattle Warehouse P Navigator org Lee rg Tree n x you would only be able to see and manage the inventories at the Ej Eastern Region 1 Boston Tool Crib S New York Tool Room E Western Region Portland Warehouse Ej Seattle Warehouse z Trailer 1227 e Seattle Warehouse e Trailer 1227 and e Trailer 1902 be Trailer 1902 NOTE You can always tell where you are currently pinned in the Org Tree by looking at
137. ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 19 Post Inventory Adjustments cont d After Post view Assignments Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browse Inventory Adjustments Browser x E Post Adjustments Edit gy Print Explorer Tools Materials El Categories All Categories All Materials E Locations Main Warehouse Wood River Wareh Fasteners E Oil Paint Return to the Activity Training Activity 20 Create a Recurring Service Plan ToolsDashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Inventory Adjustments Browser Tool Model Recordi Teal Medel Record Tool Model Record B Save A Cancel amp Previous Next Attachments Service Plan whine Model Record No image cata nb en view VLIKNNENI NM OC EN Your Description Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door v Class Manufacturers Description Manufacturers Features e J Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval 8 Unique ID Quantity none Ford Truck Maintenance Schedule Y First Occurence Every 3000 meter increm Service Plan Service Plan Event Detail Recurrence pattern Service Event Summary ems Q9 Day 1 ofevery 3 month s Weekly i Requested Service Ford Truck Maintenance Schedule P _ mhe tid Monday otevery 5 month s Request Notes 3 O Yearly Odometer Meter Recurrence Service Every 3000 Usage Recu
138. Activity 9 Retiring Tools Your company has decided for different reasons it needs to retire a few assets from inventory To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Managing Retired Tools 1 The very first Ford truck you entered into ToolWatch is showing signs of wear As such your foreman has asked you to go into ToolWatch and retire this truck until the Service Department can get to it Retire this asset 2 Ona similar note the second DeWALT drill that you entered into TooIWatch has been vibrating at times quite violently Before someone gets hurt your manager tells you to retire it until it too can be repaired Retire this asset as well 3 After a few very productive months your Service Department is able to repair all retired tools including your truck and drill As such go into the Retired Tools browser and reinstate both of these tools 4 Find one of these tools in the Tool Browser Highlight them item right click and select View Transaction History Note the presence of both Retirement and Reinstatement dates Use this powerful feature of ToolWatch in future work When done compare your work to the Answer Key Supplemental Vehicle Information Overview ToolWatch Enterprise allows you to document additional details for your vehicles at the Tool Record level For each vehicle you own you can trac
139. Administrator when you create an entry in a List item such as a new tool Category you can see immediately the Category you created However other users ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 39 ToolWatch Basics logged into the system below your current position in the Org Tree may not see this new Category until they are allowed to view the new Category Modify Visibility enables you to display List items relevant only to specific users or groups of users An example may be to show Customers in NY City only to Employees pinned at the NY City Warehouse 1 Asan Administrator you assign or pin yourself to a Stock Location of interest 2 Select the appropriate Lists item e g Manufacturers 3 Click on that Lists Modify Visibility button Create New Delete Modify Visibility 4 The Visibility window opens up 5 Choose the items here it would be Manufacturers you would like to be visible at this level Stock Location by a checking or unchecking if checked individual items b selecting Check All or Uncheck All for shortcut 6 Select Save then Finished Keep in mind that Modify Visibility does not only impact you but it affects everyone that is pinned to the same level of the Org Tree as you Training Activity 5 Modify Visibility To review the procedures for this activity see the following e TOOLWATCH BASICS gt Basic Concepts gt Modify Visibility Be sure you are pinned at the top of your Or
140. All 9 20 2014 1 20 PM 400 Inverness Pkwy Cost Center 10411 Legacy Report ID P B D 001 Ste 450 Charge Type All Englewood CO 80112 For Activity Posting Dates To 9 20 2014 Posting Dates From 9 20 2014 alae Posted to Date Model No Model Description Method Quantitv Amount Cost Center 2 10411 Legacy 3 DW140 drill 1 2 D Calendar 1 1 56 handle Date 9 EC504930 extension cord Assignment 2 19 50 10 3 50 ft unit 7 MX4T motor oil Assignment 2 13 00 10W 40 quart containers 5 47114 screwdriver No Assignment 3 5 85 2 x 4 Phillips 6 52101 spray paint red Assignment 2 19 18 12 oz can 2 F 250 truck broke down None 1 26 50 after 4 hours of use 2 F 250 truck diesel 1 2 Calendar 1 46 80 ton 4 door Date Cost Center Totals 79 39 REPORT TOTALS Grand Totals 79 39 Stoneybrook CC Posted Billing Summary All Report Main Warehouse Posted Billing Summary All 292072014 121 PM 400 Inverness Pkwy Report ID P B S 001 Ste 450 Charge Type All Englewood CO 80112 For Activity Posting Dates To 9 20 2014 Posting Dates From 9 20 20 14 Cost Center Posted to Date Cost Center 3 Stoneybrook Materials amp Consumables 32 18 Tools amp Equipment 79 10 Adjustments amp Misc Charges 0 00 Cost Center Totals 111 28 REPORT TOTALS Materials amp Consumables 32 18 Tools amp Equipment 79 10 Adjustments amp Misc Charges 0 00 Grand Totals 111 28 414 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER
141. Billing or e both tabs For more information on this topic see The Rate Sheet User Interface 8 Find the first Model Record on this Rate Sheet for which you would like to accrue charges e g Model DW140 9 Inthe Base Value column be sure there is a Base dollar Value for this item Numbers only Do not enter in a symbol If this field is empty enter in a value TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 225 Job Cost amp Billing 10 In the Calculation Method column select your desired Calculation Method For more information on this topic see Calculation Methods a If you choose the Assignment Calculation Method fill out the following 2 columns at minimum e Initial Charge e Initial Charge b If you choose the Calendar Days Calculation Method fill out the following 3 Groupings at minimum e Effective Daily Rate Per Hour Effective Daily Rate Per Hour and Daily Rate e Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour and Weekly Rate e Effective Monthly Rate Per Hour Effective Monthly Rate Per Hour and Monthly Rate c If you choose the Calendar Hours or Calendar Minutes Calculation Method fill out the following Grouping in addition to those from 10 b above at minimum e Hourly Usage Rate Hourly Usage Rate d If you choose the Hourly Usage Calculation Method fill out the following 2 columns at minimum AND the Equipment Usage Log e Hourly Usage Rate e Hourly Usage Rate
142. By definition a Billing Stream is an open transaction that accrues charges against a given Cost Center These billing streams are in response to initiating charges and as such they can be considered as having a status of either open or closed depending on their assignment over time Let s look at the following examples to understand the differences 242 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing e Stock Point A In the first diagram see image an organization a has two Stock Points A B and 3 non Stock Points A1 B1 and B2 A tool is transferred from i A to A1 with Cost Center 1 CC1 charged This Job Employee A1 A1 Stock Point B g Vu Non Stock Point action results in the opening of a Billing Stream Job Employee B1 Job Employee B2 Non Stock Point Non Stock Point Charges will continue to accrue in CC1 until this Billing cost center cci charged e A Stream is closed see image Billing Stream Opens Job Employee A1 A1 Non Stock Point For those companies with one Stock Point there should be no condition that could allow for more than one open Billing Stream at a time for a given asset tool For organizations with two Stock Points there is the potential for no more than two open Billing Streams for a given asset For more than two Stock Points see Appendix 10 Advanced Billing Stream Management for help There are a few ways to close the Billing Stream shown here
143. Cost Center Extra Number 10 Cost Center Description 50 Cost Code 20 Cost Code Description 50 Cost Type 3 Specified in the export field values win In the Rec ord Cost Type Description Specified in the export field values win Delimiter Transaction Type 1 Specified in the the export field values Transaction Type Desc 20 Specified in the the export field values field choose riae d Cut off Date the record nicum Today s Date Date delimiter that Add to Export Remove v will be used Locked Edit Export Field Values Cancel e i J to delimit each record in the export file Choosing the Record Delimiter field is required before saving the template Comma is the most frequently used In the Record Format field choose either Job Cost or Accounting The data can be exported in a single line format Job Cost or a double line format Accounting e The single line format is used typically when you intend to match the exported data with your job cost system e The double line format is usually intended to export data to match double entry general ledger systems 2 0 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 9 From the Available Fields column find the field s you would like added to your template highlight and click on the Add to Export button 10 Repeat Step 9 until you are finished adding fields to your template These are displayed in the Export Layout column You can c
144. Cost Code or both will auto populate on the top To do this go to Lists gt Locations gt highlight the Location Now select a Cost Center Cost Code from the drop down menu and click Save then Finished 240 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Editing Transfers Using Job Cost amp Billing Information Most transfers are established completing Job Cost amp Billing details at the time of the transfer However you may add delete or change Cost Center and Cost Code details on a Transfer Ticket at any time even after the transfer has occurred as long as charges from that transfer have never posted Say that after you have completed billing for a job some details on the Rate Sheet change or you decide to apply a different Cost Center for that project As long as charges related to that transfer have not posted you can make those edits to the Transfer Ticket and update the billing 1 From the Navigator panel click the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click the Transfer Tickets button to open the Transfer Browser window 3 Search for the ticket of interest and open it 4 Click the Edit Transfer button Tense L A window appears reminding you that edits will only be applied to un posted entries Click OK 5 Make edits only to Cost Center and or Cost Code fields 6 Click the Process Transfer button to submit your edits and close the transfer 7 Perform a manual sync to update your chang
145. Credit Assignment Assignment Calendar Dat Assignment Assignment 10411 Legacy CC Billing amp Job Costs to Post Big amoun to post 105 89 JABES Amount to post SETS Stoneybrook CC Job Cost tab Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook DHD DHE ES ERE ERE Ga extension cord 10 2 screwdriver No 2 3 truck diesel 1 2t 1 spray paint red 1 2 motor oil 10W 40 2 drill 1 2 D handl 1 extension cord 10 2 screwdriver No 2 3 Stoneybrook CC Billing tab Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Stoneybrook E E E A A A A P extension cord 10 2 truck diesel 1 2t 1 screwdriver No 2 3 spray paint red 1 2 motor oil 10W 40 2 drill 1 2 D handl 1 extension cord 10 2 screwdriver No 2 3 Initial Charge Initial Charge Charge Initial Charge Initial Charge Charge Return Credit Return Credit Initial Charge Charge Initial Charge Initial Charge Initial Charge Charge Return Credit Return Credit Assignment Assignment Calendar Date Assignment Assignment Calendar Date Assignment Assignment Assignment Calendar Dat Assignment Assignment Assignment Calendar Dat Assignment Assignment Stoneybrook CC Billing amp Job Costs to Post bing sountto post 111 28 DEBEBSmourrtopos S80 412 13 0000 9 5900 19 18 6 5000 13 00 1 5604 1 56 55
146. Current Requested Currant Woe Created Qn Date Meter Meter Priogity Service Item No Description Manufacturer Model Ass inament Tg 52674 AT6T4 Normal Ford Truck 2 truck diesel 1 2 ton Ford E 250 Main Warehouse Masntenanc e 4 da or schedula TAOIS 56222 512722 Normal Fond Truck 3 truck diesel 1 2 tom Ford F 250 Main Ware house Mastenanca 4 da or Schedule BHv 015 53105 48705 Normal Ferd Truck 4 brack diesel 1 2 bon Fard F250 Main Ware hou se Maintenance 4 daer Schedule 22015 5000 Normal Ford Truck 5 tock diesel 1 210n Ford F 280 Main Warehouse Mambenarmce 4 door Sohedule 22015 50500 Normal Ford Truck 5 track diesel 1 Z ton Ford F 250 Main Warehouse Masnbenancie Abir She dubi 2205 5000 Mermal FerdTruck 7 tuck diesel 1 2 ton Ford F 280 Main Warehouse Masntenance 4 daor Schedule Count amp Export Service Schedule Return to the Activity Service Schedule 4 Print Export Data Service Schedule Save As n a gt am walla J Users tbennethum TW Desktop gt v 4 Search Desktop SES EE Organize v New folder Date modified Ft Favorites jJ Downloads WE Desktop E Recent Places 1 Dropbox G9 Creative Cloud Files Created On Next Date Next Meter Current Meter Requested Service Item No Libraries 02 01 2016 3000 47674 Ford Truck Maintenan 6 enn e 04 01 2016 3000 51222 Ford Truck Maintenan 102 J Music 10 01 2015 82
147. D T a m otc pt 72 F eo Fe adn i rem ear te lt T ee ee 1 1 E 71 7 Groupin 85 M o oI MN eee Maintenance Rate Item a Calculation Methods Grouping Table 214 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Column Headings The labels at the top of each column and the behavior of each column are identical on both the Job Cost and the Billing tabs so we will discuss them together here a Non Grouping Headings 1 Category The Category column displays the name of the Category from the Model Record The model categories are set initially on the Model Record and created as a Lists item 2 Item Description The Item Description column displays the Description of the Model Record The descriptions are set initially on the Model Record 3 Model The Model column displays the Model Number information entered on the Model Record 4 Model ID on Job Cost tab only The Model ID column displays the Model ID information found on the Model Record This number unless otherwise indicated is generated by ToolWatch 5 Do Not Charge Selecting the check box in this column for a single row will cause the model in that row to be skipped during the Job Cost and Billing calculation process NO tools that share this Model Record and this Rate Sheet will generate a charge when they are assigned 6 Base Value The Base Value cell is likely the mo
148. E Hammers Demolition Hammers Rotary Add to Count Ticket 5 On the Adjust Inventory window that opens up in the New Quantity field input your current quantity see image Item 4449 Hammer Ball Pein Large Adjust Inventory Current Quantit 10 k Full count taken 10 6 Click Save for the inventory New Quantity 25 S CE Difference 7 Click Save for the Tool Record NOTE All Quantity Tools from the same Tool Record will be assigned the same Tool Number As such individual Quantity Tools are difficult to track If you wish to track a tool create it as a Unique Tool ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 61 Enterprise Essentials Training Activity 48 Create Quantity Tools In TooIWatch Enterprise you are going to create 2 new Quantity Tool Model Records for the screwdrivers and extension cords shown here To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Adding Quantity Tools to Enterprise Initially you will create a Quantity Tool Screwdrivers Category Model Record for the screwdrivers a add this information to the record of a Craftsman Phillips Model 47114 No 2 x 4 i go to Lists gt Units of Measure gt add and dollars gt Save ii Cost Info tab gt select dollars for Units gt add 13 00 to all 3 fields gt Save b from t
149. E e E E E E 136 Training Activity 19 Post Inventory Adjustments sese 137 Count Inventory ROPOT EN 138 Physical Inventory Count Sheet eseeeeseeeesseesessessessessessesstssessessessessessessessrsstssessessessrssessrees 138 Count tel KOLKO E oiio E E E E E ETO ee E 140 Count Inventory Proget REPO esirin e E E NEP UUMES 141 SERVICES CALIBRATION oriin n eee EE E E NTE ENEE 142 TOCO ee E E E E E E E E E E E 143 SEVICE PIS a E EA A A E I A rer E E 143 Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record eere 143 Creatine a Recurring Service P DOE o emer ner er peius Ree eet renee ieiunus EEE rere 144 Service Plan Event Detail Window esee eene ener ener 144 Work Order Details T OD usstomdestubedisebumevdaprednlettto nitbedosttteenr T atu hu atio eer 144 DESI T AD e 145 eae T35K53n a SePUIee PIOB ar uos isebisetuenestitetisui see dieo itu t UM aes 145 latine aha ley alc M zo PCT 148 Poa aer Foroli di Ezio 148 Adding Required Tools to a Service Plan eene 148 lector o p C naeees 149 Adeo Kepan Parts tod Service Plots icio dui errr eres EPI store enr ere rs tener ree 149 TA NI 150 Adding aC haree toa Service rd Iu E NET OT CE 150 Training Activity 20 Create a Recurring Servi
150. EYS Training Activity 18 Taking Inventory Using Count Tickets North Side Counted Items Tab Assignments Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browse Count Ticket FA se B saeeandClese Cancel Count Ticket 2 Created 9 15 2014 9 10 24 AM Count Location Man Warehouse z Status Enter or scan item Qty 1 scanhere gt Enter Count Summary Counted Items Count yy paint red 1 Krylon Uere E driver No 2 Craftsman TOCK diesel 1 2t Ford T truck diesel W2t Ford T truck diesel 1 2 t Ford T truck diesel 1 2 t Ford T truck diesel 1 2 t Ford truck diesel 172t Ford South Side Counted Items Tab T Hem Descnpbon Model 52101 47114 F 250 F 250 F 250 F 250 F 250 F 250 Assignments Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Count Ticket Count Ticket E Save BD SeveandClose W Cancel Count Ticket 3 Main V arehouse Main V arehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Count Location Main Warehouse Status Mobil DeWALT T drill WZ D handle DeWALT T drill 1727 D handle DeWALT Q extension cord 1 Coleman TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Manuf T Created 9 15 2014 9 13 35 AM MXAT D i140 Dia EE EC504330 Main Warehouse Main Warehouse Main Vlarehouse Main V arehouse Return to the
151. Each time a tool record is viewed with a status of Needs Service or Repair the user will be prompted with a request that says Do you want to schedule service for this tool e Destroyed beyond repair Destroyed Each time a tool record is viewed with a Status of Destroyed beyond repair the user will be prompted with a request that says Do you want to retire this tool e Will be retired and sent to Lost amp Found L amp F Each time a tool record is viewed with a Status of Will be retired and sent to Lost amp Found the user will be prompted with a request that says Do you want to retire this tool 6 Click the Save gt Finished buttons Assigning a Status Code to a Tool There are many places in ToolWatch Enterprise where you can assign or update a tool s Status They are Tool Number 29332 Bar Code 569892 Tool Information Repair Parts Components dal Service Purchase amp Cost Info Lease Rental a directly on the item s Tool Record pup Assigned To National HQ Qty 1 Adj ReturnDate Over Natonal HQ ae cc Manager National HQ Unique Tool Information aerislhhamhor Teoraberrexs By Aasgned On Dekverexd By Return Date Decumert No b by way of a Transfer Ticket Kit 2332 Dni Cordless 18 V Natonal HQ Update Tool Record EEE m o Update tool record with new information eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaasaeeeeee eee ee eeaseseees eese ee eaas
152. Essentials 7 Once you find the record double click on it see image You can also right click and use Adjust Inventory option here bteblters Oil i Paint l Stock Locations A Description Paint 2345 Spray Paint Green W arenauze it Rags it Screws Drywall f Stanht ine In the Material Record on the Item Information tab click the Adj Quantity button In the New Quantity window that appears enter your inventory numbers in the New Quantity field 10 Click Save to save the new quantity 11 Click Save to save your changes to the Material Record 12 As a best practice return to your Model Record to ensure that your quantity is updated Training Activity 11 Create Materials In ToolWatch Enterprise you are going to create 3 new Material Model Records for the paint fasteners and oil shown here To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Creating a New Material Model Record also Material Record Now create a Material Model Paint Record for Krylon Model 22101 red spray paint purchased in 12 oz cans Category Paint Cost Info tab all 3 fields 9 9 59 create 1 Material Record 30 cans of paint in stock ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 83 Enterprise Essentials Next create a Material Model Oil Record for Mobil 1 Motorcycle Motor Oil
153. Explode Kits ii Select a Category iii Tap the Search button iv Double tap the item to view edit c Search by Assignment i Tap the drop down arrow in the Assigned field er MEN Category Assigned Explode Kits ii Select a Location or Employee iii Tap the Search button iv Double tap the item to view edit d To clear all search fields tap on the Clear button e Tap the Done button to return to the Home tab TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner e CE E qx Editing Tool or Material Record e F Information YERA Greenlee Textron Inc i e 18 22 Cable Pulling Equipment Search for the Tool or Material so Record see previous section Search S IPs Cable Puller for a Tool Material Item Track by 202 7833106803 7 2 Make and save any desired edits Item l Bar Code 3 To save your work either tap Save epee Expensed Tool or tap the Back button eH National HQ Edit Model Bl H Cancel Pr 2 Tap on the Option button Tap on the Edit Model button Item 1 of 1 E gt X q 12 19 Mode Category Mis HIAFO31 Hza iA Nailer Angle Finishing 4 Edit the relevant information on the Model Record 5 Tap Save to save these changes The information will be uploaded the next time the device syncs with the Enterprise server a Tapping the Back button opens Edit Model C x
154. Extension Cords Kem Description Manuf Model Bin 450647 more usable than the Count 28799 Extension Cord Coleman 103 100 Category Generators ad ail i Ticket 6388 6368 6388 6368 6269 6389 6388 6388 Ticket 6389 Enterprise Essentials 6 18 2014 12 17 PM Counted On Counted By Counted At Assignment Now Count Note Denver Denver Warehouse 1 0 1 Warehouse 6 1120149 31 AM Bennethum Todd Denver Denver Warehouse 1 1 0 Warehouse Denver Denver Warehouse 1 0 1 Warehouse 6 1120149 31 AM Bennethum Todd Denver Denver Warehouse 1 1 0 Warehouse 86 112014 29 289 AM Bennethum Todd Denver Denver Warehouse 1 1 0 Warehouse Denver Denver Warehouse 1 0 1 Warehouse 86 1120149 31 AM Bennethum Todd Denver Denver Warehouse 1 1 0 Warehouse Denver Denver Warehouse 1 0 1 Warehouse Counted On Counted By Counted At Assignment Count Note Denver Denver Warehouse 15 0 Warehouse Ticket Report As the project progresses you can see easily which items have been counted and which remain This report can be printed only one way 1 Through the Count Ticket Browser a Navigator gt Pick Tickets amp Transfers module b Count Inventory button gt Count Ticket Browser window c Click the Inventory Adjustment Browser button gt Explorer tree d Tools or Materials button gt select one e Counted Uncounted All buttons gt select All f Explorer tree gt select a Locati
155. Floodlights same tab type gt 9 Fork Lit Job Cost amp Billing E Forms e g Transfer aimi Gloves open d conas simultaneously T P cesses IE zs 4 Header information top strip of window informs e Name of person logged in e Location of Org Tree in which user is located pinned 5 Drop down menu items include e File Import Export Database Utilities amp Logout e Go Dashboard shortcuts e Layout tabs for Lists Navigator amp Org Tree Dashboard Enabled e Help Online Help Documents amp manual Synchronization NOTE Under the File drop down menu is an important database utility called Rebuild Data Caches Layout Help Use it whenever ToolWatch appears to be running slowly hesitantly or simply for routine maintenance see image Clear Image Cache TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 21 ToolWatch Basics Dashboards Dashboards in ToolWatch Enterprise provide high level information for each of the different areas in the system Each Dashboard gives you a quick overview of your important tool and material details with easy to read graphics and information There are 6 functional Dashboards e System Dashboard e Tools Dashboard e Materials Dashboard e Assignments Dashboard e Service Dashboard e Purchasing Dashboard Here is a screenshot of the default System Dashboard Dashboard Modules The Favorites screen allows y
156. Hammer Rotary 1 TE56 6 15 a If you set up a Purchase Order for this item ToolWatch will automatically calculate the difference between your Target Level and your Current Stock and then populate this purchase order with the difference b For example if your Target Level 20 units and your Current Stock 3 units your Purchase Order will reflect an order of 20 3 or 17 units 90 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Training Activity 12 Create Inventory Records and Set Levels for a Material Record Part One You wish to divide your Mobil 1 Oil inventory between Bin locations at your two Stock locations As such you will need to create a Material Inventory Record for the Wood River Warehouse To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Materials amp Consumables gt Material Inventory Records Open the Mobil 1 Oil model record and click the Stock Info tab Name the Bin here Main Bin Notice the Inventory Information location Save your work Pin yourself at the Wood River Warehouse location in the Org Tree Go to the Material Model Records and highlight the Oil model record Click on Add Inventory Record to create a new inventory record Open the model record to view the new Material Inventory Record Stock it with 25 units of oil Save your changes for this record 0 Find
157. Heer 47674 Truck 2 views Recurrence Type 3 By Date By Meter By Tums Whichever Occurs First Recurrence pattern Range of recurrence Start Mon 2 23 2015 5 mos and 1 week from today Odometer Meter Recurrence Service Every 5000 10 years from now 384 No image M Vehicles Unique ID available View Model Infor Truck 1 Truck Z1 RecurrenceType E By Date By Meter 7 By Tums Recurrence pattern amp Day 1 of every Current Assignment Information Assigned To Main Warehouse Owner Main Warehouse Manager Main Warehouse Unique Tool Information Serial Number Vehicle Information License No Fuel Card Whichever Occurs 3 month s amp Monthly The third Monday Jofevery 5 month s 4 mos and 3 weeks Thu 11 1 2018 from today ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 21 Adding an Existing Service Plan to a Tool cont d Truck 3 views Tool Information Repair Parts Components Accessories Current Assignment Information Assigned To Main Warehouse Owner Main Warehouse kd 5 ofevery 3 month s Manager Main Warehouse T w Monday w ofevery 5 month s Unique Tool Information Mon 3 16 2015 Vehicle Information ster 10 occurrences 6 mos from today 6 diy rM Odometer Meter Recurrence Service Every 5000 Trucks 4 6 view
158. History feature of Enterprise To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Meter Mileage Readings Part One Set a meter reading interval for the first three 3 Ford trucks used in Training Activity 21 1 Find the Tool Model Record for these fleet trucks 2 Require a meter reading every 90 days 3 Save your changes to this Model Record 162 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Part Two Create a spreadsheet to update your fleet meter readings for these trucks Use the Import feature to import these updates Usea spreadsheet application to create a file such as shown in Import Meter Mileage Readings Be sure to save this in the csv format Add 3000 miles to the meter values for each of these 3 fleet trucks to simulate 90 days of usage Use tomorrow s date as the import date for your Import Value readings Import these updated values into the Tool Records for your fleet Fix any Status errors and resubmit until all read Valid Perform a manual sync when all import values are Valid Part Three View the Meter History for each truck in this fleet 1 Open the View Meter History for each Tool Record from Part One 2 There will be 1 2 entries for each history e meter value entered manually in Training Activity 21 and or e meter value imported in Part Two 3 If you are
159. Job Cost amp Billing module in Enterprise It has the most extensive selection of reports of all modules You can pair the following in many different combinations to arrive at reports that are very specific e Posted vs Un Posted e Job Costs vs Billing e Tools amp Equipment vs Materials amp Consumables vs All e Summary vs Detail e Cost Centers vs Cost Codes ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 345 APPENDIX 1 Unposted Job Cost Summary All Tools Materials Report Report summarizing unposted Job Cost charges for specified cost center s Totals include Charges on Hold Ready to Post amp Total Unposted displays tools and consumables together or separately along with Adj Misc Charges Additional groupings include date range and cost code 2 Unposted Job Cost Detail All Tools Materials Report Report detailing unposted Job Cost charges for specified cost center s Totals include Charges on Hold Ready to Post amp Total Unposted displays tools and consumables together or separately along with model info and Calc Method Additional groupings include date range and cost code 3 Unposted Job Cost Transactions Summary Tools Report Report summarizing transaction information from unposted Job Cost charges for tools only Additional groupings include date range and cost code 4 Unposted Job Cost Transactions All Tools Materials Report Report detailing transaction information from unposted Job Cost charges for tools an
160. Kit using any relevant fields e g Kit No Creating a Kit itNo 9687 1 Assigned To f National HQ From the Navigator panel click on the Monde v Description Category Tools amp Equipment module Bar Code Click on the Tool Kits button to open the Kit Browser window Note Click the Add Kit button to open a Kit Scan or enter item sahee Enters Detail window Ce OO a di Note the user s current pinned location in the Assigned To field see image This is where the kit will be created Select or type in a Description Category and Bar Code Number as appropriate for your new Kit Categories are from Tool Category in Lists Populate the Kit by doing one or more of the following a Click the Add Tool Record or Add Material Record button and select items using the appropriate Browser b Type in a Tool or Material Item Number representing the item s you wish to add then click Enter c Scan in or enter a Bar Code Number representing each item you wish to add Optional As a best practice include a Note describing special conditions relative to your kit contents For example if Item 3652 is a consumable and will be removed from this kit if transferred from Stock include a note informing others to replace this item include Item and quantity when transferred Click Save to save your new Kit 114 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Creating a Kit from t
161. M Standard Orders 3 Monthly Warehouse Purchases Starter Sets Categories 7 Keep window open Template No 104 Template Type Tools amp Materials Template Category Standard Orders Template Description Monthly Warehouse Purchases Scan or enter item lt scan here gt Q 5 screwdrivers Phillips No 2 x 4 47114 T 4 drill D handle 1 2 in Dw140 M 105 motor oil 10w 40 quart containers MX4T Ote Return to the Activity 3 6 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 17 Create amp Print Count Tickets Count Ticket 1 Assignments Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Co Count Ticket B se B Seveand Close Cancel Enter or scan item Oty 1 lt scanhere gt Enter Expected Total Count Manuf Model screwdriver No 2 Craisman 47114 0 23 Main Warehouse truck diesel 1 2t Ford F 250 Main Warehouse truck diesel 1 2 t Ford F 250 D 1 Main Warehouse truck diesel 1 2 i Ford F 250 D 1 Main Warehouse truck diesel 1 2 t Ford F 250 1 Main Warehouse truck diesel 1 2 t Ford F 250 1 Main Warehouse truck diesel 1 2 t Ford F 250 1 Main Warehouse Krylon amp 2101 0 26 Main Warehouse spray paint red 1 B save B SaveandClose CP Cancel Count Ticket 3 Count Locatn sat Summary Quarterly Warehouse Check South Side Created 3 15 2014 9 1
162. Manual Job Cost amp Billing e Lists gt Customers gt highlight Jones amp Company Construction gt enter 7569 Lumberjack Road Sedalia CO 80135 e Lists gt Customers gt Contact enter Susan Jones gt Save gt Finished e Lists gt Cost Centers gt highlight Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center gt Customer gt select Jones amp Company Construction e Save gt Finished f To establish a Manufacturer s Description for your invoiced item e Tool Model Records gt Categories Backhoe gt All Backhoe gt open Backhoe Model Record e Manufacturer s Description gt enter Caterpillar backhoe 450E bucket loader 137 hp 13 5 ton 4WD e Save g To establish a Serial Number for your invoiced item e Tool Browser gt Categories Backhoe gt All Backhoe gt open Backhoe Tool Record e Serial Number gt enter CB450E389652 e Save h To establish an address for the Assignment of your invoiced item e Lists gt Locations gt highlight Stoneybrook gt Address enter 10752 Rolling Hills Road Wray CO 80758 e Save gt Finished 3 Sync up all of the above changes before proceeding 4 Now you are ready to create an invoice with all appropriate fields populated with data a Navigator gt Job Cost amp Billing gt Invoice Browser gt Generate Invoices button e Set your Date Range From one week prior to billing date To Today e Select Posted data e Do not Include Rental Tools e Leave Invoice Date at default
163. Material Categories Template Categories No Description Ga 2827 3134 1111 3137 83 35 4040 5453 84 1918 Aerial Work Platforms 2 Air Compressors Air Tanks Air Tools Air Wrenches B amp W Cat Batteries Batteries Chargers Bending Equipment Bits Drill Blades Blankets Brooms Cable Pulling Equipment Calipers Chalk Chisels Clamps m puts Cancel Modify Visibility Save 31 TooIWatch Basics Training Activity 3 Create Lists Items To review the procedures for this activity see the following e TOOLWATCH BASICS gt Essential Concepts gt Managing List Information 1 Create the following 2 Tool Categories e Vehicles e Screwdrivers 2 Create the following 2 Material Categories e Oil e Fasteners 3 Create the following 4 Manufacturers Ford Mobil 1 Craftsman Grip Rite When done compare your work to the Answer Key Edit an Existing Lists Item Customers x If you want to edit an existing Lists Customer List item you would see image pon State Phone 7 Ascent Entertainment Inc CO 303 555 8834 City and County of Denver 1 From the Lists panel select an 10 Autocrafters Inc AZ 602 555 5543 1210 Federal Blvd 2 Bronx Zoo NY City and County of Denver 303 555 3344 item say Customers 11 Coors Brewing Company co 303 555 7769 6 Denver Broncos Football CO 800 555 8892 5 Douglas County co 303 555 7763
164. Model MX4T 10W 40 stored in quarts Category Oil Cost Info tab all 3 fields 6 50 each create 1 Material Record 18 containers of oil in stock Lastly create another Material Model Fasteners Record for Grip Rite Model 212CDWS5 2 1 8 Drywall Screws kept in stock as 5 Ib boxes Category Fasteners Cost Info tab all 3 fields 21 97 each 5 Ib box create 1 Material Record 25 boxes of fasteners in stock When done compare your work to the Answer Key Material Browser Viewing Materials amp Consumables The Materials Browser is the easiest and fastest way to locate materials and consumables that are stocked You can navigate directly to specific categories of materials or you can search for specific items using the Search feature As well you can print reports directly from the Browser and or export the report data directly into a file format csv that is used by most commercial spreadsheet applications 1 Under the Navigator panel click the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Select the Materials button to view the Materials Browser window 3 In the Material Browser window you will begin your search in the Explorer tree 84 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials The Materials Browser is divided into two areas The area on the left A is the Explorer tree while the area on the right B displays the list of Material Records see image Material Browser P Add Item F
165. Open your Purchase Order and on the Receipts tab review all of your current received items Ce cu 3 Close the Purchase Order 4 From the Purchase Order Browser open and receive against the same Purchase Order yet again Note that this generates a new Receiving Ticket a Receive all remaining items b Change the Actual Cost on the Receiving Ticket of these items to i can of spray paint 11 00 c Adda Shipping charge of 33 50 d Adda Tax charge of 18 59 5 Click on the View PO button to open the Purchase Order ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 195 Purchasing amp Receiving 6 7 10 Save and Close the open Receiving Ticket It should have now a Closed Status Observe the Purchase Order On the Record Info tab review the available data It should be populated with relevant information Close the Purchase Order Use the Purchase Order Browser to ensure that this Purchase Order is now Closed and in Done Receiving Status Within the Purchasing amp Receiving module click on the Reports button a Click once on the Vendor Discrepancy Report This is a useful report to assess how well a particular vendor holds to its posted costs b Observe its description in the Note field see image shows items that were received at a price different than the price ordered on the purchase order c Inthe Options section enter these values Begin Date leave blank End Date leave blank Group By
166. Optional Enter the estimated number of hours that will be required to complete the calibration task in the Est Hrs field 14 Click Save to close the Task window 15 If done with the Service Plan Event Detail window click Save to close it TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 147 Service amp Calibration 3 Instructions Tab As illustrated many times over Enterprise provides opportunities to include non standardized information i e notes throughout the program Here see image the user can include instructions relative to the Service Plan any tasks involved parts or tools needed etc As well attachments such Daes sien as a parts list or calibration spec sheet can be associated with this Service Plan by use of the Manage Attachments button 4 Required Tools Tab Adding Required Tools to a Service Plan If you require any unique tools from your inventory to perform tasks for a particular Service Plan you can specify them when creating your plan For example if you need to set the timing on a Chevy engine likely you would need a specific Chevy engine timing tool You must have the Required Tool entered into ToolWatch Enterprise before moving on Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 2 Click on the Required Tools tab eee ee AT see image Required Tools 3 Click on the Add Tool button The Tool Model Records browser appears 4 Using the Explorer tree
167. PP E Ora tuba apr RI va son AUD Feu RE eae 73 Pinan cro alg RESUS C ree 74 Training Activity 10 Using the Tool Browser eese 74 Materials amp Consumables spe cecscececeecxraesece tac censnexessaesthedoeetecacceocostnesayeosessticaieastcevaresieorenenccs 75 hake dole bles 9 erromrerne E ter are ee rere tee fen ere ere rn rr ee ee ee ee 7o Material Records vs Material Inventory Records eene i Creating a New Material Model Record eese nennen 79 di Sz duras b sarai eer E eee ner eet er eee eee ere 81 Training Activity 11 Create Materials isicvinvesssaivscesaesevariasiaiastiasayieeisvlaniaeeeiuaiveascevsnnnens 83 Material DEOWSGE cessing ete ts neta ques ar aceneg any eeteeceniesaeesquessaseniieaeanyeoteneeocseaseapupsanteeteeeeeu 84 Viewing Materials amp Consutfnabl S icie easet pusbntn este nip egestvscapentessug pas onpee tos aep estis san pente dengue 84 e 0 Ce car eels Oea ee ee ee E 85 Searching for Material Model Records eese eren 86 Searching for Materials amp Consumables secans toiture iv taxed uadit meiden xtd adeptus 87 eM NIV CP 87 Set Inventory Levels for a Material Model Record eene 88 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 5 Table of Contents Searching for Items Using the Low Level Browser eee 89 Training Activity 12 Set Inventory Levels for
168. Record of interest highlight and right click it Truck F 350 Super Duty M Add To Transfer 4 Select the Create Service Request option see image Pickup Ext Cab 3 6ten ues Detal Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton The Service Request window appears populated with EE relevant details from the Tool Record Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton 6 Follow Steps 6 9 in Creating a Service Request Add to Kt Change Model View Transaction History Retire Tool Change Owner Pickup Ext Cab Diesel 1 ta Pickup Ext Cab Diesel 1 ta Pickup Ext Cab Diesel 1 te Add To Pick Ticket Pipe Vise Portable Pick Pipe Vise Portable Add to Purchase Order amp Stick Welder z Create Service Request Stick Welder Create Work Order Stick Welder Training Activity 23 Create a Service Request To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Service Requests amp Work Orders gt Creating a Service Request 1 One of your Ford trucks won t start From the Tool Browser create a Service Request for it to be repaired with normal Urgency Leave a note for your Service Department to let them know the truck is stuck in the northwest corner of the employee parking lot One of your drills has a severed power cord From the Service
169. Records add new Material Model Records f add and populate a Kit TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 287 Mobile Scanner Logging into the Mobile Scanner Dasic Concepts for the 1 Here is an image of the mobile start Mobile Scanner up screen Tap once on EJ XN 4 10 52 Tuesday July 28 2015 G NoSIM Wi Fi TW BIZ Introduction ToolWatch Mobile Scanner is designed to bring Enterprise technology from the Mo upconirg sepa office to the warehouse and into the ang B field ToolWatch Mobile software Hehe employs virtually full functionality between desktop and mobile platforms And the unit works even through spotty internet connectivity Eod p No unrea No tasks T upcor Getting Started 2 From the drop down menu tap once As the mobile comes pre installed with ee on the TWMobile Enterprise icon the necessary software all you will need to get started aside from the device is an internet connection to sync regular updates via the cloud and a database of your inventory provisioned to your mobile Generally your ToolWatch administrator will take care of all of this for you NOTE Recall that your Assigned Stock Location from the desktop is where you will be located pinned in the Mobile You can edit this on your user profile at Lists gt Employees gt Assigned Stock Location E G gt fe 11 05 3 The login screen appears Ani Mien If you wi
170. SKU 345345345 Unit of Measure dollars ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 183 Purchasing amp Receiving Save the Purchase Order When asked Is this order ready for purchase click No Open the Purchase Order Browser and search for this Purchase Order by using at least one of these criteria e Order Date e Vendor e Ship To Note that the Purchase Order is in Draft Status Do NOT open the Purchase Order When done compare your work to the Answer Key Creating a Purchase Order from the Low Level Browser A Dashboard Message Center window reminds you when your inventory of selected tools and or materials falls below target levels When this occurs you can create a Purchase Order directly from the Low Level Browser For more information see the Low Level Browser section 1 From the Navigator panel click the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Click the Low Level Browser button to open the Low Level Browser window 3 Click the Recalculate button to refresh the list of items 4 Highlight the line item s to be added to a Purchase Order 5 Right click on the highlighted item s and select the Add to Purchase Order button odiis a Purchase Order window opens 6 The Purchase Order is Open and in Draft Purchase Order 13289 status see image Vendor ET RES 7 While in Draft status you may edit the ABC Electric Central Region Purchase Order to change Vendor Shipping Info etc To edit line items highl
171. ST EY T 40 Training Activity 5 Modify Visibility eese ener 40 Employees and PertietssiOFiB eieae stes tat po tutti er rere ern re veer rey re verry ere 41 Creating a Standard Employee eese nne nnne 41 IJSer Keo ol efi pau icicl 0 nee eee ee ee ee ee ee 41 1 es 216i hcg Bde m ee E er ee ee 42 CAINS IN UST R Ol eodeni risit istius bmi E tus p seegeeu 42 Creatine a ToolWatch Enterprise USET sesionin ariei 43 Training Activity 6 Create User and Standard Employees sess 45 Managing Existing Users of ToolWatch Enterprise eere 46 Changing Your Password or Security Question eese 47 ENTERPRISE ESSENTEXNES eiietsovonembedstibeteisepnddieiubentsibeuste inse ui MMbendaletutbeesa lv d M Emo ssa 48 lighede s holes 0 M P 50 foto oma 049 vais c 50 Tool TESI NEDO S edicti inei tas e ere ndi init crete ere tren tre tee Put re 50 MTT TONG C E 50 Juani dile o1 Moderkecords rs ook OON DR 51 Mode rRe COT ea E E E 51 TOOLEN EGONI Ge E E E E EEE EE EEE E ES EEEE 52 Creating a New Tool Model Unique or Quantity Record esses 53 Adding Images to Tool Model RCS censetur mute cadet coeeesey aa oceicsaeeanen
172. Save your work again When done compare your work to the Answer Key Managing Existing Users of TooIWatch Enterprise Managing existing Users of ToolWatch involves changing their User Type i e Desktop Mobile Device or a RR a User Type Email Address J Desktop User Mobile Device User Password security Question User Role Emal Address JohnBristrow E Training com ner Emi Security TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 45 TooIWatch Basics This is also where you go to Deactivate a User Account see image lo manage an existing User From the Lists panel click the Employees button 2 From the list of Employees select highlight the Employee tacent Save Canc 3 Click on the Manage TooIWatch User Account button see image chose 4 Inthe TooIWatch User Account Administration window make any desired changes 5 Click the Submit button 6 Save and Close After the next sync your changes will take effect NOTE First Name Fred Employee ID 8843 Last Name Burke BarCode 998843 n General Info Employment Info Billing Info Certifications Notes Record Info You can also Inactivate an Employee or Location by eae 7 e e e Location clicking on the Inactive button found in the Lists gt E Employee or Location and then in the Status field ee available City Englewood see image Sue C zo S2 Country cut Copy Paste Denver Too
173. Screwdrivers Vehicles 103 Vehicles Vehicles 102 Employees View Detail View Meter Hista Item Requinng Service Scan or enter View Transactio item scan here gt Retire Tool 105 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Change Owner Change Status Service Request or Problem Adjust Inventory Locations Remove Invento Add to Kit Change Model Edit Kit Add To Pick Ticket Pick Add to Purchase Order Create Service Request reate Work Order Add to Count Ticket ue Create Service Request View Service Request Convert to Work Order X Ht ee a lE Create service Request Open BEE Al Service Request Requested by Bennethum Todd Requested on 09 15 2014 03 20 PM State Status Item No Item Description Saus O _ Pending Urgency 4 Requested Item Requinng Service drill 1 2 D handle est or Problem is only dill we have please repair a s a p Return to the Activity 388 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order Step 1 im d Create Service Request _ View Service Reques 3X Delete Service Request M Cancel Browse Service Requests Open Close No Urgency Requested State Status Item No Item Description Serial Number Requested Service Note Manufacturer Model Requested By otep 2
174. Side Inventory amp Created TE 8 34 00 AM ENIM a a T Drills 28907 T Drill D Handle 14 DeWALT Diw140 Parent Drills 24575 T Drill D Handle 14 DeWALT Diw140 Parent 1 Drills 25066 T Drill Spade Handl DeWALT Diw130 parent 1 4 Note the Count Ticket Number Enterprise will display the next Count Ticket Number available based on Number Block rules You may change the ticket number at this time 5 In the Count Location field s drop down menu choose the location that you would like to inventory This field is populated automatically with the assignment of items you add to the ticket NOTE Once a Count Ticket has been saved you will no longer be able to change the Count Ticket Number nor the Count Location 6 In the Summary field type in a short description of this inventory count e g Annual Physical Inventory North Side Warehouse Inventory ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 121 Enterprise Essentials 7 The Status field is used to signify that the ticket is Open or Closed Closed tickets are not displayed on Mobile Scanners they may be reopened by changing the ticket s Status 8 The Created field displays the date and time the ticket was created You cannot edit this field 9 You can add items to the ticket either using the Scan field or through the Tool Material Browser In order for items to populate the ticket they must be from the same location as the Count Ticke
175. Template gt select Tools amp Materials gt click OK Choose Template Category Starter Sets Template Description New Starter Set Add these items to your Template e 2screwdrivers e drill e 3containers of oil 118 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 10 11 Enterprise Essentials Create a Pick Ticket with items a coming from your Main Warehouse b requested by the Legacy job site C ticket was requested by Jane Doe d itis due one week from today Add the template Starter Sets to the Pick Ticket and save your work Once saved pick this Pick Ticket Move the contents onto a Transfer Ticket Indicate that the items are due back in 5 days Process the transfer Part Two So you are now responsible for purchasing inventory for your company As part of your duties you order some items on a regular basis The New Starter Set template will be used as part of the next module Purchasing amp Receiving Create a new Template Category called Standard Orders Template Type Tools amp Materials Choose Templatee Category Standard Orders Template Description Monthly Warehouse Purchases Add these items to your template e 2containers of oil e 2screwdrivers e 1 drill Save but do not process You will use this template for a future purchasing activity When done compare your work to the Answer Key TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 119 Enterprise Essentials Co
176. Tool Model Records Tool and Model Records along with some Lists Employees No image Manufacturers have an area designated for insertion of an available image file Use the computer s Clipboard to insert image files into this space using the Copy Paste and Cut buttons etn ETT a Search on a web browser e g Google to find a typical image Most browsers have an Images type option page exclusively for image files b Choose an image with a light neutral background and with little distracting detail is a small field for the image c Right click on the image to get a Copy Image option this saves the image onto the computer s Clipboard d Using the image field on the Model Record click on Paste button to move image from Clipboard into the field To remove image after placement click Cut e To import an image file e g gif or jpeg you will need to open the image file in another program such as Windows Paint select and copy image onto Clipboard then paste it into image field 10 Click Save to save any changes from above Create new Tool 11 After the new Model Record is saved Enterprise Would you like to create a new Tool for this model record will ask you if you would like to create a new Tool Record based on the model you just created Mo see image Follow along below as we create a new Tool Record You should see now the message asking if you would like to create a new tool
177. Tools amp Equipment 1 From the item s Tool Record click the Lease Rental tab see image 2 Here are some of the contract s details that you can document Too Dashboard Tool Browser Teal Record FA ire Cae gi Bene Tol m Peku m Mext BD ddtxmehments XA Delete o Vendor s Name this IS a Lists item SO a Model MPa tio an Caterpillar Tracking Method to create it go to Lists gt Vendors gt falegure Eathrin Egan Fiery Un sue ID ZEE CAT Mant ein keik dud Bin ue Information Create New Tool 5unmber Bmw Code F457 aa Tool Information Repar Parts Components amp cobeecier Seno Punase f oct edd venientis s Contract Number amp Type 3 e Mena Vendor nti Contact Type Reo Stat Emi Renee e Contract s Start End amp Reminder Dates e Lease Term amp Lease Amount CETE e Rental Rate 68 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 3 Click the Add Contract button The Contract Details window appears see image Contract Details Vendor f ABC Leasing v Vendor Unit ID 545361 4 4587 AC454 type Lease Requisition 02 20 2012 End Date l 02 20 2014 01 20 2014 Lease Details 2 years Diese amoure 2000 00 Residual Value 10000 00 Rental Details Rental Rate Rate Unit Comments Save Cancel 4 Document all relevant information 5 You can add in additional contracts if you lease a
178. Tools by Location Report All M 9 Tools by Location Detail Report 9 RN Tools By Department All z List Reports d fre Tool Activity Report ias Tool Aging Report All M E Transfer Reports Tool Certification Report Class Tool Meter Report All Iii Bar Code Labels and Bad Tool Summan Summa Re pot isis Tool Valuation Report Tool Stock Report Son igi Consumable Reports Meter Exception Report By Tool Description Y Retired Tool Report tnn p By tegory M Hid Purchasing Reports Model Catalog List Ca y Hi Service Reports amp Billing Reports 4 n h 3 30 2007 8 07 43 AM Tool Summary Report Tool Status Serial Purchase Purchase Number BarCode Code Description Manufacturer Mo del Number Date Cost Oty Ext Cost 6623 186240 OK Router Electric Plunge Deval DYY615 USUIBBSUYI7658 12 29 2006 310 00 310 00 1 25 HP 9696 2352 186333 OK Screwdriver Cordless Milwaukee 6538 1 F87T3FYl493YTO3 1 29 2007 75 00 75 00 9562 186432 OK Saw Jig Dealt DW318K Y464836859FJKF 12 29 2000 246 00 246 00 UH ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 339 APPENDIX Survey of Key Reports With over 100 reports available it is a difficult task to learn what each one can be used to represent Much of your familiarity with these reports will come with direct experience over time As different projects require specialized reporting options you will explore what is available in Enterprise The more you explore the mor
179. Training Manual ToolWatch Enterprise t LJ 23 a La D E p 3 l Ir W 2015 ToolWatch Corporation All Rights Reserved Important Notice Your right to copy this ToolWatch manual is limited by copyright laws Making copies adaptations or compilation works without prior written authorization of TooIWatch Corporation is prohibited by law and constitutes a punishable violation of the law Copyright 2015 ToolWatch Corporation All Rights Reserved Trademark Acknowledgements ToolWatch is a Registered Trademark of ToolWatch Corporation Microsoft and Windows are Registered Trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Printed in the Unites States of America 2015 Version G12 E18 S13 P7 J21 M10 2 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Links TOOL FEC BC rrena eee eerste ghee E E E E E E A IUE 14 COGU Oi rn 15 lion c 15 Current OONN C AT O o octauo E eer mere Tre eee errr eT 15 Getting Started with ToolWatch Enterprise eese nennen 16 PSEC ONC M 17 AE a 0c E E EE E E 17 ToolWatch Enterprise System Overview ssseeseeseesessresessessrssersrssessessrssrssrssresesseeseeseeseese 17 Losome into ToolvVatchi Bible EDEISP ua ere meter itt ences eee Tree mn mu eer eee ee eee eer 18 mere Nel an gO duY4218 6 0 E eee tee eee ee 19 Navigating ToolWatch Enterprise ceeeesessec
180. Use the Explorer tree to view the material s of interest in the Search results a Highlight the individual material line item if interested in only that record Click the Print button Choose the Print All option 4 Report Options a Choose the Print Selected option if only one valable nepot Uptions material is involved Gb Category 6 The Report Options window appears see image Only one option is available to you Consumable Browser Results View Report 7 Choose any additional report options ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 337 APPENDIX 8 Click the View Report button 9 The Consumable Browser Results window opens see image fr oil x D Page 1 ofl j oam e 2 1 3 t 4 5 6 t 7 8 939 4 10 ON on Y Oar UC Sew a Click the Print icon if you with a printed copy of the report b Click the Save icon to produce a document in one of the following format types pdf xls rtf jpeg gif tiff png Lists Reporting from Individual Modules Mer a x Tools amp Equipment A Tools Tool Models 1 From the Navigator panel select the module of interest e g Service amp taxis Calibration module 1 Manage Retired Tools 2 Using the respective button choices click on the Reports button see image 3 From the Report Groups click on the Report icon of interest 4 Highlight the Report of interest in the Reports
181. Vendor and PO Sort By Discrepancy Vendor Grainger d Click the Next gt gt button to open the report e Compare results to see if the Discrepancy values correlate with the cost adjustments you made earlier f Close the Report window When done compare your work to the Answer Key 196 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual EE Job Cost amp Billing The robust accounting features of ToolWatch Enterprise enable you to generate not only concurrent Job Cost amp Billing charges for any project but it also accommodates multiple billing calculation methods You will learn how to customize such critical tools as Rate Sheets and Cost Centers to best fit your company s unique business model Later you will explore different ways to represent both posted and un posted transactions including reports and exported data Upon successful completion of this Section the learner will be able to e describe how the Job Cost amp Billing module could meet their company s tool inventory needs e implement a company Calendar that reflects accurately the following a a project s Eligible Billable Hours b company Holidays c any changes to default Working m Description Campeny Tools amp Equipment Rate She Hours Job Cost Billing q q n al Calculation Model lem Description E Method Vehicles TRYH2 Vehicle Truck Diesel Calendar Da 31 36 156 80 627 20 Screwdrivers TRSD2 Screw Driver Philips
182. Work Order is created for a tool it will be documented eisai in the Tool Record for that tool To view this under the Add to Purchase Order Create Service Request GemeWekOde Add to Count Ticket Service tab of the Tool Record click on the Open Work Orders tab see image To view this Work Order simply double click Tool Information l Service p J on this line Viewing a Work Order You can use the Work Orders Browser to search for any open or closed Work Orders 1 From the Navigator panel click the Service amp Calibration module 2 Select the Work Orders button a new Work Orders Browser appears 3 In the Browse Work Orders search engine esee M see image locate your Work Order by Status Service Request e selecting Open Closed or All and Assigned To then clicking the Search button OR iiem e to refine your search enter information into the various fields then click Search 4 From the search results highlight the Work Order of interest and double click to open and view it TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 169 Service amp Calibration Editing a Work Order 1 Follow Steps 1 4 of Viewing a Work Order 2 Click on the Tasks tab 3 To add a task click on Add Task button and follow Creating Tasks in a Service Plan The task now appears under the Required Work Order Details Tasks instructions Required Tools Parts
183. Year Certification Your Description Motor Oil 10 40 quarts Class 4 MAE Ar RE Ceu eo ee one for each Stock Location see image Note that all records eee have or share the boeisel same Item No This is important to note for tracking purposes 573205 National HQ 573205 Eastern Region Warehouse 573205 Central Region 573205 LA Warehouse 78 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Creating a New Material Model Record Just as with tools a Material Model Record must be created first The subsequent Material Record is created from the Material Model Record 1 Under the Navigator panel click the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Click on the Material Models button a new window should appear with the tab Material Model Records 3 Click on the Add Item button a Add Item 4 In the new Material Model Record window fill in the following required information a Record ID ToolWatch automatically populates this field however you may change it to whatever value you prefer Once chosen after the Model Record is saved it should not be changed Manufacturer If you have not created any Manufacturers yet the Lists gt Manufacturers will be empty You will need to add at least one entry here before you can create your Model Record See Managing List Information for information about working with Lists items Category Categories enable you to group too
184. a portion B of this window displays information specific to the actual tool you are tracking Current Assignment Information Assigned To Qty 1 Adj Return Date Personal Issue Item Owner National HQ v Status be Kit ID Unique Tool InFormation Serial Number 78498730lYl0 ems v Class ExpensedToo vehicle Information License No State v Expiration v Fuel Card Meter Odometer Meter 145 Hours v Notes mum a z z zm mum mum z mum ENEE NENNEN EH nl mmm mmm mmm mmm mmm C1 NO ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Creating a New Tool Unique or Quantity Model Record 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tool Models button A new window appears with the tab Tool Model Records 3 Click on the Add Model Record button This should reveal a new window with the tab Tool Model Record see image Note the difference between the Tool Model Records and Tool Model Record tabs As they differ by only one letter s on the end they are often mistaken Tools Dashboard Tool Model Record Save PP Cancel e Previous cj Next E Attachments Record ID Ho Manufacturer amp Model Information Manufacturer s Description Manufacturer s Features a Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval Unique ID Guantity none 4 Inthe new Tool Model Record win
185. a Material Record 91 Rcnrucgbric t ET 7 Pick Tickets amp Transiers Zum C VE VIG ace cetera sect icy ach niesna ounce etc a E Nein Eei 93 i Taner VIC KC qelcula co 93 Creating a Transfer from the Transfer Browser essent 97 Creating a Transfer from the Tool Browser eese nennen 97 Creating a Transfer from the Material Browser eese nennen 97 Adding Tools or Materials to a Transfer Ticket eene 98 Assigning a Toolas Personal Mose DD aasestensintudpinibc puduit iem bdro ibt dui aee i 98 Searching for and Viewing Transfer Tickets esee 99 Ecos THastopcar Transter TI COKOTS ioei ynn dua estes E suhedu d uet E r 100 Ir iier M Bete iu ol c eee nr ee 100 PAn PASS P M 101 Printing Transfers as They are OCC Se CO esie eiiim epatis Hle Hase am eU 101 Printing Transfers After They Have Been Processed eene 101 Training Activity 13 Transfer Tools and Materials sess 102 ISPs atra coii 102 PPr S CRE c 10 M ee 104 lg Wh c m P 104 ligisderc throno T ey 104 i feria ates ea el TKO i 104 A DeR Ticket EXplarietl
186. a data type e Job Cost Data e Billing Data e Job Cost and Billing Data 6 In the Data Format field choose the appropriate template type Summary or Detail 7 In the Export Templates field a from the drop down menu select the desired custom export template b select Include Column Headings 8 In the Data Parameters field select the Posting Date Range that Enterprise will use when searching for eligible data to export e IMPORTANT FOR POSTED DATA The date parameters should be set to capture the moment in time the data actually posted It is not based on when the transactions actually occurred In essence the parameters must be set to capture that moment in time the Post button was pressed 9 Click the Export button to send the data to the template file 10 Choose a File Name and Location on your computer to save the csv file 11 Click Save gt OK gt Close 12 Open your file and observe for completeness amp accuracy Training Activity 40 Create a Custom Export Template amp Export Job Cost Data Your supervisor asks you to create a detailed export template for your business unit and then use it to export data from one of your Cost Centers To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Exporting Job Cost amp Billing Data gt Creating an Export Template Exporting Data Using a Custom Export Template 1 Inthe Job C
187. a description using the keyboard e g Drill Cordless 1 2 18 Volt In the Item Type field select if this is a Unique tool or a Quantity tool In the Item field ToolWatch will offer you a number for your about to be created Tool Record Choose this or type in your own value Choose a Barcode if applicable In the Assigned field tap on the drop down menu and select a Stock Location for assignment of the new tool e g National HQ TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner New Tool J3ENAEXCET 1 From the Admin tab tap on the New Rec FE Material button Manufacturer 1a ita 7 Category Fars Region Te Eastern Region Ware LA Warehouse ula tegis Main Warehouse Miami Warehouse ToolWatch EQ Gi X q 1 32 TOOLWATCH Mew Tool New Material OUR SN tional HO T MEE North Pacific Tool Cr ME CUEMENY Trailer HEURE Seattle Warehouse Assigned a Done Options Cancel Save Hew Kit Allocate Numbers AN Logout Utilities 12 Complete any remaining optional fields only fields with an are 2 Enter the necessary information for required the new Material 13 Tap the Save button A New Tool a Fields with an are required record will open If done creating records tap Done Fields recommended are illustrated here New Tool EOGRAL Xt e Item assigned by ToolWatch a e Manufacturer e Category Material 3 G x 4 2 50 hae 15910 e Mo
188. add a new individual count to the existing count line s Adjustment Detail os Extension Cord in Coleman 4506A7 es Bennethum Todd Pepsi Center x Pepsi an i 16 3000 Extension Cord 1 Coleman 4506A7 14 708 Bennethum Todd Pepsi Center 3 Pepsi Center 3 25 3000 Extension Cord 1 Coleman 450647 14 708 Bennethum Todd Pepsi Center 3 Pepsi Center 3 3 b Changes here will not show in the current inventory until results are posted Posting Count Results After you or a supervisor have reviewed the count lines in the Inventory Adjustments Browser you can select the lines you would like to process and post as inventory adjustments Once you re processed them the updated inventory counts are reflected immediately throughout ToolWatch Enterprise 1 In the Inventory Adjustments Browser view your Counted items for a particular location by following the steps in Viewing Count Lines for Counted vs Uncounted Items NOTE Asageneral rule only counted data is posted Certainly this is true for unique tools However with quantity tools and materials posting uncounted inventory is one way to zero out quantities at Stock Locations Ticket Browser Count Ticket Inventory Adjustments Browser int 2 Place a checkmark in the box next to each count line representing an item that you would like to post see image a Place a checkmark in the All box to select all of the T i
189. ady present on the target workstation or it may be downloaded free of charge from Microsoft s web site Installing the TooIWatch Smart Client The ToolWatch Enterprise system uses Microsoft s Smart Client technology We chose the Smart Client technology for ToolWatch Enterprise because it delivers four important benefits to you e It provides a richer user interface than a Web browser e It delivers better performance than a Web browser e It enables installation via download with easy updates e Your data is automatically synchronized amp stored over the internet to the ToolWatch Data Center You can install the TooIWatch client software onto your workstation by simply downloading it from the ToolWatch web site enterprise toolwatch com This technology also automatically manages any updates to your software by notifying you and installing the updates when they become available ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 313 APPENDIX Synchronization In TooIWatch Enterprise data entered from workstations will be shared across an organization with other workstations also connected to the ToolWatch Enterprise Server Every 5 7 minutes data from that workstation will synchronize sync with the main Enterprise Server allowing all users to access and see the updated information This also applies to any Administrative changes such as adding new Lists items and Users While this occurs automatically and regularly you can manually synch your
190. age of all such sites and related dates Number Blocks Most Enterprise users will work with thousands of TW records list items etc The purpose of the Number Blocks is to help you avoid having duplicate numbers for any of these entries As a best practice you should allow TooIWatch Enterprise to generate TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 20 ToolWatch Basics unique numbers for you 5o that you may take advantage of this feature you will need to establish these blocks of numbers that serve to prevent duplication of numbers Number Blocks are part of your initial set up of ToolWatch Enterprise therefore once your company s ToolWatch administrator has set them up they should not need to be altered ever again Block Size Explanation We ll explain how Block Size Numbers lea works through an example as Stockpoint Number Reserves shown in the image below e We havea Material block e Block Size is set to 100 e Current Number is 500 meaning that the next block of numbers issued will begin at 500 1 501 Number Type Block Size Current Number 1060 Material C atenon 2114 After the Number Blocks have been set up as they are in this example let s say that 3 employees are working with Materials John begins by creating new Material records Picking up at 500 already present ToolWatch issues him the numbers 501 600 Next Alex creates new Material records and ToolWatch beginning after 600 issue
191. age readings from your inventory e use a spreadsheet to import Meter readings into Tool Records e manage tool inventory using View Meter History and the Meter Exception Report e create a Service Request and convert it into a Work Order e perform the following functions with regards to Work Orders a create an empty Work Order b create a Work Order from a Tool Record C search for Work Orders using the Work Orders Browser d complete an Open Work Order by performing Tasks 142 RecurrenceT ype By Date By Meter By Tums Whichever Occurs First Recurrence pattern O Daily Weekly O Day 235 of evem 1 month s The fourth v Tuesday w of every 5 month s Work Order Open Pending Item ID Description 5353 E Work Order Details Tasks Instructions Required Tools Parts Charges Work Order Summa zT T iteem ster TEE Levine Harry 06 25 2011 03 50 PM _ Pending Requested by Requested Service Requested ont Request Mates Status Open Item Requiring 5 emite 5 t Can or ad 5353 Generator Portable Gas 15 HP Service Request or Problem wl not start Urgency ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Introduction Enterprise simulates the job functions of many Service Departments by including common features such as Service Plans and Work Orders Clients can integrate i
192. alculate and display the Effective Daily Rate Per Hour and the Daily Rate 216 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing The second cell in this group Effective Daily Rate Per Hour enables you to enter a Rate Per Hour value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Effective Daily Rate Per Hour and Daily Rate The third cell in this group Daily Rate is the actual Daily Rate If you know the value of the Daily Rate enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display values for the 2 previous cells Required With All Calendar Calculation Methods 3 Weekly Rate Grouping The Weekly Rate is used when the Job Cost and Billing module calculates charges for tools and equipment that use any of the Calendar Calculation Methods This rate will be applied to items that have exceeded the Daily Rate time period but have not yet migrated to the Monthly Rate Calculations here always distill all accrued calendar time down to hours for the purposes of calculating the charges If you already know the Weekly Rate for an item you can enter it into the Weekly Rate cell and the Rate Sheet will convert this value and then display it into the Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour cell The first cell in this group of 3 Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate ERE Sheet will calculate and display the Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour and the Weekly Rate T
193. alculation Method T Earthmoving Equip 11 t 1fHon backhoe Hourly Effective Usage amp Rate Information Hfective Duration 10000 Q DODO 0 0000 27 0000 Stoneybrook Subproject CC Billing amp Job Costs to Post _ Biling Amount to post 500 50 Job CostAmountto post 96 00 Return to the Activity Training Activity 37 Stop amp View Un Posted Job Cost amp Billing Charges 10411 Legacy CC Job Cost tab Billing OSt Lente 10411 Legac 2 Initial Charge Assignment 65 0000 10411 Legac 3 Initial Charge Assignment 13 0000 10411 Legac spray paint red 1 2 Initial Charge Assignment 9 5900 10411 Legac motor oil 10W 40 2 Initial Charge Assignment 6 5000 10411 Legac GeneralC drill 1 2 D handl 1 Charge Calendar Date 0 7200 C 10411 Legac extension cord 10 2 Return Credit Assignment 52 0000 10411 Legac Service screwdriver No 2 3 Return Credit Assignment 10 4000 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 411 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 37 Stop amp View Un Posted JC amp B Charges cont d 10411 Legacy CC Billing tab 10411 Legac 10411 Legac 10411 Legac 10411 Legac 10411 Legac 10411 Legac General C Service truck diesel T t screwdriver No 2 spray paint red 1 motor oil 10W 40 drill 1 2 D handl extension cord 10 screwdriver No 2 C ND NM NM C Initial Charge Initial Charge Initial Charge Charge Return Credit Return
194. amp Locations Exp Categories bd umm u pm All Categories gt Drills Vehicles 2 T truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door All Drills Vehicles 3 3 T truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Employees Vehicles 4 4 T truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door H Locations z s Vehicles 5 5 T truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Earthmoving Equipmen T ect Vehicles 6 6 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Vehicles Vehicles 7 7 T truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Return to the Activity tan Dale Tran No Type Descripbon Qty Assigned To Fesignmert Date Sus Fi Owner Kt A Truck Vb 402 door 1 kam euren v Truck V6 4x2 2 door 1 TS 0 20 2015 1821 transie etscie Truck Vb 402 Tooo 1 Man Warehouse 0 29 2015 1821 rans ter ehscle Truck Vb 4x2 2 dour 1 WATI Legscy 07 29 2015 1820 Transter elscle Truck V6 442 doar 1 YMTI Legscy 0 29 2015 1820 ranger Vehicle Truck Vb 4aZ 2 door 1 Man Warehouse 20972015 Irstusi fill Vebscie Truck Vb 4227 2 docr 1 Man Warehoute 4 m Training Activity 10 Using the Tool Browser All Tools amp Assignment dP Additem Edititem amp Retireltem Export Data 4j Print e e 22015 Mar 1292015 otro Mar Lr Mar Man Warehouse Warehouse Man Warehouse T Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 do Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 do Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 do Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 do Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 do Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 do screwdrivers Phillips No 2 extensi
195. amp Calibration module create a Service Request for it to be repaired Alert the Service Department that this is the only drill you have and that it is urgent that it be repaired as soon as possible When done compare your work to the Answer Key TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 165 Service amp Calibration Converting a Service Request into a Work Order Once a Service Request is created it is converted next into a Work Order for someone to perform the requested service s 1 From the Navigator panel click the Service amp Calibration module 2 Click on the Service Requests button a new Service Request Browser appears 3 In the Browse Service Requests search engine see image locate your Service Request by Browse Service Requests Status Requested By Service Requested HAGI Request Date e selecting Open Closed or All and then clicking the Search button OR e to refine your search enter information into the various fields and then click Search 4 From the search results highlight the Service Request of interest and click the os Convert to Work Order Convert to Work Order button A new Work Order window Wark O appears populated with key information see image e This updates the Status of any Service Request that is In Progress 5 Be sure fields from these sections are completed before moving on e Work Order Summary e Schedule 6 Cli
196. an ITEM over its total life The Maximum Charge is established by entering a value into either of the 2 Maximum Charge cells Max Charge or Max Charge and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the other The first cell in this group of 4 i e Use Maximum Item Charge is a check box that tells the Rate Sheet to stop The second cell in this group i e Use Maximum Job Charge is a check box that tells the Rate Sheet to stop charging an item after it reaches a certain threshold value relative to the accrued charges earned by an item within a given Cost Center The Maximum Charge is established by entering a value into either of the 2 Maximum Charge cells Max Charge or Max Charge and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the other See Calculation Method Groupings for information about which Calculation Methods can use this grouping 5 Loss Charge Grouping The Loss Charge enables you to charge the cost of an item as well as any additional usage surcharges when it is not returned after an assignment Retiring the tool triggers the Loss Charge when this feature is enabled As well you can tell the Rate Sheet to consider any charges that may have already accrued The first cell in this group of 4 1 e Use Loss Charge is a check box that tells the Rate Sheet to enable it You will Eam m em need to enter a value into one of the 2 Loss Charge cells Loss Charge or Loss Charge that represents how much is charge
197. ansfer Express Check In Express Check Out gI 1118 Main Warehouse Cost Center Cost Code Transferred By Assigned On Delivered By Ward Brent 10 31 2012 03 57PM w Scan or enter item Description Cost Center From Screwdriver Phillips 2 Main Warehouse 1 Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 Main Warehouse f 500002 2 Oil 10w 40 Main Warehouse Return to the Activity Training Activity 14 Create and Pick a Pick Ticket Took i Dashboard paren Tool Model Records ap Create Ticket View Ticket Pick This Ticket 9X Delete Ticket Cancel Browse Pick Tickets ON MEM Nen NEME AV Pick Ticket Picked For Assigned To Status Date Created 8 09 14 2 Open Ready to Pick 10411 Legacy 09 17 20 5 09 14 2 Open Ready to Pick Stoneybrook 09 19 20 In these browser views the Pick Tickets go from Ready to Pick to Closed status the transfers below show the results of these Pick Tickets being picked then transferred Tools Dashboard Pc Ticket Browse Tool Model Records Material Browser Tool Browser Pick Ticket Bro d Create Ticket View Ticket Pick This Ticket Delete Ticket f Cancel Browse Pick Tickets Open Closed AI Pick Ticket Picked For Assigned To Status Date Created 3 09 14 2 Closed Complete 10411 Legacy 09 17 20 5 09 14 2 Closed Complete Stoneybrook 09 19 20 Created ToolWatch Enterprise Traini
198. ard to take full advantage of this module Upon successful completion of this Section the learner will be able to e create anew Purchase Order from all appropriate browsers e populate a Purchase Order with the following information a tools unique and quantity b materials C items not currently tracked in ToolWatch d add an Attachment e add the contents of a previously created Template to a Purchase Order e adjust low inventory levels using the Low Level Browser to create a Purchase Order e distinguish between the following focusing on when a Purchase Order can be edited a these States Open and Closed b these Statuses Draft Waiting for Receipts and Done Receiving e work within the Purchase Order Browser to perform these tasks with on an existing Purchase Order Receiving Ticket 2319 a view b edit PO No 3332 v Requi c delete Purchase Order 3332 Draft d print paper pdf venco NEN P h Ord Grainger Denver Warehouse e 1545 Fullert TooM atch Poe against ooo ner be Branch 143 10303 E Dry Creek Aid Addison IL Englewood CO 80012 Receiving Tickets e use the Receiving Browser to view and search for existing Receiving Tickets eaa esl SS SECUS 8 8 3314 Daniels Matt 4 Fed Ex 2 Day s Bf 2 2 3913 3912 M Gloves Leather 183 Q Ladder e demonstrate how to apply the New Tool Wizard when adding new unique 72 Q Pliers PO Items Receipts R
199. are to be delivered The Pick Tickets can be printed for processing or delivered electronically using a Mobile Scanner After the items are picked ToolWatch generates a Transfer Ticket automatically ready for processing Creating a Pick Ticket Pick Tickets see image create groups of tools and materials in one batch to be picked from the warehouse a la a shopping list Once items are picked they can be placed onto a Transfer Ticket resulting in the transfer of requested items to their final assignment s 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers mod Enterprise Essentials 2 Click the Pick Tickets button to open a Pick Tickets Browser window 3 Click the Create Ticket P C Ticket in Draft status button to open a Pick Ticket Notice that it is 104 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials A Pick Ticket Explained Number Explanation Required fields for a Pick Ticket are 6 Employee designated as indicated by an asterisk person requesting Pick Ticket Number Explanation I Pick Ticket Number date specified as to when 2 Pick From field includes Pick Ticket is due Stock button that when clicked fills in Stock 8 Employee assigned to Location of where pinned completion of Pick Ticket 3 Cost Center amp Code for 9 date specified as when Job Cost amp Billing use only Pick Ticket is closed 4 Pick For field includes 10 Pick List tab lists items to Ctock button
200. are using Bins in your warehouse you may enter information regarding the Bin e g location tracking number potentially creating multiple Bins in the process a Depending on where you are pinned a Bin has a unique location e g East Region Bin b To create Bins under the same Material Model Record but different locations i pin yourself in the Org Tree ii open Material Model Record click gt Stock Info tab iii type in Bin information iv save Model Record close out of window v re pin to new Org Tree location vi open same Material Model Record gt Stock Info tab again vii type in new Bin information vii save Model Record close out of window ix repeat for each new Bin being careful to save using the menu Save button 7 Add optional image to your Model Record 8 Click Save to save all Model Record edits 80 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials After the new Material Model Record is saved Enterprise will ask you if you would like to create a new Material Record based on the model you just created As with Quantity Tool Model Records each Material Model Record has only ONE Material Record associated with it If you are moving from one Stock Location or Bin to another using the Org Tree you will be asked each time you pin yourself to a different location if you want to save your changes Click No so that your data is left intact Creating a New Material Record You should see
201. area e 5 From the Options area fill in the appropriate options details wi Materials amp Consumables 6 Click either of these buttons cialis Service amp Calibration a button brings up a standard Print window named Ta Purchasing amp Receiving after the Report you selected in Step 4 ob Cos Bling Reports amp Graphs b button allows you to export data only in the csv file O Administaton format a Recycle Bin e specify a file name e indicate where on your computer to save the file 338 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Reporting from the Reports amp Graphs Module This module contains all reports in ToolWatch Enterprise organized by each of the individual modules discussed earlier see image 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Reports amp Graphs module 2 From the Reporting tab Q and using the respective button choices click on the appropriate icon from the Report Groups 3 Highlight the Report of interest in the Reports area Q9 a Asthe reports are highlighted many of them will show a representative image of the first page in the Preview window F J 4 From the Options area fill in the appropriate options details 5 Click either of these buttons B button p ExportPata button System Dashboard Reporting Q a Reporting x Reports Tools by Employee Report Next gt gt e Tool Reports
202. at Central Region e 17 qts at LA Warehouse ToolWatch allows you to create separate records of inventory for Materials amp Consumables Think of these records as placeholders for a given material each record contains a set of all inventory found at one of the numerous Stock Locations These are created at the Material Record level by materialsnashboard material Model Records Material Record Material Model Records using the Add Inventory Record feature this a raare fece Jf ap Additem Editltem QA Delete Item B Brow button is found in the top menu of the Material Model Records tab see image So for the example above you would 1 first pin yourself to the top here the National HQ Stock Location in the Org Tree 2 select highlight the oil Model Record that you wish to create an inventory record 3 click on the Add Inventory Record button 4 adjust inventory to 35 on newly created Material Inventory Record 5 save and repeat for 3 additional Stock Locations being sure to re pin yourself to each different Stock Location 6 last re pin yourself to the top of your Org Tree NOTE URS Material Model Record When pinne d to the B Save f Cancel Previous 8 Next top of your Org Tree Record ID Manufacturer amp Model Information you should have a aute GEE WPC Number Eo mai Material Model Record Category Oi Catalog Number Baiiia that shows all 4 Model MX4T
203. at were given to you by a ToolWatch representative or by your company s Administrator 3 Enterprise creates a database file of the type sdf in a local directory Data is stored here updated during each synchronization event see next section There may be times when it is necessary to access this file 18 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Typically find it by following this path C Users Windows User login name AppData Local Apps 2 0 then Search using the characters sdf 4 When logging in for the very first time a new user Too WATCH esse may need to check the Reprovision box see image As a first time user will not have any data yet this step effectively downloads a copy of your company s database from the ToolWatch server to your local machine 5 If you are unable to gain access to the system with the credentials you were provided contact your System Administrator or send an e mail to support toolwatch com outlining your problem and providing a phone number where you can be reached CAUTION Reprovisioning always OVERWRITES and REPLACES existing data on your computer As such do not check this box again unless our technical support staff directs you to do so Once you have successfully logged in you should not need to check the Reprovision box again Synchronization In ToolWatch Enterprise data entered from workstations will be shared across an organization with other wo
204. atch Enterprise Training Manual 151 Service amp Calibration Adding a Service Plan to a Tool Record Service Plans associated with a specific tool record can be either e anexisting Service Plan that has been created previously at the Tool Model Record level OR e aunique Service Plan new to this particular tool record Adding an Existing Service Plan Once you have created a Service Plan at the tool model level you will be able to add that Service Plan to any of the model s associated individual tool records but only to tools belonging to this model Keep in mind that this only applies to unique and not quantity tools To add this plan you will open a tool record of interest and opt in to the Service Plan from that tool s model record 1 Set up a Service Plan at the Tool Model Record level see Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 2 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module Select the Tools button A new Tool Browser window opens 4 Using the Explorer tree or the Search function find the tool record of interest Double click on it to open this record 5 Click on the Service tab then on the Service Plan tab 6 Click the Add Event From Model button to open the Select Service Event s window see image 7 In the Select Service Event s window highlight the desired Service Plan see image and click OK to close the window Add AddEventFromMode Edt
205. ate Role Permissions k Q fendi Lu fora new User Role Traler 1227 x Traler 1902 P e manage the settings for an existing E Bi PCNA ToolWatch Enterprise User 14 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Introduction Welcome Welcome to ToolWatch Enterprise This system is designed to help you track and manage your company s inventory of tools equipment materials and consumable items Other modules can help you manage the inspection calibration and service of equipment automate and streamline your ordering and purchasing and calculate both job cost and billing information This Training Manual consists of the following sections e Essentials that will teach you how to use the core features necessary to manage tool and material inventory e Service amp Calibration that will help you to manage service related plans work orders and a variety of service tasks e Purchasing amp Receiving that will show you how to create and process purchase orders and to receive against them e Job Costs amp Billing that will train you on the extensive tools available to develop a robust billing plan for your company e Mobile Scanner that will demonstrate how and when to use the handheld scanning devices In many ways our customers have contributed to the creation of this current generation of the ToolWatch system We have listened to your needs and responded with a product you have requested Enterpris
206. ate a Work Order e create it from scratch and e create it directly from a unique Tool Record Create an Empty Work Order 1 From the Navigator panel click the Service amp Calibration module gs Wark Orders 2 Select the Work Orders button a new Work Orders Browser appears 3 Click the Create Work Order button 9 korte a new Work Order appears Item ID 4 In the Item ID field scan or enter in Tool Number of interest a hitthe Enter key on your keyboard b the Description Manufacturer Model and Year if entered fields populate automatically 5 In the Requested Service field enter in a summary of the work that needs to be done You can also choose one of the existing summaries from the drop down list 6 Follow Steps 5 12 in Converting a Service Request Into a Work Order 168 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Create a Work Order from a Tool Record 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tools button a new Tool Browser appears 3 Using the Explorer tree or the Search function find the Tool Record of interest highlight and right click it Seen i est ui rte imet 4 Select the Create Work Order option see image The Work Order window appears populated with relevant details from the Tool Record 6 Follow Steps 5 12 in Converting a Service Request Into a Add to Kit Work Order Chanae Mod Once a
207. ated Charge Export Data Rate Sheet Number 156 Description Legacy Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Job Cost Billing Max Charge Generators HR5021 Wrenches Im 1435R ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 357 APPENDIX Sequence Of Events I In August you transfer Tool 3615 from the warehouse to the Legacy job site using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet Tool 3615 is transferred back to the warehouse 10 days later In August you also transfer Tool 3622 from the warehouse to the Legacy job site using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet Tool 3622 is transferred back to the warehouse 8 days later At the end of August you calculate your un posted charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have 900 in total un posted charges 500 from Tool 3615 400 from Tool 3622 Then at the end of August you POST charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have 600 of posted charges appear in your reports 300 from Tool 3615 because of the 300 max 300 from Tool 3622 because of the 300 max In September you repeat the exact same thing as August At the end of September you calculate your un posted charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have SO in total un posted charges Tool 3615 already reached its POSTED max of 300 and therefore is no longer accruing charges Tool 3622 already reached its POSTED max of 300 and therefore is no longer accruing charges Th
208. aterials amp Consumables module Loweevel row S Recalculate p 2 Click the Low Level Browser button to open the Low Level Browser window Current Lu Blades Circular Blades Circular 7 2 CR67 10 3 Click the Recalculate button to refresh update Cutters Bolt Cutter Pipe Small 345 3 h d Hammers Rotary Hammer Rotary 1 TE56 amp the window see image Hiis Screws amp cast sccews ceyweall 2 11 54105EH 25 4 Thelist that appears see image represents those materials that have dropped below their designated Low Levels For each material you are provided with its e Category e Description e Model Record Number e Current Level e 3 Designated Levels Low Target High e The preferred Vendor who you have designated to re order this material if using a Purchase Order Adhesives Duct Tape SDE 2 Anchors Anchor Wedge 3 8 Bits Drill Bits Drill Auger BD12 Bits Drill Misc Drill Bits Bits Drill Bits Drill Hammer 5 Double clicking on any line item will open its Material Model Record gt Stock Info tab gt Levels 6 Highlighting and right clicking on any line item will allow you to set up this material directly onto a Purchase Order see image ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 89 Enterprise Essentials Category Deseipion Model Currentivl Lowlvi TargetLvt_ High Let Cutters Bolt Cutter Pipe Small 345 4 10 15 25 Hammers Rotary
209. ating a new Receiving Ticket ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e From the Purchase Order Browser tab e Ability to open and edit existing Purchase Orders in the Draft status Ability to edit existing Purchase Orders in the Draft status Placeholder for future use Placeholder not currently used Placeholder not currently used Ability to edit an open Receiving Ticket DELETE e From the Purchase Order Browser tab e Ability to delete open or closed Purchase Orders Placeholder not currently used Placeholder for future use Placeholder not currently used Placeholder not currently used Placeholder not currently used APPENDIX EXECUTE Ability to use the Receive Purchase Order button Ability to save a Purchase Order Placeholder not currently used Placeholder not currently used Ability to receive items into your inventory Ability to use the New Tool Wizard 32 APPENDIX Job Cost amp Billing PERMISSION VIEW ADD EDIT DELETE EXECUTE Ability to open and see the Billing Browser Billing Browser N A N A N A N A tab e In the Calculate window from the Billing Browser Calculate Job Cost e Ability to use N A N A N A N A amp Billing the Calculate button to calculate un posted charges Ability to open Ability to edit Calendar and see the N A ihe Company N A N A Company Company Cal
210. ation for your Job Cost amp Billing transactions highlight this line You can tell if it is a Stock Location by looking at the Location Details tab while highlighted to see if the This is a stock location box is checked Locabon Detalis Invoice Options g Active Inactive Al Business Unit TWoo Location No Description tat Ip Terms Net 3 8504 8504 Sraneybreok Tax 9 13 6158 10411 Legacy 5555 18774 Legacy MUST BE A DERE tvpe any special instructions here 18855 18956 O Shea YMCA STOCK 3836 19054 O Shea Memorial LOCATION Tm 21720 Orange County 6161 23409 2980 Fairview Park 25698 Caterpillar payment is due immediately 42557 Hill Air Force Base 48641 Bellevue a8 r5 48775 Seattle Homes Cancel Finished All of the following appear on any invoices generated using the Invoice Browser e assign a Business Unit e provide payment Terms e typing in a Tax value generates a Sales Tax calculation on the invoice e include any Special Instructions or a Dunning Message 3 When done click first on the Save button and then the Finished button located at the bottom of the window TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 1 Job Cost amp Billing Printing Invoices 1 Invoices are selected from the Invoice Browser window providing that invoices have been created previously using the Generate Invoices function See Browsing Invoices 2 To print a single invoice highlight the
211. ation in its Tool Record on future transfers etc 5 To remove the PI assignment place the tool on a new Transfer Ticket From there you can a un click the box and b process the transfer to remove the designation Searching for and Viewing Transfer Tickets 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click the Transfer Ticket button to open the Transfer Browser 3 Under Browse Transfers add search criteria by one of the following methods Browse Transters a enter a specific Transfer Number b select a drop down list in one or Transfer No more of the fields provided LE Transfers To Dates From If you want a transfer with a particular Transfer Number say 12 then enter that number here 12 in BOTH fields of the search i e both sides of the dash after Transfer No 4 Click the Search button e To clear previous search results so as to perform another search click the Clear button 5 Highlight a transfer from the list Double click on it or click on the View Transfer button to open the Transfer Ticket ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 99 Enterprise Essentials Editing Historical Transfer Tickets Once a transfer is complete its ticket becomes historical As such it can be found by searching the Transfer Browser At first glance all fields are greyed out giving the appearance that it can no longer be edited Clicking on the Edit Transfer d
212. ations choosing Synchronization Monitor see image ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 43 ToolWatch Basics izati 1 Synchronization Monit 6 Inthe Synchronization Monitor window click Schone aaa Status Next sync at 8 20 2012 10 25 26 AM the Start Sync button see image Last Sync 8 20 2012 10 16 51 AM Cancel 7 Once the sync has finished follow the progress bar close the Synchronization Monitor window 8 From the Lists panel click the Employees button 9 From the list of Employees select highlight the employee in question Attachment save C 10 Click on Create ToolWatch User Account LAimdment me Camel button see image 11 In the TooIWatch User Account Administration window the following selections are required see image ToolWatch User Account Administration a a User Type Users can access the Desktop Mid application the Mobile Device or both b Password at least 5 characters long this IS User Email case sensitive Email Address c Security Question this is optional choose Password one of the three security questions available Password Conf Password and type the answer to the security question Secuty Question in Answer field Question d Available Roles choose one of the two Answer default roles OR choose one of the User Available Roles Name Roles you created Executive Administrator ce Warehous
213. ator that was on the first project is moved to a different project one using a different Rate Sheet with a rate set at 80 00 per day that project will be charged 80 00 per day for the same generator Item Base Value This is the single most important value on the Rate Sheet as it is the basis for many subsequent calculations performed by the Rate Sheet This value can be populated in of 2 ways 1 manually and 2 when the Rate Sheet loads TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 209 Job Cost amp Billing Billing Configuration Recall that the Item Base Value represents a value F Do not bill this model entered onto either a Tool or Material Model Record B see image when it was created initially If this value is on the Model Record before a Calculation Method is chosen any changes to it will be placed onto the Rate Sheet automatically once a Calculation Method is chosen that value will remain fixed If no value is entered it will need to be entered manually onto the Rate Sheet for a calculation to occur NOTE Any subsequent changes to the Item Base Value on the already created Model Record after selection of a Calculation Method will NOT be updated onto the Rate Sheet This is a common misconception among ToolWatch users As well changes to the Rate Sheet will not affect the Model Record this is a one way only communication Navigation Tips Moving among the cells composing the Rate Sheet can be a bit tricky
214. atus e See Employees for a complete discussion on Employees Employee Types e Used for communication purposes enables you to assign a type to an Employee for reporting purposes e g Supervisor Laborer Locations e See Locations amp The Org Tree for a complete discussion on Locations e Canset Decommission Reminder in Message Center to end selected projects jobs or worksites by a specified date 10 Manufacturers e Manufacturers from which your company owns or operates tools equipment materials amp consumables e g DeWALT Caterpillar Craftsman Bosch 11 Number Blocks e See Number Blocks for a complete discussion on the Number Blocks ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 319 APPENDIX 12 Shipping Methods e List of methods by which you frequently ship items when purchased through the Purchase Order feature in the Purchasing amp Receiving module e g UPS Ground FedEx 2 Day 13 Status Codes e See Status Codes for a complete discussion on Status Codes 14 Units of Measure e Used to communicate what unit e g miles dollars each a particular number is referencing e Units of Measure can be used in unique tool records Work Orders Purchase Orders and Reports 320 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Appendix 6 Explanations of Each Role Permission s Here are explanations of the Permissions found in the Roles gpa Leconte te cet NUIT ETT Mat
215. au gate nen tee ene ener eee ee ee eer ee eee eee 105 vols tera tero diro n M ei cl AMI B ol P m 108 Adding Materials to a Pick Ticket 109 eono asde e OU E A E E A E 109 Dae Ce rud P E KE Cc ere eee ner A E E E 109 a eT E E E E 110 BO ar a e bru mm 110 a a el oa bi a lt 1 T E 110 Training Activity 14 Create and Pick a Pick Ticket esses 112 6 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Table of Contents Kis and TeiipldleSnosodcnibiuen ipu Od E nw Did datur c teas nM due 113 4j M dn L3 MCA IN an IS CV ARIE e seutes 114 huius ae IT sce 114 Creating a Kit from the Tool and Material Browsers eene 115 Transfering a Kit and Items within a Kit essere nennen 115 dizi as 115 Training Activity 15 Create a Kit eesesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeee nennen nennen ennt 116 Creating a Template from the Template Browser eese 116 COPD an EXSSUIIS TOI DEO EO Lose eee teret Uheui ner cette ee SUE Ud eter ere ee errr 117 Pone an erai nia ca sione i OP 117 Adding a Template to a Pick TOC oisein aeiae E Ei 118 Training Activity 16 Create a Template sisiccssses ssssssnsvesnsorscshausnlechnsvenvssyensnncesvennssbbavnsavandes 118 CUNE AVENTO oor a E E E OE ENEE E EO
216. ave button Searching for Pick Tickets 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click the Pick Tickets button to open the Pick Tickets Browser window 3 Just right of Browse Pick Tickets select one of the radio buttons to search for Open Closed or All Pick Tickets Browse Pick Tickets 4 Add search criteria using one of the following methods see image a enter a specific Pick Ticket Number b select a drop down list in one or eire more of the fields provided 5 Click the Search button to conduct your search TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 109 Enterprise Essentials Viewing a Pick Ticket 1 Begin with a list of Pick Tickets in the Pick Ticket Browser To view a given ticket either e double click it or e highlight the row and click on the View Ticket Z Mew Ticket button in the menu bar Viewing a Pick Ticket in Ready to Pick status Hick instead displays the following message 3 Ticket is Ready to Pick Would you like to pick this ticket instead es Lm a clicking Yes will open up the ticket and set it to the In Progress status b clicking No will open up the ticket in Ready to Pick status allowing you to add items to or view the ticket Deleting a Pick Ticket 1 From the Pick Ticket Browser select highlight any Pick Ticket in Draft In Progress or Ready to Pick status Click the Delete Ticket A Delete Ticket previously it will
217. bar code features do not function Limited sort fields i List Reports Category List Report Prints a list of tool material and template categories Sorted by Category description and number Employee Certification Report Prints a list of employees assigned a Certification including dates for Certified On and Expires On Sorted by Employee Name Certification Description and Expiration Date ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 341 APPENDIX 10 TT 12 13 14 15 Certification List Report Prints a list of Certifications Sorted by Code Description and Renewal period Class List Report Prints a list of Classes Limited sort fields Cost Center List Report Prints a list of Cost Centers also inactive option Limited sort fields Can select to view Customers Cost Code List Report Prints a list of your Cost Codes and descriptions Customer List Report Prints a list of Customers along with contact information Department List Report Prints a list of Departments includes phone and fax numbers Limited sort fields Employee List Report Prints a list of Employees also inactive option including Employee Type and phone numbers A detail report is available that prints all recorded information about an employee including bar codes Employee Type List Report Prints a list of Employee Types along with their codes Location List Report This report displays a detailed list of all Locations created i
218. before and after they have been posted You can export summary data or detailed line item data You can establish the format of the export data using templates you configure around your requirements Export Templates Types The Export Templates List window enables you to create and modify templates that are used during the Job Cost amp Billing data export process The templates enable you to configure the output of transactional data to match your accounting system even for other legacy systems You can choose 1 which data is exported 2 the order in which this data is exported 3 whether it is to be in a single or double line format 4 the record delimiter symbol and other user definable attributes You can create templates that provide transaction summary information as well as transaction line item detail information These templates can be saved copied and modified and then reused each time data is exported Cost Center summary data can be exported in a single line format representing one line for each Cost Center The single line format is usually used when you intend to match the exported data with your job cost system You can also export the data as a double line format that is usually intended to match double entry general ledger systems 1 Transaction Summary Export Templates The Transaction Summary Templates enable you to export a summary of the charges generated and posted to each Cost Center The export does not incl
219. ber Blocks Find the top line Barcode In the Block Size column type 100 in the Current Number column type 1 Save your work then re open your Number Blocks window Type 100 in all remaining cells for the Block Size column In the Current Number column type in the highest most recent number you have used for that particular Number Type e For example if you currently have 525 kits that you are tracking and they are numbered 1 525 you would type 525 into the Kit Current Number e This ensures that numbers 1 525 will not be duplicated and the system will always offer you a unique number greater than 525 e If you have no existing records type in 0 or 1 even 100 if you wanted to start with triple digit numbers and so on Fill in every row Do not leave any fields blank If you do track the area in question and are unsure of the number then arbitrarily choose a Current Number If you leave this column blank ToolWatch won t save any changes to this column While unlikely sometimes multiples do occur For example here in this Transfer Ticket see image the number 800 was entered into the Scan field bringing up 3 items Scan or enter item sna Enter Multiple tems were found with that number Please choose an item then click OK Retired ltem Category Description Manufacturer Model Assigned To oo venice Q qMcKup Bt Dodge nuns Ram 1500 esos National HQ This drill s eS b de is 800
220. board Purchase Order Browser PO De ai Tool Model Records PO Detail B Save Cancel ag Print i f Add Toolitem Q8 Add Material Ite Attachments Edit Line 2X Delete Line Purchase Order 2 otep 5 Change status 394 changing cost of extension cords Item Description Scott 10 roll Multipurpose Shop Towel packages Qty Cost Unit of Measure dollars Charge To Cost Center Cost Code ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 25 Creating a Purchase Order cont d otep 6 Purchase Order Browser x Create Purchase Order Edit Purchase Order Delete Purchase Order Print P 3 Receive Purchase Order pul Browse Purchase Orders Open Closed Al aa Order Date 7 31 2015 w to 7 31 2015 v use one of Vendor Grainger z these search criteria Order Date 4 Po No Ship To State Expected Requisition 0731720152 Grainger Main Warehouse Open 09 04 2015 Return to the Activity Training Activity 26 Editing a Purchase Order to Include Adding a Template otep 1 Purchase Order 2 Det Grainger Main Warehouse un 12350 E Arapahoe Road 400 Invemess Parkway Cost Cen Suite C Suite 450 M Centennial CO 80112 Englewood CO 80112 Cost Co oteps 2 3 PO Detal x bi Save I Cancel gs Print Pu Add Template A Attachments Lu Adel Toal Heer a3 Aud Mabenal lem ge Add liem a Edit line A Delete Line Fl Rep maken exert P
221. brook Cost Center Cost Center Cost Code Cost Code Transferred By Assigned On Delivered By Retum Date Document No Bennethum Todd 07 30 2015 03 35 PM M I Scan or enter item lt scan here gt Description Cast Center From Vehicle Truck V6 4b Stoneybrook Vehicle Truck V6 42 Main Warehouse screwdrivers Phillips Mo Main Warehouse 3 TeolsDashboard Transfer Browse Transfer Transfer Process Transfer ai Add Tool Record a Add Material Record 2 Removeline Cancel _ Edit Transfer Previous gt Next E Att Transfer 104 10 31 2012 3 55 12 Transfer Express Check In Express Check Out ies 10411 Legacy fe Main Warehouse net Canter aa Cost Code E Cost Code Transfemed By Assigned On Delivered By Retum Date Document No Ward Brent 10 31 201203 55 PM v nmi Scan or enter item Description Cost Center From Status Meter Jm C0107 2 Screwdriver Phillips 2 10411 Legacy Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 10411 Legacy e 47605 3 2 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 13 Transfer Tools amp Materials cont d 4 ToolsDashboard Transfer seres Transfer Transfer Process Transfer Add Tool Record QM Add Material Record 2 Removeline f Cancel Edit Transfer Transfer 105 10 31 2012 3 57 5 Tr
222. button P 2 Service Request _ new Service Request window appears see image Service Request 4 You can enter a unique tool in one of 3 ways Levine H a manually enter a Tool Number into the einen lt scan here gt field Status Open _ Pending b scan a barcode into this scan field Item Requiring Service Scan or enter c click the Browse button to use the Tool em an e Browser to enter a tool Service Hequest or Problem 5 Fields 0 and will be automatically w Urgency Normal populated based on Step 4 6 In the Service Request or Problem field enter a title summarizing the service request problem You can also choose one of the existing descriptions found in the drop down menu if available 7 Optional From the Urgency drop down menu choose an Urgency level 8 Optional In the Note field enter detailed notes that you would like to share with the Service Department performing the work 9 Click OK to close the window The completed Service Request now appears in the Service Request Browser 164 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration The second method allows you to create a Service Request directly from the unique Tool Record 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tools button a Tool Browser window appears 3 Using the Explorer tree or the Search function find the Tool
223. by SrOups I Add Item Fa Edit Item l Retireltem ExportData gy Print 70 of tools or you can search for specific items using the Search button b You can print Tool Reports directly from the Tool Browser as well as export the report data into a csv file used by most popular spreadsheets applications c Most significantly you can access many common actions such as e setting up a transfer e countinventory e viewing a tool s transaction and meter histories right from the Tool Browser by right clicking many items see image Explorer Conduit Fishing Equipme a Crimpers Cable Cutters Cutters Bolt Cutters Cable Cutters Pipe Discs Grinding H Drain Cleaning Equipmen Drill Bits Drill Index Drill Presses Drills Drills Cordless Earthmoving Equipment Extension Cords E H Employees Locations Fasteners Fire Extingushers Flashlights Floodlights E Fork Lift Forms Fuse Pullers Generators Gloves Grinders Groovers ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension Extension 23542 23542 28821 23656 23656 25871 25871 Enterprise Essentials 2 The browser window is div
224. can or enter any one of these 4 items into a Transfer Ticket Simply type your information into each cell UPC Descriptions Manufacturer the latter came from your Lists tab As you begin one entry a new one opens up c To delete an entry highlight the line and hit the Delete key on your keyboard 4 Purchase amp Cost Info tab a From the Preferred Vendor field choose a default mam Vendor for use in replenishing your stock when the time comes b If a Vendor is not in the drop down menu go to Lists gt Vendors gt Create New c All other Cost Information besides Replacement Cost is generated by a Purchase Order and a Transfer Ticket When items of this Material Record are purchased and received against Purchase Cost data is averaged and updated in these fields 5 Click Save after making all edits 6 In order to adjust your inventory numbers you will need to save and then re open this Material Record only then can you modify the Quantity field found in the Item Information tab a You may wish to jot down the Item No for your Material Record You will need this to search for your record after you click on Save b Save your Material Record It will disappear from your screen so don t panic c Usethe search feature of the Material Browser to find this record Enter the Item No into the Number search field and hit the Go button to find your record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise
225. ce Plan eese 151 Adding a Service Plan to a Tool Record eere 152 Adding an pasan Seve eal a eee eee eee ne ne unies onsite ined eee eibi ee ee tiat 152 Adding a Of at oie omer s aisle e Pais eue etn mirati eiusd tei map qe MM ter eer renee cee rrr eT 153 SOVICE CDCA 154 8 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Table of Contents Drowse no the Service SeDed ule me nemre renner E 199 Printime the SCIE CS Ml Gas cus a eg Saearecertig re ctae etta Hasan teen eR BF r E nT 155 Training Activity 21 Adding an Existing Service Plan to a Tool 156 Set Meter Mileage Reading Interval oes coseapolness Recette pU uper rape nce eD ea repa Eo ee oatu pU 157 linport Meter Mileage Reading Bue eesacc aries essei esiti tadterte teo sins e edes bee pus OOA 158 View Meter History amp Tool Meter Exception Report eese 161 Training Activity 22 Update amp View Meter Mileage Information 162 Service Requests amp Work Orders essen eene enne nnns 163 Creatins a Serv IE ISO Ue BD reer eer E eT bwin eee Cobb FE ee ee 164 Training Activity 23 Create a Service Request 165 Converting a Service Request into a Work Order seen 166 SAIN VV OT sS M PR 168 Laces cater oe a O d Cicel C
226. cess Here in Phase One the focus is on learning about and setting up the rules of Job Cost amp Billing these rules include such tasks as the Company Calendar Cost Centers and Rate Sheets After mastery of these rules we move onto Phase Two wherein we learn how to play by these rules using the module on a regular basis Ultimately the Job Cost amp Billing module will enable you to track easily and accurately the costs of your tools and materials and concurrently to generate customer billing charges Generally such charges are the result of items being transferred assigned to various Stock Locations job sites or employees Literally this is where virtually all related calculations begin with the click of the Process Transfer button The Company Calendar Establishing Default Project Hours The first step in using the Job Cost amp Billing module is to set up your company s default project hours in the Company Calendar This is typically done by a ToolWatch Administrator The Company Calendar enables you to establish the regular working days and working hours for your company ToolWatch Enterprise uses either the general Company Calendar or a more specific Project Calendar discussed later to determine the total hours that are eligible to be charged during a specified billing period 1 From the Navigator panel click the Administration module 9 EI Company Calendar 2 Click the Company Calendar Calendar window
227. ch Enterprise Training Manual JOB COST amp BILLING gt Company Calendar gt Attaching Rate Sheet to a Cost Center Edit your 10411 Legacy Cost Center by setting the Project Rates to your a 10411 Legacy Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet b Company s Master Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Edit your Stoneybrook Cost Center by setting the Project Rates to your a Stoneybrook Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet b Company s Master Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Edit your Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center by setting the Project Rates to your a Stoneybrook Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet b Company s Master Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet When done compare your work to the Answer Key TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 239 Job Cost amp Billing Cost Centers Cost Codes amp Transfer Tickets Associating Cost Centers and Cost Codes with the Transfer Ticket is quite simple and is more a matter of identifying the correct ones and then placing them properly onto the transfer Recall that any Cost Center selected should already have attached to it any relevant Rate Sheets Before populating the Transfer Ticket with items it is customary to complete the To and From fields see Creating a Transfer from the Transfer Browser Generally for a round trip transfer items will be coming from a Stock location and going out to a job site etc As such the To location will be billed and the Transfe
228. ck the Tasks tab to add tasks to the Work Order a Click the Add Tasks button i to create a Service task follow Steps 4 7 in Creating a Service Task ii to create an Inspection task follow Steps 4 8 in Creating an Inspection Task 166 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration iii to create a Calibration task follow Steps 1 8 in Creating a Calibration Task then Save the Model Record then follow Steps 11 14 in Creating a Calibration Task 7 Optional Add Required Tools to the Work Order a click on the Required Tools tab b click on the Add Tool button Add Tool Jonen Tool Model Records window c browse for any Tool Model s you wish to add highlight them and click OK 8 Optional Add Repair Parts to the Work Order a Click on the Parts tab b click on the Add parts button to open the Materials Inventory window c By default any repair parts that were added e tstiepat pats forth asset O Al at the model level will appear if the Just repair parts for this asset radio button is checked e Highlight the part you want to add to this Work Order and click OK d If you would like to add repair parts that gt pee eee are NOT on this list click the All radio button e Highlight the part you want to add to this Work Order and click OK 9 Optional Add additional Charges to the Work Order Additional Charge a click on the Charges tab b click on the Add button
229. correct quantity of the item in the Qty box 1 is the default value b in the lt scan here gt field input the Barcode or Tool Item Number c click the Enter button 130 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Option 2 On the Count Summary tab highlight and right click on the line item of interest should be green uncounted b select Count option c in the Line Detail window input the Count number quantity for any value other than 1 d you may enter an optional Note regarding the count e click OK to close the window 3 Theresults of your count are immediately reflected in two locations a inthe Count Summary tab under the Total Count column see image Count Summary Counted Items Boese Tol Couri Drills 22351 T Drill Cordless 18 1 Drills 25067 T Drill Spade Handl Extension Cords 3356 G Extension Cord 1 Drills 25064 T Drill Spade Handl Drilla Pao T Pill Cardless 18 b inthe Counted Items tab each line represents an item that has been counted already see image i Da 832JWJ1228 M Gloves m Extension Cords 3356 Q Extension Cord 1 127182012 12 Levine National Hg 12 18 2012 1 2 Levine Harry National HQ 4 Repeat Step 2 until you have completed counting the list of items in the Count Survey tab NOTE If you mistakenly enter a value while counting click on the Counted Items tab find the item in question a
230. ct an Item Number that is found in the Model Record highlighted in Step 6 If it does not it will be added to your Pick Ticket as a new line item which you can delete e Pick Ticket 9899 ra 9 Click on the Picked Items tab to aen Bm view the list of items you have picked see image Pick List Picked Items Scan or enter item QU 1 10 Repeat Steps 6 8 for each of the line items on the ticket Manufacturer DeWALT m D 11 Click Save and indicate whether you wish to Your Description Drill D Handle 1 2 a transfer the picked items or b close the Pick Ticket Keep the ticket Open until all items are picked and transferred out to their respective job sites ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 111 Enterprise Essentials Training Activity 14 Create and Pick a Pick Ticket You work in the Main Warehouse One of your responsibilities is to fulfill any requests involving transfers of tools and materials in and out of the warehouse You receive a request from a Project Manager to have some items transferred out to 2 of his sites To review the procedures for the 1 part of this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Pick Tickets gt Creating a Pick Ticket Part One Begin by creating a Pick Ticket for one of the 2 sites the Legacy job site The items requested here are due tomorrow 2 include th
231. ct when gathering and calculating transactions All transactions that have been synchronized by the ToolWatch hosted services will be included if they occurred before the date and time you specify see image E aa a b Transactions from disconnected desktop workstations or mobile devices that have not been synchronized will not be available for calculation until after they have synchronized with the ToolWatch hosted services c ToolWatch Enterprise uses both the Calendar date and the clock time to determine tool and equipment charges when the Calendar Calculation Method has been selected on a Rate Sheet So if you are using the Calendar Calculation Method we recommend that you select the actual time of day that your business closes for the calculation cut off period d You can also calculate charges into the future for the purposes of estimating future charges Future charges can be projected out to one year however they cannot be posted 5 In the Calculate column see image place a checkmark next to each Cost Center that you would like to have calculated Jos 9 a If you would like charges calculated for ALL of your Cost Centers place a checkmark in the AII box at the bottom of the column 202 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing The optional Lock column t allows you lock Cost Centers during the calculation period thereby preventing others from running any future calculations until you have un
232. d Charge Credit Extension Q 13 EC504930 extension cord 10 2 Ret Screwdriv Q 12 47114 screwdriver No 2 3 Rett Create Misc Charge Credit by right clicking on Vehicles line Misc Charge Credit izl Cost Center Cost Code GL Charge Account GL Credil Account s broke down after 4 hours of use info included when right click 10411 Legacy CC Billing tab 10411 Legac 10411 Legac 65 0000 46 8000 extension cord 10 2 truck diesel 1 2t 1 Initial Charge Assignment Calendar Dat Charge 10411 Legac 10411 Legac 10411 Legac screwdriver No 2 3 spray paint red 1 2 motor oil 10W 40 2 Initial Charge Initial Charge Initial Charge Assignment Assignment Assignment 13 0000 9 5900 6 5000 10411 Legac GeneralC drill 1 2 D handl 1 Charge Calendar Dat 10411 Legac Return Credit Assignment 10411 Le Service screwdriver No 2 3 Return Credit Assignment 10411 Legac truck broke down 1 Misc Credit 1 1 5604 55 2500 extension cord 10 2 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 413 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 438 Reporting amp Miscellaneous Adjustments cont d 10411 Legacy CC Billing amp Job Costs to Post Biling Amou nt to post 79 39 Job Cost Amount to post 87 90 Return to the Activity Training Activity 39 Post Job Cost amp Billing Transactions 10411 Legacy CC Posted Billing Detail All Report Main Warehouse Posted Billing Detail
233. d P A Save f Cancel Retire Tool Previous 9 Next E Attachments 9X Delete Steps to associate Service Model Record ID 2 Manufacturer amp Model Information P Titec Ford i No image Plan with individual Eu A available M TEBI sd truck diesel 1 2ton 4 door Tool Records Manf Description Bin Tool Number 2 BarCode 2 Tool Information Repair Parts Components Accessories Service Purchase amp Cost Info Lease Rental sevice Pan work Orders Service History View Model Information Select Service Event s ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 383 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 21 Adding an Existing Service Plan to a Tool cont d Truck 1 views Tools Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Inventory Adjustments Browser Tool Model Records Tool Model Recor Tool Record Save M Cancel l Retire Tool Previous c Next Attachments 9X Delete ModelRecordID 2 Manufacturer amp Model Information Ureum Ford terete F 250 MERI edd truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Manf Description Bin Tool Number 2 BarCode 2 Current Assignment Information Assigned To Main Warehouse Qty 1 Adj Return Date Owner Main Warehouse X Status Z J Kit ID Manager Main Warehouse Unique Tool Information Serial Number Department Y Vehide Information License No State Y Expiration Fuel Card Meter Odometer
234. d consumables together or separately Additional groupings include date range and cost code 5 Unposted Billing Summary All Tools Materials Report Report summarizing unposted Billing charges for specified cost center s Totals include Billing on Hold Ready to Post amp Total Unposted displays tools and consumables together or separately along with Adj Misc Charges Additional groupings include date range and cost code 6 Unposted Billing Detail All Tools Materials Report Report detailing unposted Billing charges for specified cost center s Totals include Billing on Hold Ready to Post amp Total Unposted displays tools and consumables together or separately along with model info and Calc Method Additional groupings include date range and cost code 7 Unposted Billing Transactions Summary Tools Report Report summarizing transaction information from unposted Billing charges for tools only Additional groupings include date range and cost code 8 Unposted Billing Transactions All Tools Materials Report Report detailing transaction information from unposted Billing charges for tools and consumables together or separately Additional groupings include date range and cost code 346 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 APPENDIX Posted Job Cost Summary All Tools Materials Report Report summarizing posted Job Cost charges for specified cost center s Totals include Posted t
235. d for the retired tool the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the other The last cell in this group i e Charge Net Loss is a check box that enables Charge Net Loss When charges are calculated for an item that was retired this feature will cause any accrued charge to be deducted from the Loss Charge In this way the final charge will not exceed the value established for the Loss Charge If this box is TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 221 Job Cost amp Billing not checked and the Use Loss Charge box is the Loss Charge will be added to any accrued charges regardless of how much has already accrued Used With All Calculation and Tracking Methods As an example consider 188 drill below see image BEEN ETT Loss Charge of 216 20 is Valve Charge Charge Charoe_ Net ce established 281 157 of ifs valne Drills Drill Hammer D Handle TRDL1 18800 M 115 00 to cover the cost of replacing the drill and any additional expenses This drill was assigned out to a project and captured 100 in usage charges before it was lost The Use Loss Charge box is checked enabling the Loss Charge while the Charge Net Loss box is left unchecked Once the lost drill was recorded in ToolWatch as retired then BOTH the Loss Charge AND the usage charges would be billed to the project i e 100 216 20 or 316 20 Now let s say the Use Loss Charge check box remains ee eia Value Charge Charge
236. d in the following way START The most recent of the following two events END Calculate Window Cut Off The Assigned On date time on the OR Date Ti ate Time The next billable moment following the transfer ticket that opened up the billing stream Transferred Truck To Job Site at 10am B START y END First calculated un posted billable moment for Posting Period 8am today most recent Posting s calculated cut off date time Calc Cut Off set to Spm Captures activity from 10am on 8 27 to 8 31 at Spm 150 A POST today Activity from 10am on 8 27 through 5pm on 8 31 150 Calc Cut Off set to 5pm Captures activity from 8am on 9 3 to 9 7 at Spm 150 To best understand this view the scenario below SCENARIO Calculating un posted charges every Friday Posting once a month Truck in question is billed using the Calendar Days method set to 30 day 3 75 hr for daily weekly and monthly rates Default Work Sched Non Working Day Monday 5 00 PM 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM Non Working Day 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 Calc Cut Off set to 5pm Captures activity from 10am on 8 27 to 8 31 at Spm 150 Calc Cut Off set to Spm Captures activity from 8am on 9 3 to 9 7 at Spm 150 POST today Activity from 10am on 8 27 through 5pm on 8 31 First calculated un posted billable Calc Cut O
237. d sec e E E E E 208 kate Mio ll ON aea a E E E E N S N 210 Rae ECER UIE tsetse R A AE A E A E 210 Mi Tanon O Mo m 211 10 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Table of Contents Ee eA S ro o e a ee 212 Gio e ata a Seu a E E T E eee ee ore 219 Creating a Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet eese 225 Training Activity 31 Create Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet eet Creating a Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet eene 234 Training Activity 32 Create Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet 239 elo ala E Eris COU RR RC 297 IBI ES ALS CC RT 237 Publishing and Importing Excel Rate Sheets esee 238 Initiating Job Cost amp Billing Charges eeeseeeseeeeeeeeeennnen nnne 238 Training Activity 33 Attach Rate Sheets to Cost Centers esses 239 Ost Centers and Transiter TIC ROS enne ynne E EE u erst ute EEd 240 Editing Transfers Using Job Cost amp Billing Information esses 241 Training Activity 34 Initiate Job Cost amp Billing Charges sess 241 PIROS o0 A CEN ET OE eer ce ee tre re eee o 07 7 LO 242 D Sub e T iiiad 244 BUNDNE Browser Interia Ceisio sio 244 PURRE OWS Cr E OTIN o E E ae teterezenee 246 bil
238. d select Copy Model 3 Make changes to the fields in this new record that match the new tool information 4 Click Save Once you have clicked Save Enterprise will prompt you to see if you wish to create a Tool Record using this new Model Record Click Yes to do so Creating Attachments At the top of a Tool or Model Record window is an Attachment button Tj Attachments This button appears at many other places throughout Enterprise It enables you to attach virtually and not merely link to any file e g manuals MSDS s invoices or web addresses URL of your choosing to a ToolWatch record An attachment is specifically bound to the location you choose For example if you attach a user s manual to a drill s Model Record it will only be accessible from that record and not from any other place or Attachment button in ToolWatch Enterprise 1 Click the Attachments button Attachments The Attachments window appears Last Updated Updated By Close ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 63 Enterprise Essentials 2 Click the Add button The Add EB Add Attachment Type Attachments window appears see izle ug a image Location Import from Summary 3 Identify what you would like to attach a File or Web Address URL 4 If the File button click Browse a Browse your computer to find the file you d like to attach and then click Open b In the Summary field type in a Locat
239. d space where job cost and billing charges accrue 201 akin to a project and involving locations and or employees Cost Center Selection in Billing Browser allows for selection of Cost Centers to be 244 viewed after being calculated Count Inventory feature used to establish an accurate count of all items in 120 inventory also a button of the same name Count Inventory Reports set of 3 reporting options for Count Inventory projects 138 Count Ticket computer checklist generate to perform acount inventory event 121 CSV csv Format common format used with spreadsheets making them universally 74 accepted with most spreadsheet applications means comma separated variables Cut off Date Time date and time used to determine when Billing Browser calculation 252 are scheduled to run Daily Rate rate assigned to Daily Rate Grouping when using Calendar 216 Calculation Method Daily Rate Grouping grouping used on a Rate Sheet to calculate charges between 216 the Hourly and Weekly Rates Dashboard topic specific window in Enterprise are 6 of these 22 Data Merge Utility used to merge multiple Lists items into one item 35 Deactivate action taken in managing Users wherein User account info is 46 deleted from ToolWatch Decommission Reminder list of locations that have been declared decommissioned 25 Descriptions user created to describe features of a given Tool Material Record 54 Do Not Charge column heading in Job Cost amp Billing when clicked
240. d to Status Codes s create only a Status Code Description PEN rre pm DES Destroyed iv NR Needs Repair Code when there is NR Needs Repair eee TRAN No transfer m F t be transfered or moved a need for RET Will be retired Need service or repair Destroyed beyond repair example do not Wi be retred and sent to Lost amp Found Record Information create one for OK o m e e e e By Bennethum Todd if everything is fine las Mosse 7872014152 A By Bennethum Todd Delete Modify Visibility 4 In the Description field enter a summary of the Status NOTE Status Codes applied to tool records will appear on transfers in browsers and on selected reports 5 In the Items given this status area you can associate rules with this Status Rules are optional 5o when you give a tool this Status the rule s you ve scheduled will be executed Below are the rule choices explained e Can t be transferred or moved No Xfer Once an item has this status when you attempt to place the item on a Transfer Ticket a window appears saying This Item has a Status of Do Not Transfer Consequently ToolWatch prompts you with a reminder indicating its status and a chance to change the status so that you can transfer the item ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 33 ToolWatch Basics e Need Service or Repair Service
241. data 225 from one accounting system to another strip at top of Enterprise window containing key information 21 inventory above this value is deemed excessive for business needs 88 prevents transactional data from being edited or posted 244 day or days set aside in Enterprise as non billable 206 one of Calculation Methods generates charge for actual hours 214 an item is used on assignment rate assigned when using Hourly Usage Calculation Method 216 grouping used on a Rate Sheet to calculate charges for items 216 using Hourly Usage Method unique number used to track a unique tool 50 rate assigned to an item when using Idle Rate Grouping 219 grouping used on a Rate Sheet to calculate unbilled charges 219 Enterprise feature allowing for import of spreadsheet in csv 158 format containing meter mileage data updating all values for associated Tool Numbers action taken on Employee or Location records in Lists wherein 46 Employee Location no longer appears in drop down menus charge assigned to an item when using Initial Charge Grouping 218 grouping used on a Rate Sheet to calculate charges when an item 218 is assigned to a different location 425 GLOSSARY Initiating Charges the process of capturing revenue from inventory usually 238 beginning with the transfer of an item In Progress status assigned to certain documents after they have been created 107 and saved in this status generally they cannot be modified further Inspection Task a serv
242. del Manufacturer e Description V category e Manuf UPC Model B arcode Description iv e Quantity Class iv Bin Bar Code 3 Tap the Save ec button Manf UPC ERN M LE Cancel Options eve Rec Ms Manufacturer Category tera IVI 2301 EUH Drill Cordless 1 2 7 Item type C LI Barcode Assigned Bin one Options Cancel seve Creating a New Material Model NOTE Adding a new Material Record to an existing Material Model Record and Material Record Record can only be done using A user can create a new Material Record the desktop version of and simultaneously a new Material Enterprise Model Record using the Mobile Scanner ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 309 Mobile Scanner Adding Kits 4 In the Add Item field either A user can create a new Kit on the a scan the Barcode of a tool or Mobile Scanner as well as edit existing material Deus b enter manually the tool or 1 From the Admin tab tap on the material s Item Number and New Kit button click Enter on the Mobile ToolWatch 3 ORE X c y c if you wish to remove an item TOOLWATCH highlight and tap Remove Line New Tool New Material Kit Contents 3 Gs X d 3 11 Computer Kit Add item MEMNNNNENNENEENNI item Description 7M T 1103 Computer La Q 8 Extension Cor LI 31226 Generator Po 1 New Kit Allocate Numbers an Logout Ut
243. displays the current Status Code of the item displays a Y or N depending on whether item has been designated Personal Issue status displays Bin Number if provided on Model Record TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 2 Counted Items Tab more detailed than the Count Summary tab information If multiple people are counting the same item using Mobile Scanners you will see one line for each count entered The Counted Items tab displays one line for every item where a count quantity is entered The information displayed is Count Ticket 6565 Count Location v Status Open v Summary Created 6 16 2014 1 08 20 PM Lines 0 Counted Items Tab Explained information comes from Model Record Number Explanation Number Explanation 1 displays the individual 3 optional Note entered by count values for each person submitting count count transaction that has been recorded 4 date and time for each oe mame or he coment individual count value assignment for the item Homie counied 5 name of the person who If a uniquely tracked item submitted count is scanned or entered this transaction column should match the Count Location for the ticket if it does not match this indicates the item has moved to this location without a transfer ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 125 Enterprise Essentials Viewing a Count Ticket 1 From the Navigator panel selec
244. dividual Job Cost amp Billing charges for all 3 Cost Centers have disappeared from the Billing Browser the charges have been posted successfully This may take a few minutes Click the Refresh button to speed things up if need be 8 Using the Reports button Dem in this module create a Posted Billing Detail All report for your 10411 Legacy Cost Center a Make the Posting Dates To From for today today b Note Be careful to interpret To as the more recent time amp From as the more latter c Do NOT group or page break by anything 9 Likewise create a Posted Billing Summary All report for your Stoneybrook Cost Center a Make the Posting Dates To From for today today b Do NOT group or page break by anything 10 Create a Posted Billing Transaction All report for your Stoneybrook Subporoject Cost Center a Make the Posting Dates To From for today today b Do NOT group or page break by anything 11 Note the differences in output between Detail Summary and Transaction reports When done compare your work to the Answer Key 268 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Exporting Job Cost amp Billing Data Introduction Reporting out of TooIWatch Enterprise follows along 2 general lines e using stock reports available in Reports e creating customized templates to export raw transactional data ToolWatch provides you with the ability to export Job Cost amp Billing transactional data both
245. dow fill in the following REQUIRED information see image a Record ID ToolWatch automatically populates this field however you may change it to whatever system value you prefer Once chosen after the Model Record is saved it cannot be changed b Manufacturer If you have not created any Manufacturers yet the Lists gt Manufacturers will be empty You should add at least one entry here before you create your Model Record See Managing List Information for information about working with Lists items c Category Categories enable you to group tools for searching and reporting such as Vehicles and Ladders As before you will need to create your Category items in the Lists tab so as to finish your Model Record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 53 Enterprise Essentials d Model e Best practices here would be to enter the exact Model Number established by the Manufacturer for this item e Note that while this is a drop down menu it is also dynamic in that any information you enter is stored for you to use in the future e Descriptions e The field Your Description enables you to create your own generic description for an item as opposed to using a manufacturer s description that may be very long and unfamiliar to others The latter can be entered in the field Manufacturer s Description below e As information like Category does not always appear e g on the line of a transfer it is a good idea
246. down arrow from the Print button and select the Print Selected option see image r Report Options 3 The Report Options window opens Click on the Report ox MEEEEEEEEN Layout drop down menu and select the Transfer Ticket option see image 4 This will enable the View Report button at the bottom Click on this button to have the ticket open in a new window 5 Select the Print icon L on the menu at the top of the window to print the transfer gt 6 Alternatively you can click on the Export Data button Export Data save the report as a database file i e in a csv format You can choose to save or print this new file TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 101 Enterprise Essentials Training Activity 13 Transfer Tools and Materials You work in the Main Warehouse One of your responsibilities is to fulfill any requests involving transfers of tools and materials in and out of the warehouse To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Transfer Tickets NOTE For the following transfers try to use your browser to populate the tickets As well see if you can perform each numbered exercise using only a single transfer ticket 1 The Stoneybrook job site needs a truck transferred to it from your Main Warehouse immediately One of your trusted employees is going
247. e 4 Minimum Charge Grouping The Minimum Charge is a flat charge generated when a tool or piece of equipment is assigned but has not yet reached a set minimum amount by the time the charge is calculated For example a tool has a Daily Rate of 12 50 and a Minimum Charge of 50 00 The tool is assigned returned and the calculated charge is for 3 days Instead of charging 12 50 day x 3 days 37 50 the charge will be 50 00 as the minimum had not been attained yet To enable this grouping click on the Use Minimum Charge check box The Minimum Charge threshold can be established by dE qm s entering a value into either of the 2 Minimum Charge cells i e Min Charge and Min Charge and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the other 220 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing See Calculation Method Groupings for information about which Calculation Methods can use this grouping 4 Maximum Charge Grouping The Maximum Charge feature will automatically stop charging an item when the charge reaches a threshold maximum that you establish ToolWatch tracks the accrued charges that each tool or piece of equipment earns over its life as well as the accrued charges it generates during each assignment Either one of these charges can be used to trigger the Maximum Charge charging an item after it reaches a certain threshold value FE relative to the accrued charges from that Rate Sheet and earned by
248. e New Tool Copy Last Done Cancel Save c Enterprise will create a copy of the LAST Tool Record that was created d Make any edits to this record e Tap the Save button 307 Mobile Scanner Creating a New Tool Model 4 Record and Tool Record 5 A user can create a new Tool Record and simultaneously a new Tool Model Record on the Mobile 1 From the Admin tab tap on the New Tool button 2 In the Manufacturer field enter NEW or select an existing Manufacturer e g Makita EJ S gt X 4 2 25 aa E Manufacturer Description 1 pe Item Type Miller Smith B emMilwaukee Item denm Barcode oi LS Assigned e Done Options Cancel Save 3 In the Category field enter o NEW or select an existing Category e g Drills 9 New Tool E e l 2 26 Manufacturer eo 10 Model e ds 11 aeee A Drill Presses Item Type UPC Item Barcode Assigned Bin Done Options Cancel Save 308 Tap cursor into the Model field Enter in or select appropriate Model information e g MK2301 EJ G gt X d 2 29 eee Y MEIMEI Makita iv MS ctuDrls Model amp M Mi cuo MAK 6565 UPC Item 4 Mis Barcode Assigned Done Options Cancel Save Tap your cursor into the Description field Enter an appropriate description either a from the drop down menu if available or b by typing in
249. e enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the previous cell TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 219 Job Cost amp Billing See Calculation Method Groupings for information about which Calculation Methods can use this grouping 3 Return Credit Grouping The Return Credit is a flat credit generated each time an item is a Bem mm returned from one assignment or b moved to another assignment It can be used with items tracked by either Unique or Quantity ID The first cell in this group of 2 Return Credit enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Return Credit The second cell in this group i e Return Credit is the actual credit that will be issued If you know the amount of the Return Credit enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the previous cell Used With Assignment Calculation Method To receive a Return Credit System Dashboard Tra once the grouping has been TS axis Set up in the Rate Sheet the Process Transfer s Add Tool Record Le Add Material Record Removeline l From Cost Center on the Transfer 12118 10 10 2012 1 37 07 Transfer Express Check In upper left of the Transfer Sel Stoneybrook Stock ZI National HQ Ticket has to be populated Stock 2 Miu stoneyDrook Cost Center with the appropriate Cost Cost Code pM Center that is due this Return Credit see imag
250. e knowledgeable you will become of the Reports amp Graphs module To get you started here are some of the more commonly used Reports and descriptions for each as to what they are used for Tool Reports Group t Tool Reports 1 Tools by Employee Report Report groups tools by the employee to whom they are issued Specify any employees for the report Purchase Cost information is available for unique tools 2 Tools by Location Report Report groups tools by their current locations assignments Specify any of locations stock regular for the report Purchase Cost and Delivered by information are available 3 Tools by Location Detail Report Same report as Tools by Location except that it contains more detailed tool information such as Serial Numbers and images 4 Tool By Department Report Report groups tools by user created departments and includes Purchase Cost amp Date and Delivered by information 5 Tool Activity Report Report shows transfer activity for a Category of tools over a specified time period Meter and Status information are available 6 Tool Aging Report Report shows a list of tools based on how long it has been since they were last transferred or counted Multiple other criteria and sort fields available such as Category Location and Bin 7 Tool Certification Report Report of tools requiring a specified Certification Renewal period included Multiple sort fields available including Category and Clas
251. e Equipment Usage Log see The Equipment Usage Log is sei 11 Repeat Steps 8 10 for each Model Record for which you would like to accrue charges Set Rate Sheet Rules o0 Optional If you would like to accrue charges for BOTH Job Cost and Billing tabs you must repeat the above steps for each tab 12 When finished click the Save And Close button 226 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 31 Create Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheets Scenario You would like to calculate both Job Cost and Billing figures for 2 of the jobs on which you are working Both projects are performing under contracts each contract is unique with slightly different billing outcomes As such you will begin by creating a Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Rate Sheets gt Creating a Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet 1 In the Rate Sheet Rules window accept the defaults settings by clicking on Save Type in Rate Sheet Number 555 Type in for the Description 710411 Legacy Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet p 2 Jg d Check to see that all items have the values shown here in the Base Value column of the Rate Sheet If not enter them manually 5 Click on Save Assignment Calculation Method Job Cost tab 1
252. e Manager E Tool Manager pa 12 Click the Submit button e on image and do a final sync C atum re 13 Open Employees again and manage this new user as discussed in the next section After your next sync this User will be able to log into ToolWatch Enterprise using the new credentials email and password you just entered into the system 44 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Training Activity 6 Create User and Standard Employees To review the procedures for this activity see the following e TOOLWATCH BASICS gt Basic Concepts gt Employees amp Permissions First create a User Role with the Role Name of Inventory Manager a randomly assign 6 Permissions of your choice from 3 different tabs Create the following 3 Employees in Enterprise A Standard Employee is one to whom you transfer tools and materials while a User can log into ToolWatch a Jane Doe b Tom Smith c Susan Jones Make Tom Smith and Jane Doe Standard Employees Assign Parent Locations to each as follows a Susan Jones and Tom Smith Main Warehouse b Jane Doe Wood River Warehouse Make Susan Jones a ToolWatch User a give her the newly created User Role of Inventory Manager b create an email address for her amp assign a password of toolwatch c be sure she is both a Desktop and Mobile Device User Do not forget to Save before you do a manual sync Revisit 5c above and re check the buttons if undone
253. e brings many new and exciting features to your desktop We thank you for your continued input and hope that you find our system easy maybe even fun to use We appreciate hearing from you and we need your input to provide continual improvement of our products If you have any questions or suggestions please call us at 1 800 580 3114 Monday through Friday from 7 00 AM to 4 00 PM Mountain Standard Time to speak to a member of our Support Team We always love to hear from you Previous users will note many changes between this document and our earlier User Guide Beyond updates to Enterprise features we have tried to make it easier for you to find what you need All bold faced terms for example are included now in a newly created Glossary found in the rear of this manual here you will be able to locate a term its definition and a page reference all in one spot As well you will notice scattered throughout the manual short passages outlined in framing such as this that provide helpful tips on a variety of features in Enterprise These will assist you in your day to day usage of the program ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 15 ToolWatch Basics Current ToolWatch Services Training Services We offer a variety of delivery methods training courses ToolWatch University at http toolwatch exceedlms com to train your organization quickly and cost effectively Whatever format you choose you ll always receive instruct
254. e cie tU Ea I Piin a ME i 269 C CA An Export Template cag sec cident ccs ae etc ertum eset nie tettas pis sert spa su PE roana SE a 270 Exporting Data Using A Custom Export Template essere 271 Training Activity 40 Create a Custom Export Template amp Export JC amp B Data Ar A OVO VS a E E E 274 taenerqune NEw CS apre E bert tel E E rm P isedb iden ines 274 EON VM AI ONC E E 276 Fane eos OPHONS bl cern enter tre ren tn eee ee ee 277 Penna ONC CS P 278 Training Activity 41 Create an INVOICE ee eeseceeseecesceeeesneeeeneeeeseeeeeeeeesaeesesaeeeeeaeeees 280 Job Cost amp Billing Reporting Options eese eene 282 WM cu c 282 PUNOS CONPRO TRUE C EE 284 Ca OTAR PO A O O a E E E E E E E RUNI SIDE DNE 286 Aee TR oe O rm 286 MOBILE SC AININEIU n ree eee reer eee ee ee 287 Modoc 6 0 RR ee eee 288 Basic Concept TOP the Mobile SCANNE eain b terror renner rer etree reenter tert tery 288 Logging into the Mobile Scanner esee nennen nennen nenne 288 Mopde Home TiD 290 Dedschrtor a Tosbor Material Gees sec estes ce ao EN orea ea 290 Editing Tool or Model Record Information eese nennen 271 Tansee HS apnoea E E E ace Metri mM UE 292 Modifying Cost Center and Cost Code on a Transfer
255. e comes across some requests for items that need repairs To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Service Requests amp Work Orders gt Converting a Service Request Into a Work Order SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Service Requests amp Work Orders gt Creating a Work Order 1 From the Service Request Browser a search for all Open Service Requests b find the Service Request for your Ford truck c convert this into a Work Order 2 Inside of this Work Order create these 2 tasks e Service Task replace ignition switch estimate 1 5 hours to complete e Inspection Task check battery Pass Fail value holds a charge estimated 1 0 hour to complete 3 Add 1 container of oil for the repair Save changes to the Work Order a Skip the Meter update b do NOT close the Work Order at this time 5 From the Tool Browser open up the Tool Record of the truck on which you are working 6 Under the Service tab verify that the Work Order is Open and In Progress in the Open Work Orders tab 7 Open the Work Orders Browser and open this truck s Work Order 8 Open the Tasks tab and perform both tasks a it took 1 0 hour to replace the ignition switch b it took 30 minutes to determine the battery passed ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 173 Service amp Calibration 9 Open the Parts tab and confirm that 1 container of
256. e following items a 2 DeWALT DW140 drills b 3 Craftsman Phillips screwdrivers c 1 can of red Krylon spray paint Continue by creating a Pick Ticket for the other of the 2 sites the Stoneybrook job site The items requested here are due in 3 business days 2 include the following items a 1 Ford truck b 2 containers of Mobil 1 oil c 3 50 ft Coleman extension cords You finish creating the Pick Tickets but cannot complete the order just yet Save these tickets in the Ready to Pick status Do NOT begin picking them 112 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Part Two To review the procedures for the 2 d part of this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Pick Tickets gt Picking a Pick Ticket Time allows you to complete your earlier work i e picking the 2 Pick Tickets you created Since they are sitting in Ready to Pick status they can be picked now Pick both tickets and transfer out all of the items to each of the Legacy and Stoneybrook job sites Close out both tickets When done compare your work to the Answer Key Kits and Templates Introduction Kits and Templates represent discrete packages of tools and or materials that are grouped together to be used on a recurring basis While this has the potential to save time and increase efficiency most importantly arranging items this way should minimize err
257. e of 200 Locations Involved Main Warehouse Legacy job site Cost Center Involved Legacy Cost Center using Legacy Rate Sheet Sequence Of Events 1 In June you transfer Tool 1380 from the warehouse to the Legacy job site using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet The tool is on the job for a few months to the point it accrues 100 in charges then they lose it 3 Thetoolis retired in ToolWatch specifying the Legacy Cost Center when retired 4 fthere was NOT a checkmark in the Charge Net Loss box on the Rate Sheet the charge amount 300 a 100 for using it and an additional 200 charge for losing it 5 If there WAS a checkmark in the Charge Net Loss box on the Rate Sheet the posted amount 200 a 200 is large enough to account for loss of the tool Scenario 5 Tool Rate Sheet Features Max Charge Grouping used with the Loss Charge Grouping Tools Involved 2 DeWALT DW140s Tools 1375 and 1380 Calculation Method Calendar Days with a Daily Rate of 50 Max Charge Grouping Max Job Charge of 500 Loss Charge Grouping Loss Charge of 250 Locations Involved Main Warehouse Legacy job site Cost Center Involved Legacy Cost Center using Legacy Rate Sheet FIGURE 3 System Dashboard RateSheet Browser Rate Sheet Rate Sheet A Save A Save And Close a Add Related Charge Export Data Rate Sheet Number 156 Description Legacy Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet SetRate Sheet Rules Job Cost Bi
258. e ticket you made Viewing a Receiving Ticket 1 From the Navigator panel select the Purchasing amp Receiving module Receiving Tickets 2 Click the Receiving Tickets button to open the Receiving Browser 192 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving 3 To search for a a specific Receiving Ticket OR b arange of Receiving Tickets enter information in the available fields see image Click on the Search button when done Receiving Browser Browse Receiving Tickets Receiving Ticket Charge To he Seach Fewer search options 4 Click More search options to uncover further search fields see image Click the Search button when done 5 Double click on the Receiving Ticket of interest to open it Recering Ticket 5066 At any time while a Receiving Ticket is Order Information open you can view the Purchase PO No 13297 Order on which it is based by clicking Requisition No the View PO button see image Vendor Jensen Tool Supply a Jensen Tool Supply Purchase Order Tabs 1 PO Items Tab The Purchase Order window opens to the first of 3 tabs PO Items Receipts Record Info called PO Items see image With this tab selected you can add tools or materials from your existing Tool Model Records Material Model Records or even add an item not in your current inventory Neither of the other 2 tabs allow for data entry ToolWatch Enterp
259. e to change your tracking method the records for those tools must be deleted and re created Unique Tools Unique Tools can be tracked by a unique Identification ID Number There are three such numbers that can be associated with a Unique Tool 1 Tool Number 2 Barcode Number 3 Serial or Manufacturer Number 50 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials These tool records contain much information some of which may include e the exact history of the tool including 1 date purchased 2 purchase cost 3 warranty and 4 service information e locations where the tool has been assigned throughout its life in inventory e the usage history for the tool Most power tools are ideal candidates for unique ID number tracking Other common Unique Tools are vehicles or other engine driven equipment that require scheduled service Tools that require inspections or certifications to meet certain safety regulations should be tracked uniquely also Quantity Tools Tracking tools by quantity is suitable for smaller items or those to which it is difficult to assign a unique number or affix a tool label Some examples of tools typically tracked by quantity include inexpensive drill bits hand tools like screwdrivers or personal items PPE such as hard hats and leather gloves While tracking tools by quantity is often a good decision in some situations it has serious limitations One common problem is that the quantities
260. ecord Info tools to inventory from a Purchase Scan or enter item l ds seb T Manises use mtem 07 e locate and view these tabs of a Purchase Order 3914 M AD SAFETY 453HH Hard Hat 3913 M AO SAFETY 4582 Safety Glasses a Receipts tab 3912 M 40 SAFETY 45821 Gloves Leather b Record Info tab 72 Q Gardner Bender GPD 228 Pliers Cutting Curved Diag ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 175 Purchasing amp Receiving Introduction The focus of this module is on issuing Purchase Orders and charging Receiving Tickets against them Mastery of this module will enhance your ability to manage your consumables inventory and to track tools and equipment from point of purchase to retirement The Purchasing amp Receiving module consists of several features that work together to make purchasing and then receiving tools and consumables quick and easy It uses your Cost Info and Preferred Vendor information to create quickly and easily a Purchase Order to receive tools and materials into Stock and ultimately to create records for new unique tools Purchasing Dashboard Purchase Order Browser New Purchase Order New Purchase Order f Add Toolltem QM Add MaterialItem op AddItem EditLine 3X Delete Line Purchase Order 13288 e Draft o EX Eid z D D Ordered By Requisition Ship Via m D o PO Items Receipts Record info gt Scan or enter item e lt scan here gt Order Date V A A Pu
261. ed 12 oz Initial Charge Assignr 35900 2 19 18 10411 Legacy CC Billing tab Gebcs Ss a NIE SPP RN extension cord 10 3 5 Initial Charge Assignment 0000 2 130 00 mS truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 Charge Calendar Da TET 1 465 8D 10411 Legacy General Cond drill 1 27 D handle Charge Calendar Da 1 5604 1 1 56 E 10411 Legacy motor oil 10 40 qua Initial Charge Assignment 6 5D00 2 13 00 10411 Legacy Service screwdriver Mo 2 x 4 Initial Charge Assignment 13 0000 3 39 00 I m EN spray paint red 120z Initial Charge Assignment itt FO S Rt 10411 Legacy CC Billing amp Job Costs to Post Biling Amount to post 249 54 Job Cost Amount to post 223 10 Stoneybrook CC Job Cost tab extension cord 10 3 5 Initial Charge drill 1 27 D handle Charge screwdriver Mo 2 x 4 Initial Charge truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 Charge motor cil 10 40 qua Initial Charge spray paint red 12 oz Initial Charge Stoneybrook CC Billing tab drill 1 2 D handle Charge Calendar Da 1484 1 1 75 Stoneybrook Service truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 Charge Calendar Da 52 0000 1 52 00 Stoneybrook motor oil 10 40 qua Initial Charge Assignment 6 5000 2 13 00 Stoneybrook extension cord 10 2 5 Initial Charge Assignment 65 0000 2 130 00 Stoney brook screwdriver No 2 x 4 Initial Charge Assignment 13 0000 3 39 00 Stoneybrook spray paint red 12 oz Initial Charge Assignment 9 5900 2
262. ed Rules Job Cost amp Billing Center Description 10411 By checking the appropriate box and Ou Cost Center Description 10411 Legacy filling in a time AM Or PM you can General Info Project Rates Project Billing Ruled Project Calendar notes designate rules for when a tool is billed for a given day see image To ie uesiend manipulate the time place the cursor onto each of the 3 lines then use the up down Edit Project Calendar arrows to edit these values b Establishing Default Project Hours for a Particular Cost Center 1 2 3 Follow Steps 1 3 in Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost Center Click the Edit Project Calendar button to open the Calendar window 4 Click on the Manage Project Defaults button 5 From the Working Hour Defaults window that appears set your default project 6 hours for this particular Cost Center NOTE These will override your previous Company Calendar settings When finished click the Set button then Save to close the window c Recording Actual Hours Worked If the actual or expected hours worked for a particular window of time differ from the default hours that were established in the Project Calendar you can override the defaults manually 1 2 3 Follow Steps 1 3 in Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost Center Click the Edit Project Calendar button to open the Calendar window Click the Set Working Hours butt
263. ed trailers etc or places where you store stock and distribute tools equipment materials and consumables Here are the steps in creating a Stock Location Parent Location Central Region 1 Go to the Lists panel Click the Locations button Click the Create New button Place a check mark in the box labeled This is a Stock Location see image ES In the Description field type in the name of the Stock Location here say Denver Warehouse 6 From the Parent Location drop down menu choose the appropriate parent Stock Location under which this child Stock Location should fall directly e For example if you have an existing Denver Warehouse and you are creating a new Tool Crib in Denver the Parent Location of the new Tool Crib would be the Denver Warehouse This concept is explained in further detail in the Organization Tree 7 Fill out any optional remaining fields i e address phone the job s supervisor etc 8 Click the Save button 9 Click the Finished button Creating a Job or Non Stock Location Jobs or Regular Non Stock Locations are your job sites projects etc where inventory is not stored perpetually Here are the steps in creating a Job 1 Go to the Lists panel 2 Click the Locations button 3 Click the Create New button 4 Inthe Description field type in the name and or job number of this Job e If your company uses Job Numbers we recommend that you enter the Job N
264. el Records tab e Ability to delete a Material Model Record DELETE e From the Count Ticket Browser tab e Ability to delete an existing Count Ticket EXECUTE EXECUTE e Ability to count items in a Count Ticket e Ability to Post Adjustments in the Inventory Adjustments Browser ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual PERMISSION e From the Pick Ticket Browser tab Tool Browser or e From the Pick Ticket Browser tab e Ability to view open or closed Pick Tickets Ability to open and edit existing Pick Tickets in the Draft status Pick Ticket Material Browser e Can create new Pick Tickets e From the Transfer Browser tab e Ability to search for and view closed Transfer Tickets Transfers Service amp Calibration PERMISSION e Ability to view the Service Request Service Browsers Browser and e Ability to view the Work Orders Browser ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual DELETE e From the Pick Ticket Browser tab e Ability to delete an open Pick Ticket From the Transfer Browser tab Ability to delete closed Transfer Tickets e This does not impact the transfer that occurred meaning its new assignment or its billing stream DELETE APPENDIX EXECUTE e Ability to pick a Pick Ticket e Ability to transfer picked items from a Pick Ticket Ability to close a Pick Ticket Ability to create a transfer ticket from the Tool Browser Material Brow
265. elas amp Consumables Administrator Tool Manager Warehouse Manager Permission View Aa Edit er Execute Management window mee a PP TQ w a aa aO Administration module gt Lum B t 5 5 5 owt a t Configure User Roles button gt Hn tn NM Roles Management window exeat T1 9 1 8 1B 1 9 Note Permissions are laid out in a iiaa a grid format Due to the nature of this formatting some fields that appear are not applicable These are represented in ToolWatch Enterprise by a grayed out checkbox Tools amp Equipment PERMISSION DELETE EXECUTE e Applies to quantity tools only e On the Tool Record tab or in the Tool Browser e Ability to adjust the quantity of Adjust Inventory tools present at a particular assignment e On the tool s e On the tool s l model record model record e On the tool s the associated e Ability to add e Ability to edit model record components on associated tools associated tools e Ability to delete all of the tool you are tracking you are tracking components Components model s tool in ToolWatch in ToolWatch from a tool s with this model with this model model record record record e Does not delete e Used for e Used for any tool model documentation documentation records purposes only purposes only e Ability to view records e This is used for documentation p
266. emove Hold Remove Hold button Tabs There are 3 tabs that display the list of transaction charges Job Cost Biling Al 1 The Job Cost tab will display all charges for a Cost Center ay that have been calculated using the Job Cost tab of that Cost Center s Rate Sheet 2 The Billing tab will display all charges for a Cost Center that have been calculated using the Billing tab of that Cost Center s Rate Sheet 3 The All tab will combine both charge types and display all charges Header Buttons Clicking on the Calculate button 4 Calculate wil generate updated calculations involving those Cost Centers you select Ultimately you can choose to post selected Cost Center data by clicking on the Post button E Ves To create or delete selected miscellaneous charges or credits choose either the Add Misc Charge Credit or Delete Misc Charge Credit buttons ap Add Misc Charge Credit QA Delete Misc Charge Credit For larger jobs that require additional time you can update progress by clicking on the Refresh Refresh button Me A Cancel Billing Browser Update clicking on the Cancel Billing Browser Update button will stop any ongoing calculations without saving any calculated data Display entries for Tools amp Equipment Consumables amp Materials Select either or both checkboxes to display data for Tools amp Equipment or Materials amp Consumables items ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 245
267. en at the end of October you POST charges for the Legacy Cost Center e SO of posted charges appear in your reports Note The same concept would apply using the Assignment Calculation Method Scenario 3 Tool Rate Sheet Features Loss Charge Grouping Tools Involved One DeWALT DW140 drill Tool 1375 Calculation Method Calendar Days with a Daily Rate of 2 Loss Charge Grouping Loss Charge of 200 Locations Involved Main Warehouse Legacy job site Cost Center Involved Legacy Cost Center using Legacy Rate Sheet Sequence Of Events 1 358 In August you transfer Tool 1375 from the warehouse to the Legacy job site using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet The tool is on the job for most of the year to the point it accrues 300 in charges then they lose it The tool is retired in ToolWatch specifying the Legacy Cost Center when retired If there was NOT a checkmark in the Charge Net Loss box on the Rate Sheet the charge amount 500 a 300 for using it and an additional 200 charge for losing it If there WAS a checkmark in the Charge Net Loss box on the Rate Sheet the posted amount 300 a 300 is large enough to account for loss of the tool ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Scenario 4 Tool Rate Sheet Features Loss Charge Grouping Tools Involved One DeWALT DW140 drill Tool 1380 Calculation Method Calendar Days with a Daily Rate of 2 Loss Charge Grouping Loss Charg
268. en an item has been assigned to a project at least one full work week as established by the organization or Rate Sheet Rules default 40 hours Enterprise will migrate up from the Weekly Rate to the Monthly Rate when an item has been assigned to a project at least one full work month as established by the organization or Rate Sheet Rules default 160 hours As shown earlier you can manipulate the billing rate by establishing different effective rates or rate per hour for the various rate types Here is an example showing how to do so in conjunction with Migration Points MIGRATION EXAMPLE TOOLWATCH JANUARY Establish the migration points for this rate sheet Migrate to Daily Rate at 8 Hrs Monto Wet Rte GN HD Migrate to Monthly Rate at 00 Hn Calculation Methods ToolWatch Enterprise provides 3 methods for calculating Job Cost and Billing charges Each Calculation Method allows for additional attributes e g Minimum Charge Idle Rate Charge that can be applied to modify the calculation Each Calculation Method has at least one required grouping to go along with others that can be added optionally 212 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Once you have selected a Calculation Method a few other things occur as a result 1 2 3 The cell must be populated by a Calculation Method i e it can no longer be empty Once selected this Calculation Method can be
269. en select a Shipping Method under the Account Info tab Now whenever that Vendor is selected on a Purchase Order this Shipping Method will populate the Ship Via field Adding Items to a Purchase Order Items tools and materials can be added to a Purchase Order by either 1 scanning the barcode or typing the Item Number in Scan or enter item the Scan field OR 2 using the 3 buttons at the top of the Purchase Order 4 Add Tool Item B Add Material Item o gt Add Item just above the P O Number Adding Tools to a Purchase Order 1 Click on the Add Tool Item button Add Tool Item the Select Items window opens 2 Choose whether to display a Only items for this vendor Show Only items for this vendor Al items or b All items a You will need to have designated already your inventory to have a select vendor To do this on a Tool or Material Record under the Purchase amp Cost Info tab use the Preferred Vendor drop down menu to choose a vendor Once done only items whose designated vendor matches the vendor you have selected will populate this window 180 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Use the Explorer tree to choose items for your Purchase Order b Allitems will allow you to view all Tool Model Records in your inventory Use the Explorer tree to choose items for your Purchase Order 3 When you have selected highlighted your items click the OK button to close th
270. endar Calendar e Inside of a Cost e Inside of a Cost Center Center Calendar Cost e Ability to open N A e Ability to edit N A N A Center and see the the Project Project Calendar Calendar Ability to use the Export Data Export Job Cost amp iiA N A N A N A N A button in the Billing Job Cost amp Billing module Ability to add Ability to edit porno eee ility toa ility to edi Hourly Usage Log Ability to open i tools amp Refers to the tools amp lines in the i and see the 1 equipment from Equipment Usage equipment to Equipment N A Equipment i the Equipment Log the Equipment Usage Log Usage Log Usage Log Usage Log 328 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e n the Billing Browser tab e Ability to see Misc existing un Charge Credit posted miscellaneous charges or credits Post Job Cost amp N A Billing e In the Rate Sheet Browser tab e Ability to see existing Materials amp Consumables and Tools amp Equipment rate sheets Rate Sheets Reports amp Graphs PERMISSION Assignment Reports Refers to Transfer Reports tab report e From the Reporting tab Bar Code Labels e From the Reporting e Ability to run print PDF and or export data for the selected e Ability to run print PDF and or export e In the Billing Browser tab e Ability to create data for the selected report new un posted miscellaneous charges or credits N A In the Rate Sheet Brow
271. equest from the Service Request Browser tab Placeholder not currently used Placeholder EXECUTE e From the Tool Model Record or the Tool Record Ability to save a new Service Events Ability to Add Event From Model Ability to convert a Service Request into Work Order Placeholder not currently used Ability to save a Work order Ability to close a work order ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving PERMISSION PO Browser PO Ticket Pricing Plans Product Vendors Receiving Browser Receiving Ticket VIEW e From the Purchase Order Browser tab e Ability to view open or closed Purchase Orders Placeholder not currently used Placeholder for future use Placeholder not currently used e From the Receiving Browser tab e Ability to view closed Receiving Tickets e Ability to see an open or closed Receiving Ticket e Ability to open the Purchase Order associated with this Receiving Ticket from this Receiving Ticket e From the Purchase Order Browser tab e Ability to create new Purchase Orders From the Tool Browser Material Browser or Low Level Browser Ability to create new Purchase Orders Placeholder for future use Placeholder not currently used Placeholder not currently used From the Purchase Order Browser tab Ability to Receive Against A Purchase Order thereby adding cre
272. equires an active internet connection to function optimally The Billing Browser Interface Cost Centers The Cost Center Selection list on the left of the window see image enables you to choose which Cost Center whose transactional data E has been calculated you would like to view Call You can select All or only those you wish to view Selecting which 100 Pepsi Cost Center s you view will not affect any other data to be PME calculated or posted Each of those functions has its own selection 2004 DIA Concourse A 2005 DIA Concourse B list 3504 HARP Phase 2 4170 TO Ace FOG Caner Breuer View Details Once the field is populated you can choose to view specific line items in greater detail Just highlight the line entry and either right click and select View Details or click on the View Details button VewDetais at the bottom of the window This will open a Transaction Detail window We will discuss this feature later in the chapter As well once you highlight a line entry you can place a Hold on the transaction This prevents it from being posted or edited if for example a charge is being disputed Hold 244 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Either right click and choose Place Hold or click on the Hold button next to View Details To remove the Hold highlight the line item and either right click and Hold select Remove Hold or click on the R
273. er In Enterprise you can set a specific number low level of an item where if stock drops to or below this point a message is generated warning you of low level status This status will display in these locations e the Low Level Browser Materiis Dashboard Low Level Browser Blades Circular Blades Circular 7 2 CR67A Cutters Bolt Cutter Pipe Small 345 Hammers Rotary Hammer Rotary 1 TE56 e notifications in the Message Center of all 6 Dashboards Refresh ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 8 Enterprise Essentials Set Inventory Levels for a Material Model Record Under the Navigator panel click the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Click on the Material Models button to display the Material Model Records browser window see image Materials Dashboard Material Model Records ap AddItem Edit Item A Delete Item tsh Add Inventory Record A Browse DataSource Export Data wey Print 7 Explorer nage Category Manufacturer Model Description i Categories All Categories Adhesives Apex AD100 Adhesie Epoxy 2 Part H Manufacturers ucc vU Adhesives 3M A500 Adhesive Epoxy 2 Part i Adhesives All Adhesives Adhesives 3M R3507 Epoxy Z part 20 oz tube E Manufacturers F Air Filters Gd kurz Adhesives 3M A500 Adhesive Eposu 2 Part 3 You will perform your search in the Explorer tree of this window 4 Using the Explorer tree find a particular Material Model Record
274. er provides a detailed view of all transactions calculated for Cost Centers in the Billing Browser the initial and final dates of a particular transaction for Billing Browser calculation purposes templates that enable you to export a summary of charges generated and posted to each Cost Center functions as other browsers but for transfer records Transfer Tickets electronic document used to record transfer or move items from one location to another represents the time period from when a tool is assigned to a site or employee and then returns to site of first issue tools tracked by a unique Identification Number have a history of service may contain warranty information and usage history 42 50 70 50 52 113 50 269 244 246 269 96 93 144 50 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Unit of Measure Un posted Charges Urgency User User Role User Type Valid Variance Vehicle Information Vendor View Details View Meter History Waiting for Receipts Weekly Rate Weekly Rate Grouping Work Order GLOSSARY represents list of units used to delineate values assigned to fields containing numbers also UOM charges that have been calculated in the Billing Browser but have yet to be posted level assigned for an requested service can be Low Medium or High employee who can log into and use ToolWatch defined role that outlines what a User can not do in ToolWatch designati
275. erformed by a particular employee Assigned To assign an Urgency level to the requested service of Low Normal or High establish a customized Recurrence for the requested service required field Tasks Tab Creating Tasks in a Service Plan You can add specific tasks to your overall Service Plan There are 3 different types of tasks that can be added oervice Inspection Calibration Creating a Service Task A Service Task enables a user to designate a specific service to be performed on the tool E t Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record lt i z Click on the Tasks tab to open a Required tab Click on the Add Task button ijo Wo Performed By Date Time Actual Hrs open the Task window see image JI ote From the Task Type drop down menu select Service Charges In the Description field either Cost Center Cost Code Senice Cass Save Task Complete Cancel ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 145 Service amp Calibration D iS x e use the drop down menu to select from a list of existing descriptions OR e type ina description summarizing the service Optional Enter the estimated number of hours that will be required to complete the service task in the Est Hrs field Click Save to close the Task window If done with the Service Plan Event Detail window click Save to close it Creating an Inspection Task Ins
276. erials Inventory Repair Parts tab of the Tool Select one or more items then click OK Explorer Show Just repair parts for this asset All Model Record will appear in E Categories 2 e All Ca i the Materials Inventory if the papon Just repair parts for this asset Nate radio button is checked see E e image Blades Hecto 5 If you would like to add repair parts that are not on this list click the All radio button If done with the Service Plan Event Detail window click Save to close it b Adding Repair Parts to a Model Record In addition to populating the Service Plan with parts you can do likewise and add them to the Tool Model Record directly Doing so makes them available immediately when populating Repair Parts to the Service Plan TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 149 Service amp Calibration From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tool Models button A new Tool Model Records browser appears Using the Explorer tree find the Tool Model Record of interest double click on it to open the Tool Model Record 4 Click on the Service tab then on the Repair Parts s components accessories Cos id serce tab see image aa 5 Click on the Add button The Material Model Records Search window appears Service Plan Calibration Specs 6 Using the Explorer tree find any Repair Parts you wish to add H
277. es if other transfers or Cost Centers have been involved the rules are slightly different See Appendix 10 Advanced Billing Stream Management for help For quantity tools accruing charges via a Calendar based Calculation Method start as above There are 2 significant differences however from unique tools see image Transfer 1937 07 24 2015 02 27 PM Transfer Express Check In Express Check Out I rej stoneybrook Stock fe Main Warehouse Pole ew tOneyorook Subproject Cost Center s Cost Code used to open Billing Stream Retum Date Document Ma f lt scan here gt 13 2 screwdrivers Phillips Ma Stoneybrook 11 3 extension cord 10 3 50 ft Stoneybrook 1 besure the From site at the top of the Transfer Ticket matches the From site s shown on the tool line item s below 2 onthe From side select the same Cost Center used to open the Billing Stream Cost Center From If a Return Credit is being issued to ANY tool unique or quantity apply the same rules above given for quantity tools using a Calendar based Calculation Method See Return Credit Grouping for additional information 262 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 37 Stop and View Un Posted Job Cost amp Billing Charges The last step in viewing un posted Job Cost amp Billing charges is to stop and then re calculate un posted charges Here we will first
278. es before doing any calculations in the Billing Browser Training Activity 34 Initiate Job Cost and Billing Charges In order to initiate or accrue charges for a select set of items you will set up and process 2 transfers from your Stock to the Legacy and Stoneybrook job sites To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Rate Sheets gt Initiating Job Cost amp Billing Charges Process a Transfer Ticket with the following details a Transfer To 10411 Legacy site b Select 10411 Legacy Cost Center c Transfer these items from Stock i 1 truck ii 1 drill assigned to Cost Code of General Conditions TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 241 Job Cost amp Billing 2 extension cords 3 screwdrivers assigned to Cost Code of Service 2 containers of oil 2 cans of paint 2 Process a second Transfer Ticket with the following details a Transfer To Stoneybrook site b Select Stoneybrook Cost Center c Transfer these items from Stock i 1 truck assigned to Cost Code of Service ii 1 drill iii 2 extension cords iv 3 screwdrivers v 2 containers of oil vi 2 cans of paint 3 Perform a manual sync to update your changes When done compare your work to the Answer Key Billing Streams The transferring of tools from one location to another is the primary way that a Billing Stream is created in ToolWatch
279. es eee eere ee aaa eaae e ee aee a aea a aee e se a eaae aano nasa e ee eaae eaa eee e eese reae ears esee eaae eaae eaae as ese aae e aano eae ee aea ee en aae aea eaae eau T Drill Cordles pita lod Rca ET Add To Transfer View Detail d using the Tool Browser right click on View Meter History View Transaction History Retire Tool the tool s line item Adjust Inventory Remove Inventory Record LLLI l Adda Vit 34 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Data Merge Utility The Data Merge Utility allows you to combine two or more similar Lists items down to one For example let s say that you have created the following 3 Manufactures Ford FMC and Ford Motor Company Using the Data Merge Utility you can merge these Manufacturers into one for example merging them all into the Ford Manufacturer By doing so all models having either the FMC or Ford Motor Company will now have their Manufacturer listed as Ford Furthermore the FMC and Ford Motor Company Manufacturer choices will no longer be present in the Lists Here are the steps in using the Data Merge Utility Data Merger 3 1 From the Lists select the Data iag Merge Utility the Data Table Name Number Manufacturer Jn Description Certifications 43 Dodge FMC Merger window opens see Contractors 3131 Duracell Customers Fluke Corporation Ford Motor Company image odd Empl T Ford
280. et Irrespective of the approach you choose either one employee or many may collaborate in the counting effort Once the results have been compiled into ToolWatch Enterprise you can review them for accuracy and discrepancies In this manner you can update systematically your quantities in ToolWatch to reflect the true inventory count NOTE In order to use the Count Inventory feature be sure to update your Role Permissions to allow for its use Go to Administration module gt Configure User Roles gt Pick Tickets amp Transfers tab gt check Execute for Count Inventory 120 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Creating a Count Ticket A Count Ticket is an interactive form designed to based on a particular location e list those items and their quantities that should be present and e collect information on items that are being inventoried Here we will cover the steps involved in populating a Count Ticket with a list of tools and materials that should be available at a given location From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click on the Count Inventory t button to open up the Count Ticket Browser 3 Click on the Create Count Ticket button P Create Count Ticket to open up a new Count Ticket see image Save B SaveandClose M Cancel Count Ticket 5603 o CountLocation Denver Warehouse do DES if Summary Drill and Bit West
281. et Ticket Details Pick List EE Cancel If you mistakenly pick an item on a Pick mm m Ticket you can easily remove the picked 6 Forthis item you are picking either item You can only do this if the item a scan the item s Barcode into the has not been transferred yet Item field SE 1 To get to this point you will have b enter the Item No not Model already performed Steps 1 7 in into the Item field Picking a Pick Ticket 298 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 Tap the Picked tab on the Pick Ticket 3 Highlight the item you want to remove by tapping once on it 4 Tap Remove Line The item returns to the Pick List of the Pick Ticket Pick Ticket 3 G gt X 4 4 21 Tt Description O O 28798 Screwdriver Phillips 2 x 4 34265 Extension Cord 50ft 10 3 safety ori Remove Line Ticket Details Picked i Cancel Ey Transferring Picked Items Once items are added to the Picked list on the Mobile they can be transferred immediately 1 Pick a Pick Ticket by performing Steps 1 7 in Picking a Pick Ticket 2 Tap the Pick List tab 3 Tap the Transfer button Pick Ticket CIOUBAL 8 08 eme Descriptior 3 Extension Cord 50ft 10 3 3 Screwdriver Phillips 1 Generator portable 2 3 1 Blades Circular 7 2 Cell Phone smart L amp a no gt ECHBHE Ticket Detail Pick ss Line Detal Picked AF Cancel ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 4 Mobile
282. existing one using the Kit Browser utilize the Low Level Browser to identify items whose current inventory levels are below their designated Low Inventory Levels 48 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials outline the steps in setting High Target amp Low Inventory Levels for a Material Record distinguish between Materials and Consumables and explain how they are tracked in Enterprise distinguish between a Material Model Record and a Material Record for a given inventory item Materials Consumables perform the following tasks a create a new Material Model Record b locate an existing Material Model and or Material Record C create a Material Record from an existing Material Model Record define Material Inventory Record and explain when you would use it in your inventory create and stock multiple Material Inventory Records for different Stock Locations and remove unwanted records explain what a Bin is and how you would enter Bin information into your inventory records discuss the significance of Transfer Tickets in Enterprise especially as they pertain to Pick Tickets designate Tools amp Materials for transfer by creating a Transfer Ticket generate a Transfer Ticket from any one of the following Tool Browser Material Browser Transfer Browser search for and view historical Transfer Tickets using the Transfer Browser print a Transfer Ticket or export its data to a spreadsheet explain what a
283. f a physical world It is a medium to record all events that occur with your tools and materials Tools Transferred Pick Ticket Converted to Site to Transfer Ticket zi v2 lf a ums spiel ua E An ee ye Pick Ticket Site Manager Communicated Pick Ticket develops list to ToolWatch Created of needs 92 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Pick Tickets amp Transfers An Overview Electronic Pick Tickets provide warehouse staff with a quick and accurate method for selecting the tools and materials necessary to fulfill a request such as one that may come in from a field supervisor for certain tools see image Pick Tickets can be assigned to a warehouse employee who can see a list maybe on his wireless Mobile Scanner of all tickets for which he is responsible Pick Tickets include information about who requested the items as well as when and where the items are to be delivered The Pick Tickets can be printed for processing or delivered electronically using a Mobile Scanner After the items are picked ToolWatch generates a Transfer Ticket automatically ready for processing In TooIWatch Transfer Tickets play a critical role They record the movement of all inventories Items assigned to project locations employees or other Stock Locations should be processed and recorded on Transfer Tickets Transfer Tickets see image generate the data necessary for Job Cost and Billing historical report
284. ff set to Spm Captures activity from 8am on 9 3 to 9 14 at Spm 300 Calc Cut Off set to Spm Captures activity from 8am on 9 3 to 9 21 at Spm 450 27 3 28 END 23 Calc Cut Off set to 5pm Captures activity from 8am on 9 3 to 9 28 at Spm 600 a 2 First calculated un YH posted billable moment for Posting Period Sam today 260 POST today Activity from 8am on 9 3 through 5pm on 9 28 S600 Calc Cut Off set to 5pm Captures activity from 8am on 10 1 to 10 5 at 5pm 150 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 36 Calculate and View Un Posted Job Cost amp Billing Charges The first step in viewing job cost amp billing charges is to calculate un posted charges Here we will calculate un posted charges for all 3 of our Cost Centers To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt The Billing Browser gt Calculating Un Posted Transactions 1 Begin by doing a manual sync to update all billing data Help menu gt Synchronization Monitor gt Start Sync 2 Calculate charges for your 10411 Legacy Stoneybrook and Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Centers a leave the Cut Off Date Time set at default values b calculate for both 1 Tools amp Equipment and 2 Materials amp Consumables 3 View these charges in the Billing Browser as outlined below Compare eac
285. finished click the Save And Close button Training Activity 32 Create a Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Scenario You would like to calculate both Job Cost and Billing figures for 2 of the jobs on which you are working Both projects are performing under contracts and both contracts adhere to the same terms for materials and consumables therefore you will create only one Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Rate Sheets gt Creating Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet 1 Type in Rate Sheet Number 444 2 Type in for the Description Company s Master Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet Various Edits Job Cost tab 1 Oil Model Record Base Value Calculation Method Initial Charge Grouping Job Cost tab 6 50 Assignment 100 Initial Charge ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 235 Job Cost amp Billing 2 Paint Model Record Job Cost tab Assignment 100 Initial Charge Various Edits Billing tab 3 Oil Model Record Base Value Calculation Method Initial Charge Grouping Billing tab 6 50 Assignment 100 Initial Charge Paint Model Record Base Value Calculation Method Initial Charge Grouping Billing tab 9 59 Assignment 100 Initial Charge 3 Click Save And Close the Rate Sheet When done compare your work to the Ans
286. from which you may choose Most of these reports are customizable allowing you to be as general or as granular in your reporting as you need to be This enables you to report on anything from a particular tool s activity to a billing breakdown at a job site While there are many places in ToolWatch Enterprise that you can access reports the following three 3 locations are the best places to begin e through the Tool and or Material Browsers e atthe bottom of each module and e inthe Reports amp Graphs module Reporting From the Tool Browser When you are viewing a list of items in either of the Browsers you can print certain reports based on the list of items you are viewing e g Consumable Browser Report As an added feature you may choose to export the list you are viewing directly into a csv file a format common to commercial spreadsheets applications such as Microsoft Excel and Timberline Let us beein by reviewine the steps to print a report from the Tool Browser 1 In the Navigator panel select the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Click the Tools button to open the Tool Browser window 3 Use the Explorer tree to view the tool s of interest in the Search results a Highlight the individual tool line item if interested in only that record Data a Print Print All Print Selected Click the Print button see image 5 Choose the Print All option a Choose the Print Selected option if only one too
287. g locations e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing manufacturers N A Ability to merge data that is available in the Data Merger window N A N A N A N A N A N A ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual PERMISSION Number Blocks Shipping Methods Status Codes Units of Measure Vendors e From the Lists panel e Ability to open and see the Numbers window From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing shipping methods From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing status codes From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing units of measure e From the Lists panel e Ability to see vendors e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new shipping methods e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new status codes e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new units of measure e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new vendors ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e From the Lists panel e Ability to add and edit data in the Numbers window From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing shipping methods From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing status codes From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing units of measure From the Lists panel Ability to edit existing vendors APPENDIX DELETE EXECUTE e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing shipping methods e From t
288. g Tree Modify Visibility so that all of your Locations and Manufacturers are visible at this level 3 Pin yourself to the Wood River Warehouse location Modify Visibility so that only your a 10411 Legacy Location and your b Ford and Mobil 1 Manufacturers are visible at this level Pin yourself back to the top of the Org Tree Close the tree When done compare your work to the Answer Key 40 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics NOTE If you want employees to be able to transfer receive from etc your main warehouse you will want to include this location in your employees visibilities at those Stock Locations to which they re pinned Employees and Permissions There are two types of employees in ToolWatch Enterprise e Standard Employees or Non Users e Users of ToolWatch Standard Employees work for your company and are people to whom you transfer tools and materials however they do not have access to sign into ToolWatch Enterprise and therefore are considered Non Users Users of ToolWatch fit the same description as Standard Employees with one exception They do have the ability to access and sign into ToolWatch Enterprise Creating a Standard Employee From the Lists panel click on the Employees list 2 Click on Create New at the bottom of the Employee List screen 3 From the Assigned Stock Location drop down menu select the main Stock Location assignment for the Employee
289. g data into a field WETE manually click the Enter button on the scanner 7 29 15 9 30 43 Count Ticket ER gt x 45 11 23 1020 10411 Test Count 7 15 15 30 01 9605 National HQ Summer 7 28 15 10 15 3 9608 10411 National HQ 7 28 15 10 06 0 9607 Mational HQ Winter 7 10 15 8 50 3 ere com vens 3 From the Count At drop down menu choose the location or employee to be inventoried 4 In the Summary field type in a short description for the purpose of this inventory count e g Annual Drill Inventory or July Project Count 7 Repeat Step 6 until you have Tii Nen E C o k 11 20 completed taking inventory of the location Ticket No Count At Main Warehouse v Count Ticket EQ G gt X 4 11 28 Item Po Drills 4446 T Drill 1 2 inch 18v Nail Guns 25 T Nailer Angle Safety 62 T Fall Harness Full Sri B 7 29 15 11 19 10 AM Satr T8 209 North Warehouse Inventory North Side July 2 m H Cancel 5 Tap the Next button 8 When completed tap the Done button ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 305 Mobile Scanner Mobile Admin T ab 3 From the Category field tap on the drop down menu and select a Adding New Tool Records to an Category e g Drills m New Tool J G X de 1 37 Existing Tool Model Record utm d 418360 t A user can create new Tool Records for EEEE DeWALT i existing Model Records on the Mobile Category BEEN 5canner v Se ae Equi
290. g tasks a create a new Tool Model Record b locate an existing Tool Model and or Tool Record c create a Tool Record from an existing Tool Model Record retire an asset from active inventory using the Manutacturer amp Modol Infermation M or J Meonutacturer tracking Method DO Vehece Unique ID Mode jam 1600 Your Vesenphon Ack 3 4 ton petonpton nded Ci in Were Model Informatikan Tool Number Bw Code 9955768 Transfer 5554 5 24 2011 4 08 21 Transtered By Assigned On Delivered Bu Scan or enter item 74675 1 Drell Fries 1279 7A Dessert sre ris Stock Location Retire Item function as well as reinstating an Adhesive Epoxy 2 Part Denver Warehouse 53 Belt Sanding 2 1 2 16 60 Denver Warehouse E asset vere the Reinstate Item feature Bit tip Straight 1 1 2 Denver Warehouse 43 describe the layout of the Tool Browser window and gi Dal Ue ee Derivensishouss 26 Bit Drill 348 HSS Denver Warehouse 13 how you can use it to navigate through Various forms Bit Drill Masonry Carbide 1 2 Denver Warehouse 15 of tool identification Blades Circular 10 Denver Warehouse 37 describe the layout of the Material Browser window and how you can use it to navigate through various forms of materials information from the Tool or Material Browser demonstrate how to search by a category amp b criteria discuss when and how Kits are applied create a new Kit as well as locate and edit an
291. h Enterprise desktop In this chapter you will learn how to navigate the ToolWatch Mobile Scanner This includes basic navigation various Search functions requesting and transferring items using Pick Tickets conducting inventory and creating new items Upon successful completion of this Section the learner will be able to e describe how the Mobile Scanner communicates and exchanges data with other devices including synchronization e log into ToolWatch software for the Mobile Scanner e navigate the Mobile interface and exchange information with the Enterprise interface e search for and edit both Tools and Materials Records e scan Barcode data properly and place it into relevant TooIWatch fields e search for and edit both Tool and Material Records e create and process a Transfer including the capture of a Signature e edit Transfer Ticket information e g Cost Centers and Codes Meter and Status e utilize the Express Check In feature for returning tools e perform the following functions of a Pick Ticket a Pickit b Saveit c Transfer it e apply the Count Inventory function to a given location a using new and existing Count Tickets b using the Search screen to find existing Count KEG Tickets Ee er oor HET e execute the following Mobile Admin tab operations DENTS lt From CE a add new Tool Records RE h b add new Tool Model Records c add new Tool Records to existing Tool Model Records d add new Material
292. h the Cost Center CC3 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC3 IN ADDITION to keeping the original Billing Stream against Cost Center CC2 open 352 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Scenario 6 Non Stock Point to Non Stock Point concurrent Billing Stream An item is transferred from Stock Point A to Stock Point B with the Cost Center CC2 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC2 The item is then transferred from Stock Point B to Job B2 with the Cost Center CC3 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC3 in addition to keeping the original stream against Cost Center CC2 open The item is then transferred from Job B2 to Job B1 with the Cost Center CC4 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC4 and it closes the open Billing Stream for the item against Cost Center CC3 The open Billing Stream against Cost Center CC2 remains open as well i e the concurrent Billing Stream opened by the original transfer from Stock Point A to Stock Point B Scenario 7 Non Stock Point to Stock Point NON ISSUING concurrent streams Building on Scenario 6 The item is then transferred from Job B1 to Stock Point A bypassing Stock Point B who would be t
293. h the appropriate information b Your cursor will move to the Item field offering you a number for the soon to be created Tool Record New Tool ix Gu K ai GP 2 04 Rec 0057 r ert eV ALT Category Mes MM VV 130 Mi EID D Handle 1 2 Item Type i UPC Item Barcode Assigned Bin Done Options Cancel Save 6 Select this new Item or enter your own value do the same for the Barcode if applicable 7 In the Assigned field tap on the drop down menu and select a Stock Location for the new tool s assignment New Tool 3 G X 4 2 08 wee 10087 Manufacturer Category Model Description Denver Tool Crib Denver Warehouse Ten OFW Project Tool Cr Eastern Region gius Fastern Region Ware Barcode Ware Assigned Bin Item Type Done Options Cancel Save ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 10 Mobile Scanner Complete any remaining optional fields fields with an are required Tap the Save button New Tool ER G X 4 2 10 ubi 10097 Manufacturer DAL T Category Me zMED140 Parent M Seven Drill D Handle 1 2 7 Item Type UPC Item Barcode Assigned Bn Done Options Cancel save If you wish to copy an existing Tool Record it can be done only for the last new Tool Record that was created a Open the New Tool window b Tap Option and select New Tool Copy Last PF le hieliig
294. h to images found in the Answer Key a 10411 Legacy Cost Center Job Cost tab b 10411 Legacy Cost Center Billing tab c 10411 Legacy Cost Center Billing and Job Cost Amount to Post d Stoneybrook Cost Center Job Cost tab e Stoneybrook Cost Center Billing tab f Stoneybrook Cost Center Billing and Job Cost Amounts to Post g Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center Job Cost tab h Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center Job Cost tab Transactional Detail window i Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center Billing tab j Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center Billing tab Idle Charge Transactional Detail window k Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center Billing and Job Cost Amounts to Post TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 261 Job Cost amp Billing Stopping Job Cost amp Billing Charges When a project closes or anytime a tool accruing charges is returned to its original assignment it is necessary to stop any charges that have been accruing up to that point In essence all open billing streams being billed to a Cost Center must now be closed In most cases transferring the billing items back to their last assignment s is sufficient to close those open billing streams For unique tools accruing charges via a Calendar based Minutes Hours Days Calculation Method start by placing the items on a Transfer Ticket If they are being re assigned often directly back to their previous assignment that is enough to stop charg
295. hange the order of these fields here by using the up down arrows m at the bottom 11 Click Save to create your template It appears now in the Export Template List 12 Click Close to exit the Export Templates List window Exporting Data Using a Custom Export Template Before you can export data you must have done the following already 1 generated at least one transaction have created a template to format the data From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module Click on the Export Data button ip Export Data NOTE You can get here also by File gt Export gt Job Cost amp Billing Data The Job Cost Data Export window opens see image ad Job Cost Data Export Centers 0411 Legacy IA 3toneybrook _ Btoneybrook Subproject Export Source Posted Transactions Job Cost Data Billing Data Job Cost and Billing Data Data Format Summary Templates Detail Templates Export Templates Legacy SummaryTemplate v Include Column Headers Date Parameters Posting Date Range 09 01 2014 v 09 30 2014 Jl 4 Inthe Cost Centers field place checkmarks next to these Cost Centers for which you 5 In the Export Source field would like to export data a use the drop down menu to choose either Posted or Un posted Transactions TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 1 Job Cost amp Billing b select
296. hased Charge To Cost Center to which costs are charged Ship To Stock Location where items are to be delivered Status of Purchase Order State of Purchase Order Open or Closed Expected Date on which purchased items are to be delivered O CON WB aa A C N Requisition Number assigned to Purchase Order ES C Document Number assigned to Purchase Order 186 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Viewing an Existing Purchase Order 1 From the Navigator panel click the Purchasing amp Receiving module 2 Click the Purchase Orders button the Purchase Order Browser appears Select one of the following options a To view any active Purchase Orders click on the Open or All radio buttons and then click the Search button Open Closed All b To view a specific Purchase Order or a range of Purchase Orders fill in any of the following fields see image and then click the Search button c Click the More Search Options button and enhance your search see image 3 From your search results highlight the Purchase Order of interest and double click to open it the PO Detail or Purchase Order window opens Deleting a Purchase Order To delete a Purchase Order from the Purchase Order Browser 1 Search for a Purchase Order of any Status by following Steps 1 3 in Viewing an Existing Purchase Order 2 From the search results highlight the Purchase Order of inte
297. hat was opened when the item was initially transferred TO that entity e Any transfer activity of an item TO FROM the managing Stock Point TO FROM subordinate non Stock Point entities will always result in the opening closing of Billing Streams i e no concurrent Billing Streams within the realm of a single Stock Point e Only transfers from a Stock Point to another Stock Point have the potential to open a new Billing Stream without closing an existing one i e concurrent Billing Streams e Opening and closing of Billing Streams is tied to the rules surrounding the transfer itself To and From locations Charge and Credit Cost Centers regardless of who physically transfers the item s ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 349 APPENDIX b For the purpose of illustrating each of the use cases and their impact on Billing Streams the following sample organizational hierarchy will be used for each scenario This sample organization has 2 Stock Points the root Stock Point or Stock Point A and a subordinate Stock Point or Stock Point B There is one non Stock Point entity Employee or Location related to Stock Point A Job Employee A1 and 2 Job Employee B1 non Stock Point entities related to Stock Point B Job Employee B1 and B2 Stock Point A Job Employee A1 Stock Point B Job Employee B2 2 As presented earlier there is a concept that only one Billing Stream may be open for a given asset within the realm
298. he 8 highest number present 888 Customers Count Ticket 8 8 Cycle Count Number Blocks 88 Employee Type Coors Brewing Company 3 8 Auta crafters Inc AZ 8 4 Purchasing amp Receivi p eee Emerald Isle Restaurant co 5 8 Gart Sports co amp Job Cost amp Billing Material 88 Material Category Greater Seattle Fisheries WA 3 z Bronx Zoo NY 8 bJ Pick Ticket ListUtilities Purchase Order 8 N Port Authority NY Data Merge Utility Receiving Ticket Service Class Service Request Shipping Method 8 amp Service 8 c use this value as the Current Number 8 88 Template Transfer Units i pE ANA M MTIN Work Order 8 28 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics 5 The remaining items from the Number Types column will need to be determined using their relevant browsers see image For example Count Tickets are created and managed in the Count Ticket browser Items are created and managed in the Too Browser Pick Tickets are created and managed in the Pick Ticket Browser etc a open a browser for a Number Type of interest e g Work Orders b search for all records All Search OR All Categories gt All Tools c sort the column for highest number a la Step 4 lo lY 05 17 2014 0917 2014 Closed Comple 03 16 2014 09 16 2014 Open Pending 05 11
299. he Count Inventory feature be sure to update the Role Permissions for users in the Enterprise desktop Administration module gt Configure User Roles button gt select User Role gt assign Permissions to Pick Tickets amp Transfers tab a Computer Checklist Using the ToolWatch Enterprise desktop you assemble a checklist of all items that should be in your location this is called a Count Ticket This Count Ticket is created and stored within Enterprise After syncing the Count Ticket will appear on your Mobile Then you will walk around the location and conduct your inventory scanning or adding manually each and every item you encounter into the Mobile If you come ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner across an item that is not listed on the Count Ticket you can add it as well b No Checklist You can walk around a location using your Mobile and without a Count Ticket scan add each item into a new empty Count Ticket you create on the device You can see only Count Tickets that are set up to inventory e the location from where the user was created i e his Assigned Stock Location e any other locations whose Parent Location is the same as the location above Conducting an Inventory Using a Count Ticket Count Tickets are used to conduct a physical inventory of a particular location The 3 basic steps involved in conducting any such inventory are 1 open a Cou
300. he current manager of the asset and for all intent and purpose the issuing Stock Point to that current assignment with NO Cost Center specified The resulting action is to close all of the open Billing Streams for that item between the originating transfer and this closing transfer closing the stream against CC2 and CC4 in this case In the case of concurrent Billing Streams a transaction such as this which returns the asset somewhere higher in the chain of custody this is not necessarily tied to organization hierarchy but rather sequence timeline of open Billing Streams should ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 353 APPENDIX roll up all those Billing Stream between the 2 points For example assume that an asset travels from Stock Point A to B to C to D each time opening a new Billing Stream If the asset were returned to Stock Point B the Billing Stream s opened during the transfers from B to C and from C to D should be closed leaving the Billing Stream that was opened during the transfer from A to B Essentially collapsing open Billing Streams to the highest or oldest point in the chain Scenario 8 Non Stock Point to Non Stock Point NON ISSUING Concurrent Billing Streams Further Building on Scenario 6 The item is transferred from Job B1 to Job A1 not returning to either of the most recent issuing Stock Points or the originating Stock Point with the Cost Center CC1 specified The
301. he Excel file from Step 1 and click on Open All edits from the Excel file will be imported into the Rate Sheet Save or Save And Close this file EI ge p Initiating Job Cost amp Billing Charges Three Rules for Initiating Charges At this point in the Job Cost amp Billing module we are ready to begin the process of capturing revenue from our inventory Whether internal or external in nature all such transactions start by initiating charges In order for transactional charges to accrue there are 3 rules that must be true for each item involved 1 The item s rates as defined by the Calculation Method and relevant Groupings need to be set on the appropriate Rate Sheet 238 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 2 This Rate Sheet must be attached to the proper Cost Center see Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost Center 3 This Cost Center should be specified and located correctly on any Transfer Ticket involving the designated item Recall that any Rate Sheet you create can be used multiple times and even be assigned to multiple Cost Centers at the same time As well Cost Centers can be created once yet used over and over even simultaneously Training Activity 33 Attach Rate Sheets to Cost Centers In order to initiate Job Cost and Billing charges first you need to attach your Rate Sheets to your Cost Centers To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWat
302. he Lists panel e Ability to delete existing status codes e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing units of measure e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing vendors 333 APPENDIX system PERMISSION Change Q amp A Company Defaults Manage ToolWatch Users Mobile Devices Refers to Mobile Scanner 334 Placeholder reserved for future use From the Lists panel Ability to see the content in the ToolWatch User Account Administration window Ability to login and view information in Mobile Scanner Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new users of ToolWatch using the ToolWatch User Account Administration window e Ability to pin employees to different stock locations in the Org Tree e In Mobile Scanner e Ability to add in new information in accordance with the permissions you have been granted elsewhere Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing users of ToolWatch using the ToolWatch User Account Administration window e Ability to edit where an employee is pinned in the Org Tree e n Mobile Scanner e Ability to edit existing information in accordance with the permissions you have been granted elsewhere ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual DELETE Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e
303. he Tab key Click the Save And Close button pe at d 94 Calculating Un Posted Charges The Billing Browser will not display transaction charges until they have been calculated You can calculate transactions as often as you like in order to view the most updated charges accrued to your Cost Centers 1 From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module Billing Browser 2 Click the Billing Browser button to open the Billing Browser window TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 251 Job Cost amp Billing 3 Click the Calculate button L see image to open the Cost Center Calculation window Cost Center Calculation 2s B Number Cost Center Locked By Locked On Cut Off Date Calc Date Status Tools Status Materials m 2003 2003 Denver Bronco 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed 3842 69476 2980 Fairvie 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed 98676 Bennethum Training 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed 3938 Hochtief 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed 4647 Posting T1 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed Completed But no rate sheet specified 4347 Stoneybrook RJ 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed 4545 10411 Legacy MS 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no transactions in the peri 6063 10411 Legacy 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 3844 110101 Cate
304. he Tool and Material Browsers 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Click on the Tools button to open the Tool Browser window 3 In the Explorer window click on All Categories gt All Tools 4 Click on any of the column headers to sort the tool lists and scroll to find the tools you want to add to your Kit 5 When you find the tool s you want to add to your Kit highlight them right click and select Add to Kit 6 Repeat the above steps until you have added all of the tools you want to your new Kit You can do this for materials as well using the Material Browser 7 In the Description field type in the title you want for the new Kit 8 Select the Category representative of this Kit 9 Optional Add a Bar Code Number in the Bar Code field 10 Optional It is a best practice to add descriptive notes in the Note field 11 Click Save to save your Kit Transferring a Kit and Items within a Kit 1 If you wish to transfer the entire contents of a kit go to the Kit Browser highlight the Kit of interest and right click Add to Kit All items i e the Kit and its contents will be re assigned to the To location on your transfer Alternatively you can add a Kit or items within a Kit by typing in those numbers onto a transfer 2 To transfer items within a Kit go to the Tool Browser Click on the Explode Kits button at the bottom of the window This will remove all items within the Kits d
305. he second cell in this group Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour enables you to enter a Rate Per Hour value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Effective Weekly Rate Per Hour and Weekly Rate The third cell in this group Weekly Rate is the actual Weekly Rate If you know the value of the the Weekly Rate enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display values for the 2 previous cells Required With All Calendar Calculation Methods 4 Monthly Rate Grouping The Monthly Rate is used when the Job Cost and Billing module calculates charges for tools and equipment that use any of the Calendar Calculation Methods This rate will be applied to items that have exceeded the Weekly Rate time period Calculations here always distill all accrued calendar time down to hours for the purposes of calculating the charges If you already know the Monthly Rate for an item you can enter it into the Monthly Rate cell and the Rate Sheet will convert this value and then display it into the Effective Monthly Rate PerHour cell TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 217 Job Cost amp Billing The first cell in this group of 3 Effective Monthly Rate Per Hour enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Effective Monthly Rate Per Hour and the Monthly Rate The second cell in this group Effective Monthly Rate Per Hour enables you to enter a Rate Per Hour value and the Rate S
306. heet will calculate and display the Effective Monthly Rate Per Hour and Monthly Rate The third cell in this group Monthly Rate is the actual monthly rate If you know the value of the the Monthly Rate enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display values for the 2 previous cells Required With All Calendar Calculation Methods 5 Initial Charge Grouping The Initial Charge is a flat charge generated each time an item is iil il assigned The duration of the assignment does not impact the charge calculation This attribute can be used with items tracked by Unique or Quantity ID The first cell in this group of 2 Initial Charge enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Initial Charge The second cell in this group Initial Charge is the actual charge that will be applied when calculating the Initial Charges If you know the amount of the Initial Charge enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the previous cell Required With Assignment Calculation Method c Optional Grouping Headings 1 Idle Rate Grouping The Idle Rate will generate a charge for all unbilled working hours on a project Let s look at a project that is configured to have 40 working hours in each week An item is assigned to the project but for only 8 hours of actual usage time This information is then recorded in the Equipment Usage Log where the J
307. here are just a couple of differences between Rate Sheets 1 and 2 you will begin by creating a copy of Rate Sheet 1 Rate Sheet 555 To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Rate Sheets gt Copying a Rate Sheet In the Rate Sheet Browser highlight and copy Rate Sheet Number 555 Accept default settings for Rate Sheet Rules Type in Rate Sheet Number 333 Type in for the Description Stoneybrook Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet 1 2 3 4 9 Billing tab Differences 1 There are no Job Cost tab differences Drill Model Record Daily Weekly and Monthly Rate Groupings ldi Enega Use Max Billing tab 0 16 hour for each 1 75 No Max Charge grouping ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 233 Job Cost amp Billing Vehicle Model Record Daily Weekly and Monthly Rate Groupings Minimum Charge Billing tab 4 26 hour for each 52 No Max Charge grouping 6 Click Save And Close the Rate Sheet When done compare your work to the Answer Key Creating a Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet 1 From the Navigator panel click the Job Cost amp Billing module 2 Click the Rate Sheets button to open the Rate Sheet Browser window 3 Click on the Add Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet button 4 The Rate Sheet Rules window appears populated with values for the default hours
308. his new Model Record create a new Tool Record gt Save c from this new quantity Tool Record Adjust Inventory to reflect 25 screwdrivers in stock d save your work Tool Information Repair Parts Components Accessories Service Purchase amp Cost Info After the screwdriver Tool Record is created the Tool Record s Tool Current Assignment Information Information tab should reflect this see fenes Qty Ira image Check to see if this is the case f Owner National HQ v Status b Make another Quantity Tool Extension Cord Model Record for Coleman Model EC504930 10 3 50 ft e quantity tools e Category Extension Cords e Cost Info tab all 3 fields 65 00 e create 1 Tool Record e 25 extension cords in stock When done compare your work to the Answer Key 62 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Working with Tool Records in TooIWatch Enterprise Copying a Model Record Let s say you are producing a number of records that differ in only 1 2 features Instead of re creating the data for each record it is much easier to copy the record and then make these few changes So after finding a specific tool Model Record in the Models browser here is how to create a copy of that record for another tool Select the Model Record and highlight it 53 Copy Model Record 2 Click on the Copy Model Record button from the menu bar or right click on the record an
309. i Edit Item Export Data gj Print 7 Explorer TI vil Categories al tee l E tegory A i All Categories MI Number i All Materials N j i Ayr Filters 3 Air Filter Fram CA I ll V Air Fiters 3 Air Filter Fram CA Air Filters ii renes dE I Air Tools Repair Parts WM iacit JU ERU ea it Anchors i Aur Filters LE Air Filter 80T Kob W Pags Vacuum UE Air Filters 2223 Air Filter 807 Kob I _ m Belts Sanding 5 NN Temm m i Explorer Tree The tree provides an easy way to navigate directly to material inventory information without entering search information It displays a list of your materials categories Each category is further divided into Stock Locations where these items may be stocked 1 To view all Material Records with Explorer Tree click on All Categories in the Explorer Tree All Categories gt All Materials 2 Enterprise will display a list of all Materials Records currently visible to you 3 Double click on an entry to open that particular Material Record The following examples will explain how to display material inventory records in various situations The examples use simulated data Viewing Materials by Category If you would like to view all materials in one category such as Air Filters follow along with your own data This scenario would be helpful if you were trying to locate an item or view inventory levels across multiple warehouses 1
310. ice related activity in which some feature of a tool is 146 examined within a specified range of acceptable values Inventory Adjustment all preliminary inventory counts receive final authorization here 133 Browser from an administrator before final posting back to inventory Item Base Value value of an item added to Model Record and used by Rate Sheet 55 in Job Cost amp Billing calculations see Base Value 209 Item Effective Rate the rate per hour of the Item Rate Level 258 Item Rate Level the rate level used to calculate the transactional charges 258 Job a non stock location unlike Stock Location inventory not 37 managed here Job Costs amount paid out to purchase maintain repair etc tools 209 p p p Job Cost Amount to Post running totals on Billing Browser showing updated amounts from 254 selected Cost Centers that are ready to post Job Cost amp Billing ToolWatch module focusing on job costs billing and related 199 calculations Job Cost Data Export window allowing you to dump Cost Center calculations into a 271 template already created Gauges Charts Graphs variety of features found on Dashboards to help user monitor 23 Key Performance Indicators compare analyze etc various ToolWatch data Kit group of items from any location s that are designed to associate 113 and travel together Kit Browser functions as other browsers but for kits 114 Labor Charge charge associated with labor events for Billing Browser 248
311. ick Save to close the Additional Charge window and to populate the Charges tab Service Class Save Cancel 7 If done with the Service Plan Event Detail window click Save to close it Training Activity 20 Create a Recurring Service Plan Scenario You have a fleet of new Ford trucks and wish to put them on individualized service plans As they will share many of the same service events you decide to start with a model level Service Plan To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Service Plans Create a recurring Service Plan for the maintenance of your trucks call it Ford Truck Maintenance Schedule Include the following details in this Service Plan 1 The notification appears every 3000 miles or 3 months whichever occurs first 2 Onetask for changing the oil which you think should take about an hour to do 3 Another task to check out the tread on the tires Ensure that there is a tread depth of at least 1 7 mm 4 Andone final task to calibrate the engine timing This should be at exactly 10 degrees You believe this task will take about 90 min to complete 5 This service will require 2 containers of oil Add this amount to both the Repair Parts for this Model Record as well as a required material for this service task When done compare your work to the Answer Key TooIW
312. ickets must be ready to c adjust quantities in Qty box pick Ge In Progress status in order to d tap the Enter key on the Mobile be visible on the Mobile as you will want only access to those tickets ready 7 Repeat Steps 5 6 until you have to be processed finished picking all of the items for this Pick Ticket 3 Tap the Pick button 8 Items with a checkmark next to them 4 Tap the Pick List tab have already been picked Pick Ticket EJ G gt X 4 4 03 a View picked items on the Ticket Picked tab SERRE 9 Itis possible to pick items not listed Pick ational HQ in the Pick Ticket Cue LE a If anitem is scanned that does Assigned not match the item listed on the Cost Ctr Pick Ticket the following Cost Cd message appears Notes Use this item The item you scanned does not match the requirements Ticket Detaill Pick List Line Detail Picked il Pick List Line Detail Picked for the selected row Would an Cancel you like to use it anyway 5 Tap once on the line of the item you Yes picking in order to select it Be 2 i 4 12 b Selecting Yes will add the item under the Picked tab with any other items picked This is the list that will show up on the Transfer Ticket when you are ready to convert your Pick List to 0 VSVSR 3 chuck por T f 0 Extension Cord 50ft 10 3 a 1Tansier 0 Truck 4WD Ford F 25 Removing a Picked Item from EE m a Pick Tick
313. ided into two areas The area on the left A is the Explorer tree while the area on the right B displays the list of tools see image Tools Dashboard Tool Browser yp AddItem Edit Item gf Retire Item Export Data ae Print I Categories i I i All Categories All Tools l Generators 169 2 Generator Gas Powered A t Employed i Generators B 60 Generator Gas Powered ti lc Grinders 324 021438 Grinder Angle 41 2 Adhesive Gun l l ij H Adhesives Grinders Z3 45752 Grinder Angle 41 2 Air Compressors A Grinders 30 30 Grinder Angle 41 2 I Apprentice i I i i L Grinders S12 4506123 Gonder Angle 4 1 2 The Explorer tree provides an easy way to navigate directly to tool information without entering search information It displays a list of your tool categories Each category is further divided into e locations e Employees e Tools 3 To view all Tool Records in your system in the Explorer click on All Categories gt All Tools see image 4 Enterprise will display a list of all of the tools and equipment currently visible to you in your system Recall that what you see is based on where you are pinned in the Org Tree as well as your Visibility settings 5 Double click on an entry to open that particular Tool Record The following examples will explain how to display tools in various situations The examples use simulated tool data Viewing Tools by Ca
314. ief overview of how the components of the ToolWatch system are used to track and manage your assets Barcodes Durable industrial grade barcode labels are attached to tools equipment vehicles or any item you would like to track As the items are handed out or loaded onto trucks etc each item is scanned with a Mobile Scanner Each time an item is scanned the system automatically captures such information as the date time the item being assigned and where the item is being assigned This all happens instantly without any typing or paperwork Mobile Scanner Periodically the Mobile Scanner synchronizes the newly scanned data with the ToolWatch Enterprise hosted service over the internet All of this information is now instantly available to everyone in your organization anywhere in the world if they have been granted permission to access it TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 17 ToolWatch Basics Now that your Enterprise data is stored in your ToolWatch system you can easily search for tools by employee job location etc You can print reports and copies of Transfer Tickets that provide detail or summarize the location and condition of your inventory Naturally there are additional steps involved in the processes described here This overview attempts to provide only some insight into the tracking of tools and equipment In the pages that follow we explain the concepts of this system in much more detail by taking a closer loo
315. ighlight it them and click Add Item to close the window Your parts have been added to the model If you want prices for your Repair Parts to migrate over to your Service Plan be sure that there is a value in the Item Base Value ea field this is found under the Cost Info tab of the Material Model Record used to source the Repair Part see image Cost Info Stock Info Retail Cost Each Biling Configuration MSRP 13 00 Do not bill this model Replacement Cost 13 00 Unit of Measure Dollars a 7 Click Save to save your changes to the Tool Model Record 6 Charges Tab Adding a Charge to a Service Plan Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 2 Click on the Char g es tab 4 Service Plan Event Detail see image NOTE If any Repair Parts have been added to the Model Record they will appear 0 00 Total Other here Delete Charge Total Charges 13 00 Save l Cancel 150 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration 3 Click the Add Charge button The Additional Additional Charge Charge window appears see image Charge Description 4 Enter a Charge Description for the charge l Cost Unit 5 Enter the Qty quantity Cost no units and Unit i zj of measurement populated in drop down menu _ for the charge Cost Center 7 Cost Code X 6 Cl
316. ight a line and then Edit Line a click on the Edit Line button OR b right click to Edit Line to make your edits 8 Save the Purchase Order after completing your edits 184 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Editing Purchase Orders Purchase Order Editing Rules Purchase Orders can exist in 2 States e Open e Closed and with 3 different Statuses e Draft e Waiting for Receipts e Done Receiving A Purchase Order can be edited as long as the following 2 criteria are met Rule1 The Purchase Order is Open and in the Draft Status Rule2 The person editing the Purchase Order is also the person who created it When editing a Purchase Order you can add additional items delete existing items or make changes to existing items Before doing any editing however you will need to browse for an existing Purchase Order to edit To edit an existing P O line item a highlight the line item of interest Edit Line Item Description b either click the Edit Line button TA Widget Smal or right click to Edit Line the Item window Us ENT TNR appears see image HE Charge To c The Item Detail fields will be filled in with the information for the item Cost Center 496795 Coors Brewery Cost Code d Make changes to any of the following fields e Item No e SKU Qty e Cost e Unit of Measure e Cost Center or Cost Code e Click the Ok button to c
317. ilities 2 Add the following information to the new Kit a Kit manually assign in Mobile ay b Bar Code can scan this in 5 To edit the Quantity of a c Category select from drop down Quantity tool or Material item menu a highlight the item d Description b tap the Edit Line button e Assignment the default Stock c in the Quantity field adjust Location will appear in this field the quantity of the item Kit Detail E C x t 3 04 d ccs O Bar Code o Category i Desc vj Assignment adjust Status as appropriate e tap the Back button KitLineDetail EJ G gt X 4K 3 18 8 o O Quantity Eg iw Status 3 Tap the Kit Contents button 310 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 6 Repeat Steps 4 5 until you have completed adding items to the kits 7 Tap the Back button to return to Kit Contents 8 To save your work a tap the Back button again tap the Done button on Kit Detail c When asked to save tap Yes Save Kit d Clicking on No will remove the Kit and leave its contents unchanged 9 Once the device syncs the new Kit will appear on the Enterprise desktop TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner 311 ee Appendix Appendix 1 If You Need Assistance For Technical Support in the United States and Canada 1 Call Us In the U S and Canada call ToolWatch Corporation Technical Support from Monday through F
318. illing Charges e attach a Rate Sheet to a Cost Center e setupa Transfer Ticket to initiate a Billing Stream correctly placing locations and Cost Centers e distinguish between Open and Closed Billing Streams e describe the Billing Browser its interface and list 2 3 of its key functions e diagram the Billing Browser workflow e discuss the role of the Equipment Usage Log in generating charges e add a Related Item Charge to a Rate Sheet e outline the main procedures involved in each of these tasks a calculating un posted Job Cost and Billing Charges b viewing and analyzing un posted charges C stopping Job Cost and Billing Charges d posting Job Cost and Billing transactions e match each of the tasks above with the relevant window listed below a Cost Center Calculation b Billing Browser c Transaction Detail d Posting e state at least 2 conditions that would result in a Closed Billing Stream e adjust calculated charges by Adding in Miscellaneous Charges e determine the type of reporting option that best represents posted data e g stock Report custom Export Template e create a custom Export Template and export Job Cost amp Billing data into it 198 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Introduction As was the case with our study of Enterprise we begin this module Job Cost amp Billing in Phase One of two similar phases Please note that this module requires a solid understanding of Enterprise for suc
319. image I Category Blades Circula Catalog Numbe i l ategory Blades Circular atalog Number available i Model DW 125 v Year certification y Four Description Blades Circular 7 257 ka Class ssi l i Manufacturers Description Manufacturers Features Cu I CODY Paste i o O c l mE A EEE EEE EOE ESSO OE 0o SS o ENS NNSESS o ENS 00 Ee NES o ENS Ee OEE National HG New York Ware Dallas Warehou Model Records ToolWatch Enterprise uses Model Records to reduce the amount of data you must enter when creating inventory records at various Stock Locations Model Records also promote greater efficiency and reliability of data Each Stock Location can use the same organization wide Model Record when establishing its own inventory levels A Model Record window contains the manufacturer and category information tracking method and other information that would be redundant information for every Stock Location that keeps an inventory of the same item This information is found in the upper A portion of the window see image The lower portion B of the window displays a list of all Stock Locations that currently have an inventory record for this model Each of these represents a separate repository for the total inventory of a given Material item 76 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Material Records vs Material Inventory Records Material Record
320. in the list by clicking on a column and dragging it to where you want it to appear av Owner two arrows will appear bracketing its new M Central Region Central Region location see image 28 Central Region Central Region Columns will return to their original position when you log out and back into Enterprise You can also nest i e sort 2 headings in one column your sorting by dragging one column header directly over another arrows appear anew to show the nesting order see image Aerial Work Platfor 856002 8 72 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Searching for Tool Model Records The Tool Model Records Browser called Tool Model Records is used to organize and display your Model Records Model Records are grouped by their tool category i e all Model Records for Grinders would be assigned typically to the Grinders tool category The window is divided into two areas The area ToolsDashboard Tool Model Records on the left A is the Explorer tree It displays a Tool Model Records j Add Model Record a Copy Model Record Edit list of your tool categories Each category is also T O E a a t V 4 7 MEM l 1 further divided into manufacturers but not Tn locations or employees as in Tool Records 3 All Categories t Air T i li 20 A Manufacturers bs l B The area to the right B displays the individua Air Tanks i ca A
321. indows are open value of inventory that is optimum for business purposes similar to a kit but created so that groups of items are purchased or ordered together functions as other browsers but for templates TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 145 177 269 72 41 95 160 177 33 96 37 262 270 19 20 21 88 115 117 433 GLOSSARY Tool Manager User Role Tool Tool Browser Tool Number Tool Record Tool Type Tracking Method Transaction Detail Export Templates Transaction Detail Window Transaction Start and End Date Transaction Summary Export Templates Transfer Browser Transfer Ticket Turn Unique Tools 434 User Role similar to Administrator save for fewer Permissions in the System and Job Cost amp Billing any resource to be assigned tracked and then returned used to navigate through existing records or search using characteristics found in Tool or Model Records number assigned automatically to a Tool Record can be changed contains specific details regarding individual items grouped within a Model Record symbols used to indicate what type of tool etc is present available types include M Material or Consumable Q for Quantity Tools T Unique Tool K Kit and T M Template how ToolWatch will track given item either as a unique tool or as a quantity tool enables you to export the details about each transaction posted to a Cost Cent
322. ing etc A Transfer Ticket Explained Nea bee Explanation 6 Cost Center amp Code for Required fields for a Transfer Ticket are Job Cost amp Billing use only indicated by an asterisk 75 To field includes Stock Number Explanation button as before 1 Transfer Number 9 Daed imed when 8 auto populated with name of person creating transfer transfer was generated 34 select type of transfer gs official Date and Time of when transfer was 4 keeps window open for processed can pre date multiple transfers otherwise transfer closes 10 list of Employees who can after being processed be assigned to Deliver transfer 5t From field includes Stock button that when 11 designate a Return Date clicked fills in Stock will trigger note in Location of where pinned Message Center if items not returned in time ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 93 Enterprise Essentials Transfer Process Transfer f AddToolRecord Q8 Add Material Record 2 Removeline M Cancel Edit Transfer Previous Next Transfer 9 06 02 2014 01 18 PM Transfer ExpressCheck In Express Check Out From G LES e 7 Cost Center v Cost Center o X Cost Code 9 v Cost Code v Transferred By Assigned On o Delivered By Retum Date Document No 6 Todd 06 02 201401 18PM v v S dc ddr ME lt scan here gt o Keep Window Open Number Explanation 12 assign an alternate identifier to transfer 197 Scan field for ent
323. ing the Assignment Calculation Method e Loss Charge designates a charge associated with retiring tools such as those that are classified as Lost e Reinstatement Credit designates credit associated with reinstating retired Lost tools ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 247 Job Cost amp Billing e Usage Charge designates a charge associated with tools using the Calendar and or Hourly Usage Calculation Methods e Idle Charge designates a charge associated with a tool using the Hourly Usage Calculation Method for Calendar time not in use e Related Charge designates a charge related to an item s model on the Rate Sheet e tem Charge designates a charge associated with issued materials e Item Credit designates a credit associated with returned materials e Labor Charge designates a charge associated with labor events e Misc Charge designates a charge associated with a Miscellaneous Charge added to Billing Browser e Misc Credit designates a credit associated with a Miscellaneous Credit added to Billing browser W calculation Method This column displays the method used to calculate the charges for each transaction O amount Each This column displays the single unit charge or credit for the item Doy Each item being charged has a quantity associated with it This column displays the number of units being charged Q e Total This column displays the total charge or credit amount that will be applied to this tra
324. ion ipti izi lusu rowse description summarizing the contents i DM ME Suma Mevatowond JY of the attached file see image c Click Ok This returns you to the Attachments window see image d Your file is now attached allowing you a variety of additional operations 4 Attachments Description Last Updated Up dated B Manual for Mobile 12 23 2011 Levine Harry 5 Ifyou select the URL button a type in the complete web address beginning at http b In the Summary field type in a description summarizing the contents of the website c Click Ok This returns you to the Attachments window showing the description of your website 6 Click on the Close button to close the Attachments window 64 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Managing Retired Tools Often you will encounter tools in your inventory that are lost stolen misplaced or have become unusable Enterprise allows you to retire such assets to a Lost and Found folder until further action is taken on them Retiring a Tool 1 Click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Click on the Tools button Explorer isl Categories i All Categories 3 a In the Tool Browser window on the Explorer panel select the tool s you want to retire either by looking through All Categories gt All Tools OR b by selecting the specific Category and looking through all the tools for that Category e g Drills gt
325. ion criteria include description and type of service requested various date ranges tool category 344 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Purchasing Reports Group 4 Purchasing Reports Purchase Order Summary Report This report summarizes each Purchase Order by Status relevant dates Cost and Amount Received among other fields 2 Purchase Order Detail Report This report summarizes detail of acutal Purchase Order Can be grouped by vendor Multiple sort fields available 3 Receiving Ticket Summary Report This report summarizes each Receiving Ticket by Vendor Received By relevant numbers and Amount Received among other fields 4 Receiving Ticket Detail Report Report showing detail of Receiving Tickets Can be grouped by vendor Multiple sort fields available 5 Purchases by Item Number Report Report showing purchases grouped by Item Number and Vendor Additional groupings include date range and PO Status Multiple sort field available 6 Purchases by Item Report Report showing receipts for items grouped by Item Number and Vendor Additional groupings include date range and category Multiple sort fields available 7 Vendor Discrepancy Report Report detailing items from a Vendor that were received at a price different than the price on the Purchase Order Can be grouped by vendor or PO with multiple sort fields available Billing Reports Group rA Billing Reports This group is used exclusively with the
326. ion to implement successfully and maintain your ToolWatch software To learn more visit our website at www toolwatch com services php or contact your ToolWatch Sales Representative 1 800 580 3114 Professional Services Whether you re a new client or a legacy user of ToolWatch SE moving into the Enterprise product may require extra attention We offer services such as e Data Migration to help merge existing inventory data into your new Enterprise system e Integration Consulting to help integrate your ToolWatch system with other business applications such as ERP or accounting software e Business Process Consulting specialized consulting services such as designing custom reports building integration into other applications to help you develop and implement business processes and best practices for your company To learn more about any of this visit www toolwatch com professionalservices or contact your ToolWatch Sales Representative Technical Support See Appendix 1 If You Need Assistance in this manual for a summary of these services Getting Started with TooIWatch Enterprise Getting started with ToolWatch Enterprise occurs in two general phases Phase1 Get all of your company s data into ToolWatch Phase2 Learn how to use ToolWatch to track and manage your company s tools equipment materials and consumables In Basics Concepts we will cover the steps in Phase One i e getting all of your company s data into
327. ipment National HQ ROI Report P Charges Combine the Total Accrued Job Cost amp Billing Charges Comes from the item s Tool Record Purchase Category Vehicles amp Cost Info tab gt Purchase Date field Model TRVH2 Item Purchase Purchase Total Total Net WihSemie Description Number Date gg Price Service Revenue Amount Vehide Truck Diesel 22731 10 4 2011 f 26 000 00 46 00 124500 24 755 00 9521 24 80100 95 39 Model Totals 26 000 00 4600 V 124500 24 755 00 9521 24 80100 95 39 Category Totals 26 000 00 4600 1245 00 24 755 00 9521 24 80100 95 39 Comes from the item s Tool Record Purchase amp Cost Info tab Purchase Cost field Comes from the item s Tool Record Service tab gt Service History tab gt Total Charges TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 283 Job Cost amp Billing Net Amount Total Revenue minus Purchase Price ToolWatch Training HLevine National HQ ROI Report Net 96 Net Amount divided by Purchase Price Category Vehicles Model TRVH2 Item Purchase Purchase Total Total Description Number Date Price Service Revenue Vehicle Truck Diesel 22731 10 4 2011 26 000 00 4600 124500 24755 00 9521 24 80100 95 39 Model Totals 26 000 00 4600 1245 00 24 755 00 9521 24 801 00 95 39 Category Totals 26 000 00 46 00 1245 00 24755 00 95 21 24 80100 95 39 Net Amount With Service Total Revenue minus Purchase Price minus Total Service
328. irT Bending Equipment Tool Model Record entries Each column Bits Drill I heading here can be sorted also by clicking on it L 4OWePlnoEn pet MIT Bex see image There are two ways to find a Tool Model Record in Enterprise 1 Look through All Tools in All Categories a From the Navigator panel click on the Tools and Equipment module b Click the Tool Models button to display the Tool Model Records or browser c In the Explorer tree click on All Categories to browse through the complete list of Tool Model Records Explorer d In the right side double click the Tool Model Categories Ei All Categori Record you want to open it monu S it Manufacturers api ith Aerial Work Platforms 2 Look through All Tools in a specific Category e g E NE Air Tools Drills and Saws Air Tanks Eh Air Tools a In the Explorer tree click on specific Category to od a aniactbrers view all the Tool Model Records listed Then click E Bak Cat on the All link to expand your selection pe ol ee b Inthe right side double click the Tool Model Record you want to open it Searching for Tools amp Equipment ToolWatch also provides you the ability to search for specific tools or groups of tools by using the Search button at the bottom of the Tool Browser window Clicking the Search button will display a search criteria window at the top of the Tool Browser ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual
329. ires a Certification in order to operate the tool model in question e g Forklift Operator Certification 3 Classes e Broadly used to classify your tools and materials for reporting purposes This enables you to filter out items by Class in the Tool Browser and in Reports e Examples Capital Tool Expensed Tool Rented Equipment 4 Contractors e Used in conjunction with Employees to identify if a particular employee in your Lists is a Contractor and with whom e Once a Contractor has been created he can be used here Lists gt Employees gt Employee Info tab 318 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Customers e Used in conjunction with Cost Centers to identify if a particular Customer is associated with a given Cost Center e Once a Customer has been created she can be used here Lists gt Cost Centers gt General Info tab Departments e Used to group your tools and equipment for reporting purposes This enables you to filter out items by Department in the Tool Browser and in Reports e Youcan also associate an Employee with a particular Department e g Electrical Construction Employees e By assigning a status of Inactive to an Employee list item that individual no longer appears in any drop down lists such as those for Transfers or Purchase Orders As such he cannot be selected to send or receive items Additionally the Employee can no longer log into ToolWatch until returned to Active st
330. is window and populate the Purchase Order Adding Materials to a Purchase Order 1 Click on the Add Material Item button amp Add material tem the Select Items window appears 2 Follow Steps 2 and 3 from Adding Tools to a Purchase Order substituting Material wherever Tool is offered Respond in similar fashion for all else 3 When you have selected highlighted your items click the OK button to close this window and populate the Purchase Order Adding a New Item to a Purchase Order You can add a tool or material item to your Purchase Order that will NOT be part of any existing inventory as such it will not be tracked in TooIWatch You might do this for one time purchases like specialized fasteners for a particular job 1 Click on the Add Item button re this will bring up the Item window see image Note You can also highlight an existing line on the Purchase Order and right click to Add Item 2 Fill in the following information for the item e Item Number e tem Description e SKU e Oty ii Oty Cost Unit of Measure e Cost in order to set Extended Cost on S Ji I P O Charge To Cost Center e Unit of Measure e g each feet inches e Cost Center Code information select if using this module Cost Code required fields ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 181 Purchasing amp Receiving 3 Click the Ok button to close this window Once purchased
331. isplayed on the browser Transfer Kit 3 Highlight those tools of interest and right Vacuum Wet Dry 10 Gal click Add to Transfer This window appears This Item is in a kit Would you like to remove the item from the kit or transfer the entire kit see image Here you can transfer the tool by either 1 removing the item from the Kit or Maintain Association Breakfomkt Cancel 2 keeping the association between the tool and its kit 4 When done click Process Transfer to transfer the tool s Templates Often times items will travel together much like they do in Kits but for the express purpose of having them ordered or purchased together One example would be the regular purchase by a Safety Trainer of PPE e g hard hats gloves eye wear another TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 115 Enterprise Essentials example might be the items commonly assigned to multiple new hires e g cell phone keys ID card In each case above a Template represents the feature that allows such a group of items to populate either a Pick Ticket for transfer or a Purchase Order for purchase Templates can be created at any time saved for future use and used multiple times Training Activity 15 Create a Kit To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Kits And Templates gt Kits You will create transfer and retu
332. ission as an exception and that tool will appear on the report until the meter information is added updated within the established Meter Interval Another tool in Enterprise to manage meter mileage readings is View Meter History This window displays all updates to a given tool s meter information entered into the Meter field on the Tool Information tab of the Tool Record see image Data shown in ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 161 Service amp Calibration this history of a tool s meter updates along with the Meter Exception Report can help explain any discrepancies in the meter readings of a given tool over time 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tools button A new Tool Browser opens 3 Using the Explorer tree or the Search function find the Tool Record of interest Highlight it and right click 4 A pop up menu appears Click on the View Meter History option see image 5 The Meter History window open showing all incidents of 22 m os cng oe this tool s meter readings View and click OK to close the z Sr window see image m ere 4 ud Meter History oes MeterL evel CreatedOn Source 12000 05 15 2013 a Training Activity 22 Update and View Meter Mileage Information Scenario You wish to import mileage updates for some of your Ford fleet vehicles Afterwards you want to observe these updates using the View Meter
333. isting employee types e From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing employees e From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing locations e From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing manufacturers Placeholder reserved for future use N A e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new departments Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new employee types e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new regular non user employees e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new locations e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new manufacturers Placeholder reserved for future use N A e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing departments Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing employee types e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing employees e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing locations e From the Lists panel e Ability to edit existing manufacturers Placeholder reserved for future use N A e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing departments Placeholder reserved for future use e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing employee types e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existing employees e From the Lists panel e Ability to delete existin
334. istrator to revisit these settings at the beginning of each new year 200 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 28 Create a Company Calendar To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt The Company Calendar gt Establishing Default Project Hours The majority of your projects work a 6 day week with Sundays off Typical work hours are Monday to Friday from 7 00am to 4 00pm Saturdays are from 10am 3pm Your company recognizes the following non billable holidays e New Year s Day January 1st e Independence Day July 4 e Thanksgiving last Thursday in November Set up your Company Calendar to follow the above details When done compare your work to the Answer Key Cost Centers and Cost Codes The next step in using the Job Cost amp Billing module is to establish your Cost Centers and Cost Codes All Job Cost amp Billing charges accrue in user defined spaces called Cost Centers that can be associated with locations or employees Each Cost Center can be further subdivided into multiple Cost Codes for greater specificity of charge tracking and reporting LEGACY COST CENTER me JAN 1 JAN 31 2013 By way of example here we see a Cost Center that accrued 10K in charges for the month of January 2013 AII of these charges came from 4 areas 1 concrete
335. it7 Credit pA Charge Drills DW140 Drills DW 102 186 00 Meal Lv Pe ae Enn icc nn Sequence Of Events 1 In August you transfer Tool 1375 back and forth from the warehouse to the Legacy jobsite 1 time using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet 2 In August you also transfer Tool 1380 back and forth from the warehouse to the Legacy job site 2 times always using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet 3 Atthe end of August you calculate your un posted charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have 300 in total un posted charges 100 from Tool 1375 200 from Tool 1380 4 Atthe end of August you POST charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have 300 of posted charges appear in your reports 5 n September you transfer Tool 1375 back and forth from the warehouse to the Legacy job site 2 times always using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet 356 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX 6 In September you transfer Tool 1380 back and forth from the warehouse to the Legacy job site 2 times always using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet 7 Atthe end of September you calculate your un posted charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have 400 in total un posted charges 200 from Tool 1375 200 from Tool 1380 8 Then atthe end of September you POST charges for the Legacy Cost Center e You have 200 of posted charges appear in your reports
336. ite 212CDWS5 Assignment National HQ Type M Bin National Bin Counted 7 29 15 11 02 45 AM By Bennethum Todd d Tap on the Save button 9 Repeat Steps 6 8 until you have completed of your inventory count 10 The results of your inventory are immediately reflected in 2 locations within Enterprise a in the Summary tab under the Count column b in the Lines tab where each line represents an item that has been counted 304 Count Ticket X x 4 11 09 Ladder Step 6 M drywall screws 2 115 T VSVSR 3 chuck 1 T Cutter Pipe Small 1 Truck 4WD Ford 1 sack j count vone an Done Options 11 For any items that are not on your Count Summary tab but are physically at your location repeat Step 6a 7 or 8a This will inventory the additional items and add them under Lines tab NOTE If you are counting a large facility multiple people can collaborate on the counting effort Each team member individually would open up the SAME Count Ticket and then execute Steps 6 11 12 Tap the Done button Using a New Count Ticket to Conduct an Inventory In this example we will cover using a new empty Count Ticket to inventory a location 1 From the Home tab tap the Count Inventory button TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner 2 From the Count Ticket List tap the 6 Scanor enter the item into the Item New Ticket button field If enterin
337. k Point B bypassing the Issuing Stock Point and returning it to the Originating Stock Point The resulting action is to close all those Billing Streams that were opened between the Originating transaction and the Closing one i e open Billing Stream against CC5 and CCT as the process is timeline based and not necessarily hierarchically based O ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 355 APPENDIX Appendix 9 Job Cost amp Billing Scenarios Here are some real life scenarios illustrating how some of the powerful features in Job Cost amp Billing work In these scenarios we highlight various features using real tools and materials and real time tables We hope these help in your understanding of the capabilities of ToolWatch Enterprise s Job Cost amp Billing module Scenario 1 Tool Rate Sheet Feature Max Charge Grouping Tools Involved 2 DeWALT DW140s Tools 1375 and 1380 Calculation Method Assignment with an Initial Charge of 100 Max Charge Grouping Max Job Charge of 250 Locations Involved Main Warehouse Legacy job site Cost Center Involved Legacy Cost Center using Legacy Rate Sheet FIGURE 1 System Dashboard RateSheet Browser Rate Sheet Rate Sheet EM Save BY SaveAndClose 4j Add Related Charge Export Data Rate Sheet Number 156 Description Legacy Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet Job Cost Biling Calculation Pe Initial Initial Return Return in Max Method Charge Charge Cred
338. k at the software and what it can do Downloading Enterprise Software ToolWatch Enterprise software can be found online at http enterprise toolwatch com or contact ToolWatch Tech Support 1 800 676 4034 Once there you will be asked to install either the a 32 bit or b 64 bit version Be sure to select the correct version for your operating system Run the installer ToolWatch Enterprise will be installed onto your computer and should automatically open to the login screen Logging into TooIWatch Enterprise When using ToolWatch Enterprise all users are required to have a unique Username and password Usernames in ToolWatch must be legitimate e mail addresses While the system does not require that they be valid and active e mail accounts it does require that they be in unique and in a valid e mail format You cannot duplicate or reuse e mail addresses within ToolWatch Enterprise We encourage that the e mail addresses be active for your users as ToolWatch Enterprise provides some self service functions including forgot my password type functionality that are dependent on e mail messaging NOTE The licensing model for ToolWatch Enterprise is based on concurrent users so you are not limited in the number of users that you create however you are limited by the number of users connected to and who can use the system at one time 1 Log into the ToolWatch software 2 Enter in the credentials email and password th
339. k on the Inventory Adjustments Browser button EE Inventory Adjustments Browser 4 In the Explorer tree select the Tools radio button see image Explorer Tools Materials TET eee 5 Inthe Explorer tree expand All Categories gt All Items highlight All Items 6 This brings up a list of all of your Tool count lines in the l Locations GI Arial Wark Blatfarme Search results both Counted and Uncounted 7 On the right hand side of the Inventory Adjustments Browser select the All radio button l Counted O Uncounted All e Uncounted refers to items that should be present and that are listed in a Count Ticket s Count Summary tab green text e Counted refers to items that have been inventoried on Count Ticket black text 8 To view all of your Material count lines repeat the above steps save for Step 4 there select the Materials button and All Categories gt highlight All Materials see image TB Arcraceoriac Vacuum Viewing Count Lines for Counted vs Uncounted Items From the Navigator panel select the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click on the Count Inventory button to open the Count Ticket Browser window Click on the Inventory Adjustments Browser button In the Explorer tree select either the Tools or Materials radio button In the Explorer tree expand All Categories gt highlight All Items or All Materials pv XE qc d de d On the right hand side of the Inventory Adjust
340. k on the Work Order Details tab in the Requested Service field d Service Plan Event Detail Service Event Summary Schedule Request Notes e use the drop down box to select from a list 1f any of existing titles OR Assigned To Urgency Normal PO Number Recumence e typeinatitle summarizing the requested service 7 Click Save to close the window TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 143 Service amp Calibration These steps are required in order to create a basic Service Plan at the Model Record level There are many ways to customize this Service Plan and later for individual items at the Tool Record level Next we will discuss some of the most significant optional tabs and fields within the Service Plan Event Detail window and how to use them to refine further your custom Service Plan Creating a Recurring Service Plan Initially we begin by establishing the Recurrence settings to create a Recurring Service Plan 1 Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 2 Click on the Recurrence button to open Event Recurrence the Event Recurrence window see I Meter By Tums Whichever Occurs First image Recurrence pattern 3 Select a Recurrence Type Daily ae Day 1 ofevery 5 month s ee e If you choose By Date you will need MER The fourth m Friday m efeven i monthis to set a Rec
341. k such fields as the e license plate tag number e state of registration e date of registration expiration If a company issues fuel cards to its employees relevant fuel card information can be listed as well ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 67 Enterprise Essentials Where to Add Vehicle Information 1 From the vehicle s Tool Record click the Tool Information tab 2 In the Vehicle Information area enter in your vehicle s details see image Tool Information Repair Parts Components Accessories Service Purchase amp Cost Info Lease Rental Current Assignment Information Assigned To Qty 1 Adj Return Date v Ec Owner Dallas Warehouse v Status j Kit ID Unique Tool Information Serial Number 341JHF098CB43083BX29 Department Maintenance Dept v Class Re vehicle Information License No ABC 123 State Colorado v Expiration 8 15 2012 FuelCard 54531136 5743 0988 Meter Odometer Meter 21005 Miles v Leased Rented Tools amp Equipment Overview ToolWatch Enterprise allows you to track contractual details on your leased rented tools amp equipment Let s say that you lease a backhoe from a leasing company This requires a contract between you and the leasing company You can document this contract s details in ToolWatch Enterprise associating it specifically with the backhoe being leased Create a Contract for Leased Rented
342. l Crib Phone 1 303 799 4946 An Inactive employee or location is removed from all drop down lists and all related functions Tools assigned to this employee or location keep that assignment as do all previous records e g transfers service with this name or location Email fred burke fedex com Manage ToolWatch User Account Attachment save Cancel Keep in mind that a root Stock Location i e the top location in your Org Tree cannot be made inactive 46 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Changing Your Password 1 File Go Layout Help System Dashboard From the Navigator panel click on the Administration module Click on the Change My Password button d Change My Security Question P rex Changing your password will cause the application to shutdown 20 Configure User Roles Please ensure that all data is saved prior to continuing Tas m Company Calendar Do you want to change your password now This message will appear see image We suggest you write down this new password Clicking on Yes will close the program and require logging in again using the NEW password Changing Your Security Question 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Administration module Click on the Change My Security Question button see image In the Change reset options B Configure User Role
343. l Multipurpose Sh 345345345 5 0 25 98 i motor oil 10W 40 quart containers T DeWalt Dw140 drill D handle 1 2 in 1 0 188 00 d Q Craftsman 47114 screwdrivers Phillips No 2 x 2 0 13 00 qd Qty Cost T Dw140 drill D handle 1 2 in 1 0 188 00 d 5 59 M Mobil 1 motor oil 10W 40 quart cont 2 Add Line 6 50 c ci To Delete Line RTT Help nr Manufacturer Model Item Description 2 Ford F150 XL Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door o NN Spray Paint Red 12 oz cans Coleman EC504530 extension cord 10 3 50 ft Scott 10 roll tt Sh Add Line Edit Line 4 d G 5 Craftsman 47114 screwdrivers Phillips Mo 2 x 2 4 DeWalt Dw140 drill D handle 1 2 in 1 105 Mobil 1 MXAT motor oil 10 40 quart cont 2 otep 6 Purchase Order Browser x de Create Purchase Order Edit Purchase Order Delete Purchase Order CER Print EE Receive Purchase Order Print All ames Open Closed Al Browse Purchase Orders Grainger Main Warehouse Open 0804 2015 396 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 26 Editing a Purchase Order to Include Adding a Template Step 6 cont d Change status Open Closed All PO Number Order Date Vendor Ship To Status A More search options gar ainge 4 7 in L ranger Order Date Status Page Purchase Order r Vendor Vendor No Grainger
344. l is involved 6 The Report Options window appears see image This window enables you to choose between various reports formats 336 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX 7 Choose the desired Report Layout 8 Choose any additional report options that appear depending on the report selected 9 Click the View Report button 10 A window opens with a Title the same as the report selected see image D Page 1 ei Q9 i BAD AeA 4 D ES c oh 1 010 2 213 Li15 32030 35 50224980105 6 e 5 8 45 8 1 15 6 S cr por or gd 7 S cr Jor or gd amp orocr Jor og og 3 8 8 V eos 10 Foro or S ToalWatch Training Center Nationa HQ 6 19 2014 204 PM Tool Status Last Transfer Last Transfer Number Description Code QV issuedTo Age z Dat 20102 15 1 1 National HO MI 21115 15 1 101 Easten Regon 10 A141 2 Grhders 11 Nationa HO 1988 days MAI HE zese 8 A141 2 Grhders 1 T889975 DECCO B 1988days 13 1 1 2009 WAL MAI 2 8908 am T amm 9 oct am E I e UNE MN S um V NER I ad n ELLE IN 4 L a Click the Print icon if you with a printed copy of the report b Click the Save icon to produce a document in one of the following format types pdf xls rtf jpeg gif tiff png Reporting From the Material Browser In the Navigator panel select the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Click the Materials button to open the Material Browser window 3
345. l not be required to enter or even know of Cost Code information into any transactions Used With All Calculation and Tracking Methods 8 GL Accounts The General Ledger or GL Charge Account amp General Ledger or GL oup Credit Account cells can be used to map exported transaction data from ToolWatch Enterprise to your accounting system or other related application ques When exporting Job Cost and Billing transactions after posting the contents of these cells can be included in the export Used With All Calculation and Tracking Methods TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 223 Job Cost amp Billing Calculation Method Available Rate Sheet Columns There are 2 types of Rate Sheets Tools amp Equipment and Materials amp Consumables The former allows for all 3 Calculation Methods Assignment Calendar and Hourly Usage The latter calculates strictly by the Assignment Calculation Method This table summarizes exactly which Rate Sheet columns are available for each of the Calculation Methods Materials amp Tools amp Equipment Calculation Method abad Method Assignment Calendar Hourly Usage Assignment Hourly Usage v Required for Hour amp Minute Y Required Methods only Daily Rate Y Required Weekly Rate Y Required Monthly Rate Y Required Idle Rate v Maintenance Rate v y Unique Tools only Initial Charge v Required v Required Return Credit v v Minimum Charge v v Maximum Charge v v
346. l the earthmoving equipment only for the hours that it is actually used and not just for how long it is sitting at the site In addition you need to adjust the Rate Sheet to account for a delivery charge To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt Rate Sheets gt Adding a Related Item Charge Part 1 On your Stoneybrook Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet No 333 on the Billing tab enter in the details below Find the Earthmoving Equipment Model Record Confirm a Base Value of 115 000 00 Be sure Calculation Method is set to Hourly Usage Confirm Hourly Usage Rate is 110 00 Set up Idle Grouping to charge out at 11 50 hour Add a Related Charge to the model p S9 go uec Jour es a Name it Delivery Fee b Set the Base Value at 200 00 c Select Calculation Method of Assignment d Set the Initial Charge at 100 254 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 7 Perform a manual sync to update all changes 8 Save And Close the Rate Sheet Part 2 Create a new transfer and send the backhoe to the Stoneybrook job site then you will simulate that one business day elapses before setting a return transfer for this backhoe To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual JOB COST amp BILLING gt Calculating Transactions gt The Equip
347. line Drowser WOOW cenre E E E E O 248 caeu anea UO a E E E E A 249 a asein n e a E a E T E A E S 249 Adding A Related Item Charge eese ener nennen nennen 251 Caladan hat osted GTP SES eee eee E een eee E eee rer ene 251 Training Activity 35 The Equipment Usage Log amp Creating a Related Charge 254 The Transaction Detail Window eese nene nennennennennnenns 256 Example of Calculating Un Posted Charges eene 260 Training Activity 36 Calculate amp View Un Posted Job Cost amp Biling Charges 261 Stopping Job Cost amp Billing Charges eese 262 Training Activity 37 Stop amp View Un Posted Job Cost amp Biling Charges 263 Adj stine Un Post d Ca Ln 264 Training Activity 38 Reporting amp Miscellaneous Adjustments 265 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 11 Table of Contents Posting Job Cost amp Billing Transactions eese nne 266 Training Activity 39 Post Job Cost amp Billing Transactions esses 268 Exporting Job Cost amp Billing Data 00 eeeeesseeeeseeeeseeeesaeeesaeeesaeeesaeeseaeeesaeeesas 269 PPOR E he i i Roos C 269 Transaction Summary Export Templates sees nne 269 Transaction Detail Export Templates ouiaeseeosineerixte cio trut nta bixiu markt mist ixt
348. ling Effective Effectiv Effective Effective Monthly Rate Per Rate Per Weekly Rate Per Rate Per Monthly LJ z Cos our Hour Rate Hour Hour Rate Net Loss ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 359 APPENDIX Sequence Of Events 1 In August you transfer Tool 1375 from the warehouse to the Legacy job site using the Legacy Cost Center with the Legacy Rate Sheet Tool 41375 is sitting on the jobsite for 8 days At the end of the 8 day Tool 1375 is lost Tool 1375 is then retired in the Tool Browser indicating the Legacy Cost Center You then calculate your un posted charges for this Cost Center pe d a e You have 400 in un posted charges 6 Youthen post your charges for this Cost Center e fthere were NO checkmark in the Charge Net Loss box on the Rate Sheet posted amount 500 It would have been 650 400 250 but the Max Charge is 500 e If there WAS a checkmark in the Charge Net Loss box on the Rate Sheet posted amount 400 400 250 Loss Charge therefore 400 is posted Note The same concept would apply using the Assignment Calculation Method 360 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual KENN Answer Keys Here you will find illustrations and or explanations depicting the correct answers or responses for all of the Training Activities found in this Training Manual After viewing each one click on the Return to the Activity link to return you to the page last visited Trai
349. ll Count Ticket EJ Gs X lt 10 48 Vehicles T Truck 4WD Ford a Enter in the Quantity 7 Fasteners 12273 drywall screws 2 counted m Drills 36871 VSVSR 3 chuck your i 5787 Cutter Pipe Small 32856 Truck 4WD Ford an Done Options inventory b Tap highlight the item being ate the counted then tap Count P se eo oe CUITUENSDJSETY ICT Status or Dee ce eos tem enterina Klin pions Count Note Ladders Step 29023 Q Ladder Step 6 Fasteners 12273 M drywall screws 2 C Tap the Save button Ticket EJ G gt 7 4i 10 50 Quantity lA Status Cutters Pipe 5787 T Cutter Pipe Small Vehicles 32856 T Truck 4WD Ford Ladder Step 6 Werner GVRT 3432 Assignment National HQ Type Q Bin Counted 7 29 15 10 50 49 AM By Bennethum Todd Options i Additionally for this tool you can e update the Meter value ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 303 Mobile Scanner 8 There are 2 ways you can count inventory a Material on the Count Ticket From the Summary tab a Scan or enter the item into the Item field If entering data into a field manually click the Enter button on the scanner OR b Tap highlight the item being counted then tap Count c Regardless of the method used be sure to enter in the Quantity being counted Ticket EJ x i 11 02 Quantity La d v Count Note drywall screws 2 1 2 8 5 Ib box Grip R
350. ll be deducted from the total possible hours during the calculations for Job Cost amp Billing 1 Follow Steps 1 3 in Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost Center 2 Click the Edit Project Calendar button to open the End 17 2010 v Calendar window Notes Job site was flooded 3 Click the Pause Project Billing button to open the Pause window see image Cancel Choose appropriate Start and End dates 5 In the Notes field document any additional relevant information When finished click the Set button then Save to close the window f Removing Cost Centers Cost Centers There are currently 2 ways to remove a Cost Center 1 modify its visibility or 2 delete it see image Both of these methods will remove the Cost Center from the Billing Browser of Job Cost amp Billing Additionally deleting it will place the Cost Center in the Recycle Bin and make it unavailable for further use Active No 1619 TR6 Subproject General Info Proj 1620 TR7 Subproject Tools amp Equipr 10411 Legacy 1621 TR10 Subproject 1622 TR11 Subproject 1413 TR Job Site Materials amp Cc 1414 TR Project Company s M 1514 TR Subproject 1009 Training Cost Center Frank 7 3332 Treleoni Two State Construct 1918 Westmoreland 2 Cost Center NOTE As of the date of this writing the Inactive and Both radio buttons in the Cost Centers window 1918 Westmoreland Cost Center 15 1817 Winter 2 Cost Center 1
351. lling tab Yes 46 80 Job not Item Charge 11596 Loss Charge Optional Grouping Job Cost tab 1 Drill Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Job Cost tab Yes 110 No 2 Vehicle Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Job Cost tab Yes 115 Yes Earthmoving Equipment Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Job Cost tab Yes 120 Yes 4 Extension Cord Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Job Cost tab Yes 115 No ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 231 Job Cost amp Billing D Screwdriver Model Record Yes 105 No Loss Charge Optional Grouping Billing tab 1 Drill Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Billing tab Yes 110 No Vehicle Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Billing tab Yes 115 Yes Earthmoving Equipment Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Billing tab Yes 120 Yes 4 Extension Cord Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Billing tab Yes 115 No 232 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing D Screwdriver Model Record Use Loss Charge Loss Charge Charge Net Loss Billing tab Yes 105 No 6 Click Save and Close the Rate Sheet When done compare your work to the Answer Key Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet 2 As t
352. lose the Item window 2 To delete an existing Purchase Order line item a highlight the line item of interest ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 185 Purchasing amp Receiving b either click the Delete Line button LITIM right click to Delete Line Purchase Order Browser The Purchase Order Browser organizes and displays historical and existing Purchase Orders You can use this browser to create delete edit and print Purchase Orders You can also search for Purchase Orders that need to be received beginning the receiving process using the Purchase Order Browser see image Purchase Order Browser Details Purchase Onder Brosper op Create Purchase Order Edt Purchase Order 3X Delete Purchase Order a Print ES Receive Purchase Order P Browse Purchaze Orders Open E Ma 45673 DA anara DIA ACME Marulas wies Aegon Wang foc fe 2 20 ACME Manulaci 5879 DIA 282136 Spiitwood Washing fo Of r220 Fastenal 180022 Broaderay 4455 Job B Wating f Q3 24 200 Granger 45873 DIA 45873 DIA ihn f 3 101 20 Fastenal 45973 DIA 45873 DlA Wang f TOE Sor Granger Sigma dob Los amp Ming Sigma Warehouse Masini f i 12 07 20 algay Falera 1505 60 00 Mam Shop Troler amp Draf j 1er 20T orroa oo O vee E oer O sr o eO Jae O Eoi O reais O ooer N Number Explanation 1 Order Date date when items on Purchase Order were first ordered Po No Purchase Order Number Vendor from where items are to be purc
353. ls for searching and reporting such as Vehicles and Ladders As before you will need to create your Category items in the Lists tab so as to finish your Model Record Model Best practices here would be to enter the exact Model Number established by the Manufacturer for this item Note that while this is a drop down menu it is also dynamic in that any information you enter is stored for you to use in the future Descriptions The field Your Description enables you to create your own generic description for an item as opposed to using a manufacturer s description that may be very TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 79 Enterprise Essentials long and or unfamiliar to others The latter can be entered in the field Manufacturer s Description e Given the limited space descriptions should display only important searchable information running left to right Include features such as size that distinguish this item s record from other similar records and can be used in a search e Once the Description has been entered and the record saved you may use the Description with other Model Records as many times as you choose by selecting it from the drop down list Optional Information 5 Under the Cost Info tab you can enter the MSRP Item Base Value and Replacement Cost information for the material The latter will appear on subsequent Material Records you create from this model 6 Under the Stock Info tab if you
354. lue the preliminary steps involved in entering data into ToolWatch amount collected when tools are assigned running totals on Billing Browser showing updated amounts from selected Cost Centers that are ready to post tool that provides visibility into pending job costs and billing charges for given Cost Centers the cyclical repetitive nature of work involving the Billing Browser report that provides you with a list of checked out tools that are not calculating charges open transaction that accrues charges against a given Cost Center area in a warehouse where quantity tools or materials are kept variety of related features within a module generates updated calculations involving Cost Center charges field displaying date and time transaction first calculated one of three methods for calculating Job Cost amp Billing charges can be Assignment Calendar based or Hourly Usage one of Calculation Methods are 3 types Minutes Hours and Days based on length of time at item is assigned to a job ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 17 55 210 17 200 254 244 248 284 242 80 20 252 257 212 213 421 GLOSSARY Calibration Task a service related activity where a tool s settings are adjusted to fall within specific tolerances Cancel Billing stops any ongoing Billing Browser calculations without saving Browser Update any calculated data Cancelled on a Purchase Order indicates some ite
355. lx 0 00 Effective Months Weeks Days Hours Trans End Date 9222014 Acotued 0 00 aa 0 00 Duration 0 00 0 00 000 200 05 43 PM i i Total Charge 220 00 Item 31145 Description Earthmoving Equip Backhoe Transaction Assigned cac S Rate Level Hourly Eff Rate Hr 11 50 To Qty Track Mth Unique GL Charge GL Credit Potential Hrs In 9 ee Idle Charge 12 00 Cost Code None Prd 9 19 2014 Tti Chgbl Hrs 138 00 ee eae Min ChgEa 0 00 Effective Months Weeks Days Hours 9 22 2044 Accrued 0 00 Max Chg Ea 0 00 Duration 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 Trans End Date 05 43 PM Charges Ea Total Charge 138 00 6065 Stony brook subproject Cut off 9 22 2014 Calc Date 9 22 2014 Rates 555 10411 Legacy Tools amp Eqpmnt Rate Sheet REPORT TOTALS Return to the Activity TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 415 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 40 Post Job Cost amp Billing Transactions Custom Export Template Details Detail Export Template Ml a eee Ge ee ame Record Dein Reco Ls riga Available Fields Export Layout Field Name Type Len Notes Field Name Item Type Char 1 T for unique tools Q for quantity tools Item Type Item Number Char 15 Item Number Item Description Char 30 Item Description Transfer Number Num 0 CostCenter Descri Transfer Date Date Item Quantity Transfer Time Time Total Charge Amount Cost Center Number Char 20 Amount Each Cost Center Description Char 50 Co
356. ly the same rates each would generate data identical to the other Think of Job Costs as how much it COSTS YOU for others to use your tools etc your maintenance and purchase costs On the other hand think of Billing as how much YOU CHARGE others to use your tools etc your revenue Line Items Load Dynamically The horizontal rows displayed on a Rate Sheet represent Model Records in your database one row per each model When you are connected online the list of Model Records is built dynamically each time the Rate Sheet is opened for viewing or editing The dynamic loading of the Rate Sheet guarantees that all Model Records are represented on the sheet If someone creates a new record after the Rate Sheet has been created it will be displayed the next time the Rate Sheet is opened Essentially the Rate Sheet must be edited somehow to establish the changes for the new model Another benefit of having each row on a Rate Sheet represent a Model Record and not a specific item is this Tools that are being charged to a project dynamically take on all of the attributes of the Rate Sheet being used for that project For example your company may have 50 generators of the same make and model number You establish a rate of 100 00 per day for that model on a Rate Sheet When any one of the 50 generators representing that model is assigned to a project using that Rate Sheet it will be charged 100 00 a day Now if that same gener
357. m s Model Number Display entries for V Tools amp Equipment V Consumables amp Materials nmm mam DINEM a aint Spray Red 120 Initial Charge Assignment nn 95900 2 mn 19 18 Paint Spray Red 120 Initial Charge Assignment 9 5900 2 19 18 Vehicle Truck Diesel Charge Calendar Da 21 2000 1 21 20 Vehicle Truck Diesel Charge Calendar Da 52 0000 1 52 00 Extension Cord 10 35 Initial Charge Assignment 65 0000 2 130 00 Extension Cord 10 35 Initial Charge Assignment 65 0000 2 130 00 Extension Cord 10 35 Return Credit Assignment 52 0000 2 104 00 Extension Cord 10 35 Return Credit Assignment 52 0000 2 104 00 Screwdriver Phillips Initial Charge Assignment 13 0000 3 39 00 Screwdriver Phillips Initial Charge Assignment 13 0000 3 39 00 Screwdriver Phillips Return Credit Assignment 10 4000 3 31 20 Screwdriver Phillips Return Credit Assignment 10 4000 3 31201 Drill Hammer D Handl Charge Calendar Da 0 7200 1 0 72 Drill Hammer D Handl Charge Calendar Da 17484 1 1 75 Biling Amount to post 106 73 Job Cost Amountto post 74 90 o9 Item Description Job Cost amp Billing This column displays the item s Description from Model Record Q Charge Type This column describes the type of charge for the transaction e Initial Charge designates Initial Charge associated with a tool using the Assignment Calculation Method e Return Credit designates a Return Credit associated with a tool us
358. m the Purchase Order value When this actual amount is recorded on the Receiving Ticket Enterprise will calculate and update the Average Purchase Cost and the Last Purchase Cost found on the Tool and Material Records for each item received Receiving Items from a Purchase Order Begin by finding an existing Purchase Order one in the Waiting for Receipts Status in the Purchase Order Browser Search for a Purchase Order in the Open Waiting for Receipts Status by following Steps 1 3 in Viewing an Existing Purchase Order 2 From the search results highlight the Purchase Order of interest and click on the Receive Purchase Order Receive Purchase Order button window see image this opens a Receiving Ticket ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 189 Purchasing amp Receiving Receiving Ticket EN Save Cancel Print JE Attachments 9X Delete Line Check All 3 Uncheck All EN Keep window open Receiving Ticket 5962 PO No 14183 Received By Bennethum Todd Requisition No Received Date 8 20 2014 1 01 31 gv Vendor Grainger X Receiving Document Grainger Received At Denver Warehouse 1545 Fullerton Branch 143 Denver Warehouse ToolWatch 82700 022 400 Inverness Parkway Ste 450 e Receive All Safety Glasses 1 pair Gloves Leather 23 00 Fall Protection Fall Harness al 175 00 Bender Conduit 880 524 00 tems 5 Sub Total 0 00 Shipping 0 00 Tax 0 00 amp
359. m the Navigator panel click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tool Models button and scroll through the Explorer list to the Tool Model Record from which you want to create a Tool Record Click once to highlight this record 3 Once you have highlighted your Tool Model adel Record Edit Model Record QA Delete Model Record je Create New Too s Add Inventory Re Record you can either see image Image Category T Model Record ID od Drills T 1 DeWALT DW130 a right click and select Create New Tool From This Model un cuoc Create New Tool From This Model Wode T9 Hammers Cutters Bolt Or Change Category View Detail b select the Create New Tool button from J Add to Pick Ticket Drills dd To Purchase Order the menu bar adhi Add as Accessory Drills 4 A new Tool Record window appears 5 In the Tool Number field either accept the number or replace it with an alpha numeric entry of your choosing ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 57 Drill Drill Drill Enterprise Essentials 6 Optional In the Bar Code field scan or enter in the appropriate Barcode Number from an existing barcode Bar Code 7 Fill in any of the remaining optional fields 8 Click Save to create the Tool Record NOTE One of the biggest mistakes made by Enterprise users working with unique tools is to create o
360. mation Tool Number 105 BarCode 5 Tool Information Repair Parts 5 Service y rchase amp Cost Info Lease Rental Open Work Orders Service History otep 8 Work order gt Be Save Y Cancel aj Print By Attachments Work Order 4 Open In Progress 105 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Date Completed 1 i 09 15 2014 09 15 2014 Save M Cancel a Print E Attachments Work Order 4 Open In Progress 105 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Parts and Supplies lt scan here gt Model Description p Est Qty Act Qty Cost Center motor oil 10 W 40 quart containers 390 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order cont d ork Order Save ME Cancel a Print E Attachments Work Order 4 Open In Progress Item ID Description 105 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Work Order Charges Cost Center Cost Code Service Class Labor i Save f Cancel a Print E Attachments Work Order 4 Open In Progress truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door _____________________ Work Order Details asks Instructions Required Tools Parts Charges Assignments Work Order Summary Requested Service Truck will not start Request Notes truck is stuck in NW corner of employee parking lot PO Number Completion Details Completion Date 9 15 2014 Meter at Comple
361. mber Billing Browser gt Item Number 2 Model Number from Billing Browser by way of Model Record gt Model Number Manufacturer Description Model Record gt Manufacturer Description Serial Number Tool Record gt Serial Number Assignment Location from Tool Record Address from Lists gt Locations Start Date represents the starting date from the Billing Browser or for Posted data the start date of the charge 7 End Date this will apply only if the item was returned as with Start Date it will come from the Billing Browser or for Posted data the end date of the charge ov ges p e Please Remit to address of Stock Location to where you are pinned when invoice is created e Special Instructions from Invoice Options tab also includes Dunning Message e Rental Charges sum of charges in Total column e Sales Tax Rental Charges x Tax Invoice Options Tax e Net Due Upon Receipt sum of Rental Charge and Sales Tax TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 9 Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 41 Create an Invoice You have calculated and posted the data from your Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center Now you would like to produce an invoice from this data that could be sent to the client To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual JOB COST amp BILLING gt Invoice Browser gt Invoices 1 Besure that the data you are
362. ment Usage Log 1 Create a Transfer Ticket for the backhoe 2 Set up this transfer with the following details to simulate an elapsed day P d Transfer To Stoneybrook job site From Stock or Main Warehouse Select Cost Center Stoneybrook Subproject Assigned On Change the Assigned On field 09 06 2014 04 22 PM such that the date time is 24 hours prior to now if today is Monday then change it to 72 hours prior Populate this Transfer Ticket with your backhoe 3 Process this transfer 4 Create another Transfer Ticket with the following details a b C d Transfer From Stoneybrook back To your Stock Main Warehouse As you are doing a circular transfer you do not need to select a Cost Center Leave the Assigned On date and time at default settings Populate this Transfer Ticket with your backhoe 5 Process this transfer 6 Manually sync ToolWatch Enterprise to force an update of all recent changes Part 3 The Stoneybrook site manager informs you that they only used the backhoe for 2 hours all week Now you will need to enter that information into ToolWatch TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 200 Job Cost amp Billing 1 Fill out the Equipment Usage Log as follows Type in your backhoe s Tool Number Item No in scan here gt Click Enter Select the Cost Center as Stoneybrook Subproject Enter your Start Date at one working day time prior to its transfer to the Stoneybro
363. ments Browser select either the Counted or Uncounted radio button 134 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Viewing Count Lines by Employee Location or Category Enterprise Essentials If you are viewing your Tool or Material count lines you can choose to narrow your Search results further by Employee Location or Category Follow Steps 1 6 in Viewing All of Your Tool or Material Count Lines 1 To view count lines by Employee click the next to the word Employees see image a only tools not materials can be searched b click on the employee in question c Search results appear in the window To view count lines by Location click the next to the word Locations a click on the location in question b Search results appear in the window To view count lines by Category click the next to the Category of interest e g Drills a click on All Drills or select a specific category b Search results appear in the window Inventory Adjustments Browser f Post Adjustments Edit a Explorer Tools Materials H All Categories All Items H Employees 4 Locations Aerial work Platforms Air Compressors Air Tanks Air Tools Bew Cat Bending Equipment EE E E E E E Using Inventory Adjustment to View Multiple Count Results Bach time an item is counted and saved in a Count Ticket the line will appear in the Inventory Adjustments Browser If more
364. missing any values your syncs may not have completed When done compare your work to the Answer Key Service Requests amp Work Orders You create a Service Request when work needs to be performed NOW on a particular tool This differs from a Service Plan in that a Service Plan is more of a pro active typically recurring service event A Service Request however is more of a spontaneous request that you are bringing to the attention of your Service Department or Service Manager for immediate attention Similarly a Work Order is an interactive form that the Service Department uses to detail the service work to be performed A Work Order results from work involving either a Service Request or a Service Plan Such work may include e specific tasks e detailed instructions to be considered during the service TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 163 Service amp Calibration e tools required to execute the service e parts used to complete the service e charges assessed as a result of the service Creating a Service Request There are 2 ways to create a Service Request The first method creates an empty Service Request form for you to complete while the second method allows you to pre populate key fields 1 From the Navigator panel click the Service amp Calibration module a5 Service Requests 2 Click on the Service Requests button Browser appears a new Service Request 3 Click on the Create Service Request
365. mponents Accessories Cost Info Service a double click on the newly created Tool Record here 92 Click on the Tool Information tab Repair Parts Components Accessories Service Purchase amp Cost Info then click the Adj Adjust button Current Assignment Information see image Assigned To 5 Qty 1 Rel Cuuner IMatinnal HO ae ZEabuc l v TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Tools Dashboard Tool Browser e a Alternatively from the Tool Browser you can Explorer e e Conduit Fishin Eaipre tps ie Se p right click on any highlighted quantity tool Jz Cutters M a Add To Transfer 3 Cites Cable e e a View Detail and select Adjust Inventory as a shortcut Cutters Pipe View Meter History F arbre Ladder 12245 Des View Transaction History Tea qnm 267 tre Too see image I ete Ladiore 125 iS Change Owner 8 i Drill Presses amp Drills Change Status E Drills Cordless Change Return Date ree Adjust I t Extension Cords a ascia d Fasteners L Remove Inventory Record E Fire Extingushers Flashlights Add to Kit Floodlights Change Model E Fork Lift Edit Kit E Forms Fuse Pullers Add To Pick Ticket E Generators Pick Gloves Grinders Add to Purchase Order Groovers 4 Grounds Create Service Request E Hammers Create Work Order E Hammers Chipping
366. ms to be purchased are no longer wanted before purchasing so they are cancelled Category one of the Lists items used to describe groups of items Chargeable Hours hours remaining after non working hours are deducted from the Potential Hours Charges any costs associated with a labor event when assigned to a Service Plan also results from calculations in Job Cost amp Billing Gauges Charts Graphs variety of features found on Dashboards to help user monitor Key Performance Indicators compare analyze etc various ToolWatch data Closed on a Purchase Order Count Receiving Pick Ticket indicates that item has been received against also indicates State of many forms such that they can no longer be edited or processed Company Calendar allows for establishing regular working days and hours of a company that will be used in billing and not a project Components individual items that comprise a single item under certain cases Concurrent Use Copy Model Record Copy Rate Sheet Cost Code 422 counts the number of users using ToolWatch simultaneously feature that allows a Model Record to be copied later modified feature that allows creation of a new Rate Sheet as a copy of an an existing one subdivision of a Cost Center allowing for better tracking and specificity 146 245 178 30 258 150 199 23 123 178 199 39 18 63 237 201 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual GLOSSARY Cost Center user define
367. n Assigned To Smith Jim Adj Return Date Assigned To Warehouse Staging Area Adj Return Date Kit ID Owner Denver Warehouse X Y Kit ID Manager Warehouse Staging Area Unique Tool Information 284 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 2 The tool is currently assigned to a Location Employee or Stock Location other than the one selected for the report 3 Image of Billing Comparison Report showing that the 2 criteria fit Stock Location current Owner Tool atch Training Center Mationsl HC Tool Humber Bar Code 5r 128806 1838 TA5T38 3341 1855433 3340 545845454 740 12457245725 3 250279 257874524 22023 452457455 2532 257874527 25025 541453147 1830 T458T8 BZ 559 2584523 iiti 1 33 B52327457 Pari 5457457 GT uar 556595853 Pat ar Fa T Status statuso statuso statuso statuso statuso statu sn statu sa statuso statuso statuso statuso statuso statuso statusco statusCco Stock Location current Manager Billing Comparison Report Description Air Tanks 20 Gallon Backhoe 3 ton damp F Compressor Air Portable Compressor Air Portable Cutter PVC and Con duit Demolition Hammer Hex 3 4 Drill 1 2 Drill Cordless 1 2 Drill Cordless 1 2 18 volt Drill Cordless 1 2 18 volt Drill Cordless 18 Volt Extension Cord 10 3 107 Extension Cord 10 3 10 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Manufacturer manufacturer manufactu
368. n print N A N A N A N A PDF and or export data for the selected report Purchasing Reports e From the Reporting tab aC C e Ability to run print N A N A N A N A PDF and or export data for the selected report e From the Reporting tab and from the Tool Browser Tool Reports e Ability to run print N A N A N A N A PDF and or export data for the selected report 330 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual List Maintenance PERMISSION Categories Certifications Classes Contractors Cost Centers Cost Codes Customers VIEW e From the Lists panel e Ability to see existing tool material or template categories From the Lists panel Ability to see existing certifications From the Lists panel Ability to see existing classes From the Lists panel Ability to see existing contractors From the Lists panel Ability to see existing cost centers From the Lists panel Ability to see existing cost codes From the Lists panel Ability to see existing customers e From the Lists panel e Ability to create new tool material or template categories From the Lists panel Ability to create new certifications From the Lists panel Ability to create new classes From the Lists panel Ability to create new contractors From the Lists panel Ability to create new cost centers From the Lists panel Ability to create new cost codes From the Lists panel
369. n Daily Weekly and Monthly Rate Groupings ma Method Billing tab 188 Calendar Days 0 13 hour for each grouping Vehicle Model Record Base Value Ca culation Daily Weekly and Monthly Rate Groupings ne Method Billing tab 26 000 Calendar Days 3 92 hour for each grouping Hourly Usage Calculation Method Billing tab 1 Earthmoving Equipment Model Record Base Value ealewatlon Hourly Usage Grouping me Method Billing tab 115 000 Hourly Usage 110 hour TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 229 Job Cost amp Billing Maintenance Optional Grouping Job Cost tab 1 Drill Model Record Promote To Maintenance Maintenance Rate Use Maintenance Rate Rat Per H Job Cost tab BE bad Item not Job Charge 11096 0 02 hour 2 Vehicle Model Record Promote To Maintenance Maintenance Rate Use Maintenance Rate Rat Per H Job Cost tab ds icd Item not Job Charge 11596 1 22 hour Earthmoving Equipment Model Record Promote To Maintenance Maintenance Rate Use Maintenance Rate Rat Per H Job Cost tab Ss dona Item not Job Charge 12096 S6 hour Minimum and Max Charge Optional Groupings Billing tab 1 Drill Model Record Use Minimum Charge Minimum Charge Use Max Max Charge Billing tab Yes 1 56 Job not Item Charge 11096 230 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 2 Vehicle Model Record Use Minimum Charge Minimum Charge Use Max Max Charge Bi
370. n done compare your work to the Answer Key TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 207 Job Cost amp Billing Rate Sheets The third step in using the Job Cost amp Billing module is to set up your Rate Sheets Rate Sheets are a critical component of this module They enable you to establish the rates by which tools and materials will be charged Each Rate Sheet stores these rates independently for both Job Cost and Billing charges NOTE You must have a live internet connection to access Rate Sheets Rate Sheets allow you to establish not only costing and billing rates they enable you also to configure such items as 1 miscellaneous charges 2 idle time 3 minimum and maximum charges 4 maintenance rates and 5 loss charges associated with each and every piece of equipment in inventory Rate Sheets can be created specifically for each job or they can be shared across your entire organization Most companies create shared Rate Sheets to support their standard rates adding with other Rate Sheets more specific to certain jobs There is no limit to the number and type of Rate Sheets you can create and configure enabling you to support virtually any contract situation your business may encounter In TooIWatch Enterprise there are 2 types of Rate Sheets you may create e Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheets for any tools unique or quantity or related equipment e Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheets for material inventory or con
371. n requrements This may take a Few moments ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 315 APPENDIX Appendix 3 Transitioning from ToolWatch SE ToolWatch Enterprise takes the original ToolWatch SE functionality to entirely new levels Its cloud based platform gives you ever greater flexibility and new capabilities Enterprise enables authorized users from anywhere in the world to access real time updates and information when they need it Here are just a few of the new features found in ToolWatch Enterprise Enterprise runs on our servers allowing you to sign on from any internet connected laptop or PC Access to all of ToolWatch modules Multiple Stock Locations and the Org Tree Upgraded Security rights and Permissions controls Reporting from the Tool Browser Create Attachments Number Blocks Kits amp Templates Import Meter update mileage in a spreadsheet format Pick Tickets Improved Mobile capabilities Completely revamped more robust Job Cost amp Billing module Leasing and Renting tools and equipment Additionally we have created a tool to help you find where common features from ToolWatch SE can be found in Enterprise This resource is a browser based system that is available for transfer to your desktop LU ach wr d d fie CU wio od Dun Tese Qs D eg Cossus Anrheg Sem hap aedem Tip RAR POUR A 5 4m HHS xu Click On Any Item In The Navigator This resource is available upon request ToolWatch Trai
372. ncluding demographic information City State Zip and Phone Manufacturer List Report Prints a list of Manufacturers including phone FAX and internet address Shipping Method List Report Prints a list of Shipping Methods Status Code List Report Prints a list of Status Codes including 4 optional action items where appropriate Option to include bar codes Unit of Measure Report Prints a list of Units of Measure 342 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX 16 Vendor List Report Prints a list of Vendors including contact information A detail report is available that prints all recorded information about a vendor including Discrepancy Variance Transfer Reports Group c1 Transfer Reports 1 Bar Code Labels and Badges Group 1 Inventory Reconciliation Report Report detailing all potential sources of changes in an item s inventory quantity e g purchases transfers retired tools Can view tools and consumables separately Multiple sort fields including item vs category date range and assignment Transfer History Report Report summarizing historical transfer data Specify where transferred to and date range to limit the report Information is provided about tools such as Item Type Status and Quantity i iil Bar Cade Labels and Bad Employee Labels Report Allows for printing of bar code labels for Employees Two sizes available at office supply stores are available Avery Label 5260 1 x 25 8
373. nd adjust the number in the Count column to reflect the correct value 5 For any items that are NOT found on the Count Summary tab but are physically at your location repeat Step 2 Option 1a This will inventory the additional items adding them to the Counted Items tab should be black counted f Wrong Assignment 6 If any items are added whose Assignment MEN mE This item is not assigned to the location being counted Would you like differs from the Count Location a Wrong Assignment window will appear see image reminding you of this discrepancy 7 If you are counting a very large inventory multiple people can collaborate on the counting effort TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 131 Enterprise Essentials In this event each team member would open up the same Count Ticket e g Count Ticket 48 and then execute Steps 2 4 8 When finished click the Save and Close button Al Save and Close Using an Existing Count Ticket to Inventory a Location In this example we will cover using an existing Count Ticket to inventory a location 1 From the Navigator panel select the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click on the Count Inventory button This opens up the Count Ticket Browser window 3 Use the Browse Count Tickets fields to find the Count Ticket of interest 4 Highlight this Count Ticket and to open it either e click on the View Count Ticket button e right click
374. nd or rent the same tool again in the future Simply repeat these steps 6 Click the Save button The contract s details now appear under the Lease Rental tab see image Tool FJunmber Bar Code 745738 Tol iaman Rapai Farts compenents Accessories Service Purchase amp Col ico 7 Save Cows jupe ooo Remus Stat End Remind Lenan Tem Lease Amount SOC Le 54953614 4507 40452 Lene 02 20 20 1 2 Ooh 20 2014 arz z20 z2014 z ears 20000 O0 TOOUE changes to h the Tool Record Edit a Tool s Existing Lease Rental Contract From the item s Tool Record click the Lease Rental tab Highlight the contract you would like to edit Click the Edit Contract button next to the Add Contract button Make the desired changes in the Contract Details window uL ee ae d Click the Save button The contract s updated information now appears under the Lease Rental tab 6 Save changes to the Tool Record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 69 Enterprise Essentials Tool Browser Opening the Tool Browser 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tools button to view the Tool Browser window Viewing Tools amp Equipment 1 The Tool Browser is the easiest and fastest way to locate tools and equipment that have been assigned to a warehouse job site employee etc ToolsDashboard Tool Model Records Tool Model Record Tool Browser Tool Browser a You can navigate directly
375. ng Manual 3 3 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 14 Create and Pick a Pick Ticket cont d Tools Dashboard Pick Ticket Browser Tool Model Records Material Browser Tool Browser Transfer Transfer t Process Transfer Add Tool Record Add Material Record 3 Remove Line Cancel Edit Transfer Previous Transfer 2 09 14 2014 08 59 PM Transfer Express Check In Express Check Out Bees Main Warehouse Cost Center Cost Center v Cost Code Cost Code Transferred By Assigned On Delivered By Return Date Document No Jones Susan 09 14 2014 08 59PM v v z Scan or enter item rn Sost Center From m A 2 spray paint red 12 Main Warehou 12 screwdriver No 2 Main Warehou 8 drill 1 2 D handle Main Warehou drill 1 2 D handle Main Warehou WO Tools Dashboard Pick Ticket Browser Tool Model Records Material Browser Tool Browser Transfer Transfer Process Transfer g Add Tool Record Add Material Record 3e Remove Line Cancel _ Edit Transfer amp Previous amp Next Transfer 3 09 14 2014 09 01 PM Transfer Express Check In Express Check Out Man Warehouse E Stock Cost Center Cost Center v Cost Code Cost Code v Transferred By Assigned On Delivered By Return Date Document No Jones Susan
376. ng the Dashboards may save time by speeding up processing because it eliminates Dashboard calculations Training Activity 1 Favorites To review the procedures for this activity see the following e TOOLWATCH BASICS gt Basic Concepts gt Dashboards Add the following Favorites to all of your 6 Dashboards e Browse Tools e Create Transfers When done compare your work to the Answer Key ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 23 ToolWatch Basics The Message Center The Message Center appears on all 6 Dashboards and can contain any combination of 4 messages see image System Dashboard There are tools out past their return date Coa Browse Tools There are tools out past their return date The T are asse ts Wi th low leve Is Create Transfer There are assets with low levels There are tools needing to be serviced There are tools needi ng to be serviced There are locations to be decommissioned There are Locations to be decommissioned Bh Dude Refresh These messages will appear only once they have been set up and only after they have been triggered Additionally messages respect where the user is pinned in the Org Tree see Org Tree thus they only appear where relevant Message 1 There are tools out past their return date In a Transfer Ticket when you are transferring items from a Stock Location you can specify a return date This is essentially their due date meaning the day that you expect to ha
377. ning 316 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Appendix 4 Number Type Explanations Driven by the barcode labels that you purchase Refers to Tool Categories found in the Lists under Categories Place holder not currently active Item Tools amp Equipment Viewed in the foo Browser Maternal Materials amp Consumables Viewed in the Maternal Browser Refers to Material Categories found in the Lists under Categones Refers to the Record ID for both Tool and Material model records Refers to Units of Measure found in the Lists under Units of Measure TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 317 APPENDIX Appendix 5 Descriptions of the Lists Fields Tools amp Materials Here are descriptions and examples of the List items found under Tools amp Materials 1 Categories e There are three types of Categories 1 Tool Categories 2 Material Categories and 3 Template Categories e When creating a Category click on the appropriate radio button see image Categories Categories Tool Categories C Material Categories Template Categories No Description 95 Aerial Work Platforms z a Examples of Tool Categories Drills Air Compressors Vehicles Extension Cords Pliers b Examples of Material Categories Oil Paint Drywall Filters c Examples of Template Categories Cable Puller Setup Cutting Torch Set 2 Certifications e This field is used for communicating if a person requ
378. ning Activity 1 Favorites System Dashboard Tools Dashboard Browse Tools Create Transfer Browse Tools Materials Dashboard Refresh Confiqure Create Transfer Browse Tools Refresh Assignments Dashboard Refresh Configure Browse Tools Create Transfer Service Dashboard Od EE Purchasing Dashboard Refresh Confiqure Browse Tools Browse Tools Create Transfer Refresh Configure Refresh Return to the Activity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 361 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 2 Number Blocks Numbers Categories s ce Ne Description 101 Vehicles 102 Screwdrivers ss i i Manufacturers Return to the Activity x simt y Crafisman Ford Training Activity 3 Create Lists Items w Grip Fite Mobil 1 Return to the Activity 362 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 4 Create Locations Locations z sim Active Inactive All Parent Location Main Warehouse r Location N Description City State EH uS i Main Warehouse a Location Number 3 Bar Code 2 10411 Legacy Wood River Warehouse Wood River Warehouse Stoneybrook NEE oannes Active Inactive All Parent Location Wood River Warehouse Y Location N Description City State F Thisisa EE S 1 Main Warehouse Location Number 2 Choose a location a
379. niquely to the tool record and not to the overall model record Adding a Unique Service Plan 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tools button A new Tool Browser window opens 3 Using the Explorer tree or the Search function find the tool record of interest Double click on it to open this tool record 4 Click on the Service tab then on the Service Plan tab Click the Add button to open the Select Service Event s window 6 Setup aService Plan unique to this tool record see Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 7 Click the Save button in order to save the Service Plan you just created to this tool record TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 153 Service amp Calibration Service Schedule The Service Schedule allows a Service Manager and others to view plan for and report on any future service work The Service Schedule contains service events that are triggered by one of three criteria all from the Recurrence field of a Service Plan e anupcoming date that was entered into Range of recurrence e upcoming meter information e anupcoming turn Service Schedule Open Scheduled All 812 12 15 2010 25301 5000 mile oil change 1053 Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 2 Ton Ford F 150 Levine 23 Training 25301 Other Fix 1053 Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 2 Ton Ford F 150 Levine 23 Training 25301 Rotate Tires 1053 Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 2 Ton F
380. nk 40 gallon b Placing checkmarks in the individual item boxes allows you to indicate items that are not present This way you manually adjust quantities that are present In or not present Out at the time of the transfer 42331 0 Punch Set Hydraulic 7 When ready click on the Process Transfer button All the tools currently assigned to the designated Employee or non Stock Location will be re assigned to the Stock Location ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 103 Enterprise Essentials Express Check Out This feature automatically populates the From field with the Stock Location wherever you are currently pinned in the Org Tree 1 Fill out this transfer and process as you would a normal Transfer Ticket 2 a The To field is populated with those Employees and Locations that are visible at this Org Tree position b The From field is populated with the Stock Location where you are currently pinned in the Org Tree Pick Tickets Introduction Electronic Pick Tickets provide warehouse staff with a quick and accurate method for selecting the tools and materials necessary to fulfill a request such as one that may come in from a field supervisor for certain tools Pick Tickets can be assigned to a warehouse employee who can see a list maybe on his wireless Mobile Scanner of all tickets for which he is responsible Pick Tickets include information about who requested the items as well as when and where the items
381. nly one Tool Record for each Tool Model Record You can and should create multiple Tool Records for each Tool Model Record and thus each unique tool When creating new tool records having them stem from a single model saves lots of time spent re typing the same information and searching through many records needlessly 58 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Training Activity 7 Create Unique Tools Enterprise Essentials In ToolWatch Enterprise you are going to begin by creating 1 new unique Model Record and 6 new unique Tool Records for the Ford truck shown here To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Adding Unique Tools to Enterprise 1 Initially you will create a unique Vehicle Category Model Record for this tool a add this information to the record of a Ford Model F 150 XL V6 4x2 2 door i go to Lists gt Units of Measure gt add and dollars gt Save ii Cost Info tab gt select dollars for Units gt add 26000 to all 3 fields gt Save b from this new Model Record create 6 new unique Tool Records gt Save each After the 6 Ford truck records are created your Ford Vehicle Model Record should reflect them in the Tool List tab as it does in this example see image Check to see if this is the case Create Model and Tool Records for the following items Tools Dashb
382. ns Ship To om Order Date 41PoNo Vendor Charae To Ship To Status Expected Reauisition Do 09 17 2014 Grainger Main Warehouse Waiting for Receipts Open 09 19 2014 i Return to the Activity Training Activity 27 Receive Against a Purchase Order otep 1 Browse Purchase Orders Closed Al Open 07 31 2015 2 Grainger Main Warehouse Waiting for Rec Open 08 04 2015 RR RN COE EEG EROGO ODE CS OR GIOCO DERE EIOS This PO is ready to be received Would you like to receive against this PO vw JL ow 398 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 27 Receive Against a Purchase Order cont d otep 2 Keep window open Receiving Ticket 2 PONo 2 x Received By Bennethum Todd Requisition No Received Date 7 31 2015 2 39 19 gv Vendor Grainger v Receiving Document Grainger Received At Main Warehouse X 12350 E Arapahoe Road Suite C Main Warehouse 400 Inverness Parkway Suite 450 N Scott 10 roll Multipurpose Shop Towel packages Q screwdrivers Phillips No 2 x 4 M Spray Paint Red 12 oz cans extension cord 10 3 50 ft motor oil 10 40 quart containers Items 6 New Tool Wizard zs New Tools Pending Please enter the tool numbers that you wish to assign to the new tools so they can be added to your ToolWatch system You can also enter the bar code and serial numbers at this time however they are After clicking
383. nsaction il 1 Calculat Billing Browser Workflow IAP Reporting Exporting Once Job Cost and Billing transactions have osted Charges been initiated you will want to know how much revenue is coming in or going out at any given time As well likely you will 2 View Analyze need to generate reports detailing these 3 Pos Un Posted Charges The Charg transactions and their subsequent un posted charges The diagram here illustrates the cyclical Reporting Exporting repetitive nature or workflow in using Un Posted Charges the Billing Browser Key steps are outlined here 248 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing 1 You should first calculate un posted charges do this to get an idea of how successful the Cost Centers and Rate Sheets are representing your interests 2 Next view and analyze these un posted charges ToolWatch has a variety of reports and exports that allow you to represent your data in many ways 3 When you and others have had the opportunity to view and analyze all relevant un posted charges and you all agree that the charges are representative and acceptable then post the charges Once again there are many different means by which the now posted data can be exported or reported for a variety of business audiences Calculating Transactions Hourly Usage A backhoe 1S transferred toa 11 Monday 12 Tuesday 13 Wednesday 114 Thursday 15 F
384. nt Ticket scan or enter in the item s Barcode or Tool Item Number 3 key in the correct quantity of the item being counted In looking at the first step bear in mind that this Count Ticket can be either 301 Mobile Scanner e anew empty Count Ticket or e anexisting Count Ticket that already contains a list of tools and materials that should i e is expected to be present at the location For all inventory examples be sure your Assigned Stock Location is appropriate for the Count Ticket you are using Using an Existing Count Ticket to Inventory a Location In this example we will cover using an existing Count Ticket to inventory a location ToolWatch B G o XC 11 03 TOOLWATCH Tools amp Materials m ransfer Pick Tickets Express Check In af Count Inventory Synchronize Utilities 1 From the Home tab tap the Count Inventory button 2 From the Count Ticket List tap to highlight the Count Ticket 9606 National HQ Fall Quarterly 7 29 15 9 30 4 1020 10411 Test Count 7 15 15 9 10 07 9605 National HQ Summer 7 28 15 10 15 9608 10411 National HQ 7 28 15 10 06 C 960 National HQ Winter 7 10 15 8 50 37 302 Tap the Count button From the Ticket Info screen verify the ticket s information then tap the Next button Ticket Info Ed G X Xr Ticket No e s 11 19 tea National HC 8 7 7 29 15 9 30 43 AM Slits aie Fall Quarterly Inventory August 2015
385. nt of Measure dollars B 3 14 Moin Warehouse 2 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Bling Configuration Do not bi this model Trem Base Value 369 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 11 Create Materials cont d Retail Cost Each Billing Configuration MSRP 21 97 Do not bill this model M Replacement Cost 21 97 Item Base Value afs Unit of Measure dollars US M Return to Activity Toot wang the rmanutacoure amp moce record Training Activity 12 Create Inventory Levels amp Set Levels fora Material Record Part One e Lists Navigator Org Tree Materials Dashboard Material Model Records Org Tree q X Material Model Records s Add Inventory Record WE 5 Mai di Additem Edititem 3X Delete Item D Wood River Warehou oo 4 motor oil 10W 40 quart containe Browse DataSource Export Data aj Print Categories All Categories Fasteners Oj All Oil Manufacturers Paint Results 1 new Inventory Stock record s created at this stock location 3 0 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 12 Levels for a Material Record cont d Inventory information for stock location Wood River Wareh Bin Wood River Bin Stock In Stock 5 Assigned 0 On Order Total 25 Levels High Leve Target Leve Low Leve 3 14 Wood River Warehouse E
386. nu bar 5 Any items placed onto a Transfer Ticket can have their Meter and Status information updated Simply edit these fields prior to processing the transfer Assigning a Tool as Personal Issue PI There are circumstances where Employees work with tools or items that are assigned or issued to them throughout their tenure e g keys cell phone PPE These items are designated as Personal Issue or PI in ToolWatch this assignment is reflected in the Li Tool Browser left and in Air Tank 9 Gal Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 2 T Tool Records right Cell Phone Hard Hat Drill 3 8 Computer Laptop Dell D83 Tool Number Tool Information Repair Parts Cdi Current Assignment Information S Assigned To National HO along with being on Transfer Tickets Count Tickets and some me nal HQ reports Manager Nationa PI tools do not appear automatically on Express Check In tickets as do non PI items but can still be transferred if added manually NOTE Use transfer tickets to designate or un designate a tool as Personal Issue 98 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 1 Opena Transfer Ticket 2 Add the tool of interest to this transfer 3 Find the tool on the Transfer Ticket Click on the box under the column PI to assign this tool as Personal Issue You should see a checkmark in the box 4 Process this ticket This tool now shows the PI design
387. nventory tool records with recurring or on demand service events creating schedules and reports for Service Managers to help them manage their workloads Labor and material costs can be monitored along with time needed to complete service tasks Calibration events to spec can be scheduled performed and reported especially significant for compliance tracking Service Plans A Service Plan is a proactive preventative maintenance plan created for the purpose of keeping your tools in proper working order Typically this plan is represented by a recurring event or events over the course of the tool s life Common examples would be an oil change the calibration of a balance or a tire inspection Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record As we did earlier for creating Tool and Material Records we will create the Service Plan first for the Model Record and then create it again for the actual Tool Record 1 From the Navigator panel click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Select the Tool Models button A new Tool Model Records browser appears 3 Using the Explorer tree find the Tool Model Record of interest Double click on it to open the Tool Model Record 4 Click first on the Service tab then on the m vid sees e Service Plan tab Service Plon nenas Parts Calibration Specs 5 Click the Add button found in the lower left corner The Service Plan Event Detail window opens see image 6 Clic
388. o Date only displays tools and consumables together or separately along with Adj Misc Charges Additional groupings include date range and cost code Posted Job Cost Detail All Tools Materials Report Report detailing posted Job Cost charges for specified cost center s Totals include Posted to Date only displays tools and consumables together or separately along with model info and Calc Method Additional groupings include date range and cost code Posted Job Cost Transactions Summary Tools Report Report summarizing transaction information from posted Job Cost charges for tools only Additional groupings include date range and cost code Posted Job Cost Transactions All Tools Materials Report Report detailing transaction information from posted Job Cost charges for tools and consumables together or separately Additional groupings include date range and cost code Posted Billing Summary All Tools Materials Report Report summarizing posted Billing charges for specified cost center s Totals include Posted to Date only displays tools and consumables together or separately along with Adj Misc Charges Additional groupings include date range and cost code Posted Billing Detail All Tools Materials Report Report detailing posted Billing charges for specified cost center s Totals include Posted to Date only displays tools and consumables together or separately along with model info and Calc Method Additional groupings incl
389. o an existing Model Record for each new unique tool received into Enterprise Bach tool must 1 be unique and 2 have a Permanent Tool Number assigned to it before it can be added to your inventory The Bar Code and Serial Number fields are optional The New Tool Wizard is a quick and accurate means of adding new Tool Records from your purchases Enterprise can generate and assign Tool Numbers to new tools by clicking on the Auto Number Tools button It applies Number Block rules picking up from the next available number for a given Number Type New Tool Wizard k sis New Tools Pending thet I note Please enter the tool numbers that you wish ta assign to the new tools so they can be the tools yourself sie to vou Toon estem You can alo erter ne br coe and seal uber you can enter information into After clicking Create Tools the new tools will be added ta your Toolv atch system database the New Tool Cod tem Des 1497 52346 ggz2345HOIF986 Drill D Handle 172 Dw 42 Wizard window 1498 E2347 RH45788234 Rotary Hammer 7 9 11224V5H see image Then 1433 H2348 94587 FRAJA 465 Drill Pistol Grip 38 10245A 1500 E2343 H vFLI375821 Grinder Angle 41 2 Dw 402 click on the Create Tools button to have these tool records created ammura Emm using your data NOTE Clicking on the Cancel button of the New Tool Wizard will result in a failure to process the transaction and a loss of any changes to th
390. oard Tool Model Records Tool Model Recorc Tool Model Record Save N Cancel e Previous Next B Z Record ID 5 4475 Manufacturer Ford Model F 150 XL Year 2015 Your Descipton Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door Manufacturers Description Tracking Method 3 Unique ID Quantity Tool List omponents Accessories Cost Info Service a DeWALT Drill Model Record Model DW140 12 D Handle e unique tools e Category Drills e Cost Info tab all 3 fields 188 00 e create 3 Tool Records e use your browser to locate copy and paste proper image for this drill in the Model Record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 99 Enterprise Essentials Caterpillar Earthmoving Equipment Model Record Model 450E 13 ton backhoe loader unique tools Category Vehicles Cost Info tab all 3 fields 115 000 00 create 1 Tool Record 4 Moving forward best practices would involve reviewing your work to ensure that all records are created correctly When done compare your work to the Answer Key Adding Quantity Tools to Enterprise Creating a Quantity Tool Record from an Existing Model Record 1 60 Perform Steps 1 10 in the previous session Creating a New Tool Unique or Quantity Model Record View the newly created Model Record and double click on this record From this Model Record click on the Tool List tab see image Tool List Co
391. ob Cost Data Export Cost Centers 1 104 Sort Source SY OK PostedTransactions v Oneybrook SUDDTOJeC Q Job CostData f BillingData Job Costand Billing Data Data Format Summary Templates Detail Templates Export Templates Bob s Detail Template Include Column Headers Date Parameters Posting Date Range 09 19 2014 m 0920 2014 Export TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 3 Job Cost amp Billing a Set your Posting Date Range to cover your most recent posting Click the Export button to move your data into this template Open your exported data in Excel or other spreadsheet application It should appear similar to this see image A B C D E E G Item Type Item Number Item Description Cost Center Description Item Quantity Total Charge Amount Amount Each T 102 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Stoneybrook 1 21 20 21 20 102 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Stoneybrook 0 00 0 00 a drill 1 2 D handle Stoneybrook 0 00 0 00 102 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Stoneybrook 21 20 21 20 a drill 1 2 D handle Stoneybrook 0 72 0 72 102 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Stoneybrook 21 20 21 20 9 drill 1 2 D handle Stoneybrook 0 72 0 72 9 drill 1 2 D handle Stoneybrook 0 72 0 72 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Stoneybrook 21 20 21 20 13 extension cord 10 3 50 ft unit Stoneybrook 104 00 52 00 12 screwdriver No 2 x 4 Phillips Stoneybrook 39 00 13 00 39 00 13 00 1 2
392. ob Cost and Billing module calculations will generate an Idle Time charge for the balance of the week i e 32 hours using the Idle Rate The first cell in this group of 3 Use Idle Rate is a check box that tells the Rate Sheet to charge for any idle time Clicking the check box will enable the next 2 cells 218 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing The second cell in this group Idle Rate 76 enables you to enter a percentage and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Idle Rate Per Hour based on Base Value The third cell in this group Idle Rate Per Hour is the actual rate that will be applied when calculating the Idle Time charges If you know the value for the Idle Rate enter it into this cell and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the previous cell Used With Hourly Usage Calculation Method 2 Maintenance Rate Grouping The Maintenance Rate migrates a tool s rate automatically from a higher revenue capturing value to a lower more sustenance rate This lower rate is intended to support the ongoing maintenance of an item that has already earned its ROI ToolWatch tracks the accrued charges that each tool or piece of equipment earns over its O O life as well as the accrued charges it generates during each assignment Either one of these charges can be used to trigger the Maintenance Rate Per Hour The first cell in this group of 6 Use Maint Rate Item Charge i
393. of a Tool Model Record As an example of how this feature works consider our fleet of 50 Ford F 250 trucks You have set the meter mileage reading interval at 30 days for these trucks This means that you want to have the meter mileage reading e updated in ToolWatch e for all 50 of these trucks e once every 30 days The Meter Exception Report will report which trucks if any have not had their mileage readings updated in the current 30 day interval NOTE Only tools that have had at least one Meter reading will show a value for Days Overdue 160 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Running the Meter Exception Report 1 From the Navigator panel click the Reports amp Graphs module 2 Under Report Groups click on the Tool Reports icon 3 Under Reports click on Meter Exception Report see image 4 Click the Next gt gt button to open the Meter Exception Report window see image Aiport Gera Rapata Opies p EA Tools by Emplopoe Report Tools by Location Report Toole by Lecaton Dated Rapor Emmyt Dab Tools Ey Department Tol Actprity Poop ort UG Toal Aging Pept ci Trasie Repas Tool Cer amp hcabon Faper Tool Meter apart Tool Summary Ropon Teal alusten Asport Lit Reporte qu Bees Labels and Dd e Censusalle Dees Flebrad Pool Pepa Model Calaleg Lisl il Meter Escentizn Report Pgd c2 B IE a A do 3 iji wen mut re i r mr m
394. of a single Stock Point If an organization has only one Stock car Point there should be NO condition that could allow for more than one open Billing Stream at a time for a given asset For an organization with two Stock Points d there is the potential for no more than 2 open Billing Streams for a given asset 390 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Use Case Scenarios Scenario 1 Stock Point to Non Stock Point An item is transferred from Stock Point A to Job A1 with the Cost Center CC1 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC1 The item is transferred from Job A1 to Stock Point A with NO Cost Center specified This results in the open Billing Stream for the item against Cost Center CC1 now being closed Scenario 2 Stock Point to Stock Point An item is transferred from Stock Point A to Stock Point B with the Cost Center CC2 specified These results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC2 The item is transferred from Stock Point B to Stock Point A with NO Cost Center specified This results in the open Billing Stream for the item against Cost Center CC2 being now closed Scenario 3 Non Stock Point to Non Stock Point An item is transferred from Stock Point B to Job B2 with the Cost Center CC3 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Cente
395. of the same type describes what individuals in Enterprise can see access at the level to which they are pinned general group of functions combined are 6 of these rate assigned to Monthly Rate Grouping when using Calendar Calculation Method grouping used on a Rate Sheet to calculate charges that have exceeded the Weekly Rate feature that allow for automatic creation of unique tool records when received against a Purchase Order means by which Enterprise prevents number duplication on a Purchase Order Count Receiving Pick Ticket indicates that item can still be edited processed also indicates State of many forms such that they can be edited or processed tab on Tool Record gt Service tab that lists Work Orders that have been opened but not completed structure used to illustrate how a company etc is organized a stylized Organizational Tree used in Enterprise 24 157 212 220 220 288 o1 40 20 217 217 192 25 122 185 169 35 36 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Owner Parent Location Pause Permissions Personal Issue Pick ing a Pick Ticket Pick Ticket Pinned PO Detail PO Items Post Post Adjustments Posted Charges Posting Window Potential Hours Product Equivalent Preferred Vendor GLOSSARY field on Tool Record specifying Stock Location where tool record was created when assigning locations this is the level to which location is as
396. ok site Enter your End Date to accept the default day time should be current Enter the Hours Used as 2 00 Tab out 2 Click Save 3 Perform a final manual sync to update your changes When done compare your work to the Answer Key The Transaction Detail Window You have initiated charges run calculations and showed your Manager your preliminary results She tells you that she wants to see more detail on each transaction information not readily available using this view or even on some of the reports you have discovered What to do In the Billing Browser each row represents a transaction such as a transfer charge or credit To view more details about a particular transaction first select or highlight the row and then either 1 double click the transaction line 2 click the View Details button View Detais the bottom of the window or 3 right click the transaction line and select View Details H Stoneybrook 06 21 2012 see image Each will result in the opening of the LIE 0 c M UL NUI Transaction Detail window Place Ho The fields displayed on the Transaction Detail window Remove Hold Create Related Charge Credit depend on the type of transaction involved i e your T selection Many of the fields displayed on this window are represented also on the Billing Browser window On the next pages are descriptions of those fields not described earlier in this chapter Cost Center Inf
397. ol s e On the Tool s e On the Tool s e On the Tool s Model Record Model Record Model Record Model Record a and the Tool e Ability to er e Ability to add e Ability to edit mos Elm ES and associate the required e Ability to view materials amp any of your quantity of the the repair parts consumables materials amp repair parts that that have been from the Repair consumables as are associated associated with Parts tab in a ith thi this Model s paris a aa i particular Model this particular particular Model Record Record Model Record Record e From the Tool Browser or the Tool Record e Ability to retire a tool and Retire Tool N A N A N A N A thereby remove it from the tool browser and send it to the Retired Tools tab suid anh Placeholder Placeholder Placeholder Placeholder N A Specific e From the Tool e On a Tool Model Records Record tab or tab E i from the Tool Ability to open e Ability to create Browser Tool Detail up any Tool new Tool MN e Ability to edit Records records PE EE fields in an e Abili y item s Tool Inv SDEOLY Record Records e Same as ADD e Redundant privilege Repair Parts e Ability to delete a Tool Record e From the Tool Browser or from N A the Tool Record itself e On a Tool Model Record tab or from the Tool Model Records tab e Ability to edit fields in a Tool e On the Tool Model Records tab e Ability to delete N A
398. om your Search parameters Reports 2 To generate a Service Schedule with user defined parameters click on the Reports button in the Service amp Calibration module 3 Choose Service Schedule and then fillin 27 uos rges Repon Lxport Deta your Options see image Waranty Status Report Work Order History Report 4 Click the Next gt gt button to generate a Weni Date From report that may be printed or saved in a aer pdf format rums TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 155 Service amp Calibration 5 From the Service Schedule browser you can click on the Export Data Export Data button to generate a spreadsheet of your data This document will consist of all entries resulting from your Search parameters 6 In the Save As window you need to save your file in the csv format Specify a location to create this file and click Save Training Activity 21 Adding an Existing Service Plan to a Tool Scenario You want to apply the Service Plan created earlier to your Ford trucks As such add this plan to your fleet following these instructions To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Service Plans e SERVICE amp CALIBRATION gt Service Schedule Part One Add this Service Plan to all of your Ford truck Tool Records 1 a Set the first truck s notification to appear 4 months and 3 weeks
399. on g Print button gt Inventory Project Report window ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual NOTE You can only print this report BEFORE you post your data Once any Count Inventory data are posted they will appear no longer on this report h A preview of your report appears in a new window Here you can either e print the document by clicking the Print icon e save the document in pdf jpeg or other formats by clicking the Save icon 141 NEN Service amp Calibration In this section you will learn how to create and execute features typical of many Service Departments such as Service Plans Service Requests Inspection events and Work Orders Related tasks include those emphasizing fleet related functions will be introduced such as updating and importing meter information and generating Meter Exception Reports Upon successful completion of this Section the learner will be able to e create a customizable recurring Service Plan for Tool Model Records to include the following features a adding Recurrence b creating Service also Inspection Calibration Tasks c linking Tools amp Parts d adding amp editing Charges e add to a Tool Record a anexisting Service Plan b aunique Service Plan e use the Service Schedule to view and search for upcoming Service Events e produce a Service Schedule Report including printable or exportable formats e set intervals for the collection of Meter Mile
400. on 22 99999 J to open aoa eT the Set working hours window see image 7 Is Working Day Using the 1st set of Start and End fields choose the appropriate Start and End days for the Cost Center Using the 2rd set of Start and End fields designate the appropriate Start and End time of day for the Cost Center NOTE These will override your previous Company Calendar settings In the Notes field document any additional relevant information When finished click the Set button then Save to close the window TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 205 Job Cost amp Billing d Creating Project Holidays The holidays an organization observes are usually established in the Company Calendar and then inherited by each Project Calendar When you edit the Cost Center s Project Calendar you can add or delete additional holidays 1 Follow Steps 1 3 in Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost Center 2 Click the Edit Project Calendar button to open the Calendar window 3 Click once on the day in question e g December 25th NewHolidy 8 4 Click the Set as Holiday button to open the New Holiday window see image 5 Enter in the name of the holiday in question Cancel Save 6 When finished click the Save button then Save again to close the window Christmas Day e Pausing Project Job Cost amp Billing When you create a Pause event on the Project Calendar all of the time from the Start date to the End date wi
401. on cord 10 3 50 ft drill D handle 1 2 in drill D handle 1 2 in drill D handle 1 2 in F250863894 F 150 XL 47114 EC50493 Dw140 DW140 DW140 H E E E E E Dw140778445 DW140633987 HHA ooAAA AaA au4 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Main Wareho Warehouse Man Warehouse e ebouse Warehouse 367 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 10 Using the Tool Browser cont d All Trucks dh AddItem Editltem g Retireltem ExportData Print El Categories E AN Categories EI Drill Vehicle Truck VE F 150 XL E Earthmoving Equipment l Vehicle Truck Y 4x2 2 do F 150 XL Hg Extension Cord Vehicle Truck V 4x2 2 do F 150 XL Vehicle Truck V 4x2 2 do F 150 XL Vehicle Truck V 4x2 2 do F 150 XL Vehicle Truck V 4x2 2 do F 150 XL Screwdrivers at Main Warehouse r AddItem Editltem l Retireltem Export Data agg Print Explorer hegre Secun einem Jn rem em a I Drill Q screwdrivers Phillips No 2 47114 25 Main Wareho Earthmoving Equipment Extension Cord Extension Ladder crewdrivers All Screwdrivers H Employees El Locations 10411 Legacy e zin Warehouse a m E E 69 Wood River Ware Vehicles Search for First Truck lowest qP AddItem EditItem gi Retire tem Export Data Print tente Sots Deere we n to speve Serial Mo Certification
402. on extension cord 10 EC5049 9 Screwdrive screwdriver No 2 47114 5 Vehicles truck diesel 1 2 to F 250 2 188 00 Calendar Days 115000 Calendar Hours 65 00 Assignment 13 00 Assignment 26000 0 Calendar Days p72 005 009360 005 0091440 0 01 12480 00 0 01 12 1920 00 1000m 120 0 01 26510600 0 01 26542400 11500 299000 0 00 122 115 00 29900 0 oO i Lj 11600 20680 0 01 002 _ E 0 0 110 00 206 80 z 1 12000 138000 0 01 600 D Em m E 120 00 138000 qp La Ss ERES ERES a mM n 11500 7475 F m LI E 13 0000 80 00 10 4000 Li E 105 00 13 65 m E E EH g mum Legacy Rate Sheet 555 Billing Views Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Effectiv Calculation Method Drills drill 1 2 D handle DW140 Earthmovin 10 ton backhoe 450E m 0 13704 0 07 0135 20 0 07 0 13 20 80_ kimi a mj Extension extension cord 10 EC5049 A A 118000 Hourly Usage 65 00 Assignment 13 00 Assignment J l i Screwdrive screwdriver No 2 47114 Vehicles truck diesel 1 2 to F 250 0 029 39215680 0 02 339262720 Initial Return Initial Credit Return Charge Charg Charg Charge Charge Credit E z 100 00 65 0000 85 00 55 25000 100 00 13 0000 85 00 11 05000 t
403. on used when setting up a User account can be either Desktop User or Mobile Device User or both Status message from Meter Import window indicating data to be imported is acceptable difference between the Expected and Total Count values in a Count Ticket means more counted than expected means less various fields in Tool Record dedicated to data from a vehicle designated business from where items on a Purchase Order are purchased opens Transactional Detail window allowing for viewing of line items in greater detail feature in Enterprise that generates a running history of all meter updates for a particular tool indicates Status of a Purchase Order where items have been purchased but not received against rate assigned to Weekly Rate Grouping when using Calendar Calculation Method grouping used on a Rate Sheet to calculate charges between the Daily and Monthly Rates interactive form completed by an individual performing work established on a Service Request or Service Plan TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 181 251 145 41 41 44 160 124 67 62 244 161 183 217 217 163 435 GLOSSARY Work Orders Browser Search window to locate Work Orders 169 Work Order Details tab in Service Plan Event Detail window with information that 144 transfers over when converted into a Work Order 436 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual
404. onsumables any items that are consumed and not expected to be returned used to navigate through existing records or search using characteristics found in Material or Model Records allows for the distribution of different Material quantities among multiple inventory sites Stock Locations value representing threshold when using Maximum Charge Grouping grouping used on a Rate Sheet to stop charging at item after it has attained a set maximum threshold TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 68 30 253 204 221 221 25 87 219 219 99 79 64 77 221 221 427 GLOSSARY Message Center Meter Migration Point Minimum Charge Minimum Charge Grouping Mobile Scanner Model Record Modify Visibility Module Monthly Rate Monthly Rate Grouping New Tool Wizard Number Blocks Open Open Work Orders Organization Tree Org Tree 428 Dashboard location where 4 key messages are displayed measure of tool use often miles odometer or hours e g drill time after which one rate being charged to an item switches over to another higher rate determined by Rate Sheet Rules charge assigned to an item using Minimum Charge Grouping grouping used on a Rate Sheet to generate a charge when an item is assigned but has not reached a set minimum amount handheld computer that runs ToolWatch Mobile software system employed by ToolWatch to reduce amount of data used to track items
405. oolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Required Fields 4 Populate the Pick From field is similar to the From field on a Transfer Ticket as you would any other drop down menu e field contents reflect what is visible to where you are pinned in the Org Tree 5 Do likewise for the Pick For field is similar to the To field on a Transfer Ticket e field contents reflect what is visible to where you are pinned in the Org Tree Optional Fields 6 You can populate the Requested By and Assigned To fields by selecting one of the Employees listed here All active Employees in ToolWatch are found here irrespective of where you are pinned 7 Cost Center and Cost Codes are used only in Job Cost amp Billing 8 As well you can designate a Due Date and or assign a Date Closed to your Pick Ticket Adding Tools to a Pick Ticket Adding items to a Pick Ticket in ToolWatch Enterprise adds general Model Record information for a tool or material item not more specific Tool Material Record information This allows for greater flexibility in selecting those items that are picked when completing the Pick Ticket By way of example let s look at a request from the field for a 3 8 drill A Pick Ticket is created and using Model Record information a Bosch Manufacturer 1000 VSR Model 3 8 drill is added to the Pick Ticket Since the request is not for a specific drill any drill within this Model Record can be picked to f
406. oolWatch software manages tools amp equipment differently than it does materials amp consumables it does not manage the latter two differently however Defining Materials amp Consumables In TooIWatch Enterprise the primary distinction between tools amp equipment as opposed to materials amp consumables is e Materials amp Consumables are either installed materials or consumed consumables and as such are not returned to inventory once assigned e Tools amp Equipment are returned to inventory you can expect them to be returned i e checked back in to stock Here are some common examples of Materials amp Consumables e Materials nails screws lumber drywall insulation and concrete e Consumables glue oil paint less expensive drill bits gloves and eye protection TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 19 Enterprise Essentials Tracking Method All materials and consumable items are tracked in inventory records by quantity similar to how quantity tools are tracked Keep in mind that when such items are transferred to an employee a job or a location that is not a Stock Location the items are considered consumed Inventory levels are reduced and usage recorded regarding when and to whom or where items were sent consumed Material Model Record B save N Cancel 9 Previous Next zn Record ID 000 Manufacturer amp Model Information i I Manufacturer DeWALT al UPC Number No
407. ord F 150 Levine 23 Training T 1 2 5 2010 1 25301 Other Fix 1053 Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 2 Ton Ford F 150 Levine 23 Training 8091 7 9 2014 1 25301 Broken Headlight 1053 Vehicle Truck Diesel 1 2 Ton Ford F 150 Levine 23 Training 7130 10 4 2013 Damaged Cord 1103 Computer Laptop Dell D830 Dell D830 Herman Wes 250 Regular Maintenance 1103 Computer Laptop Dell D830 Dell D830 Herman Wes 4848 105 2011 0 Annual Calibration 1448 Drill Spade Handle 1 2 DeWALT Dw13 National HQ 1 3 25 2000 0 yearly calibration 1520 Compressor Air Makita MAC6 Cooling Tower Job 2 5 2 2010 3 0 Test 1520 Compressor Air Makita MAC6 Cooling Tower Job 3336 4 9 2012 8 Regular service 1777 Generator Portable 110 250 Honda 3800A Centennial Airport Job 1521 2 7 2011 8 2345 5000 mile oil change 2564 Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Dodge Ram Trailer 28 217 2010 2345 air filter 2564 Pickup Ext Cab 3 4 ton Dodge Ram Trailer The Service Schedule provides you with the following information regarding any upcoming service events see image 1 current Work Order Number if assigned 2 date created next assigned service date next meter reading requires a service event current meter reading priority if assigned a summary of the requested service pe cw uv ar ge es general information on the tool in question Item Tool Number Description Manufacturer Model and current Assignment
408. ormation This section provides summary information on the Cost Center Cost Code s and Rate Sheet used for these calculations 206 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing E calculated On This field displays the date and time this transaction was first calculated E Off Date This field displays the date amp time assigned on the Cost Center Calculation window Item Information This section provides summary information of the item being charged taken from the Model Record and Rate Sheet Item Calculation Method Effective Usage amp Rate Information This section provides summary information about the data mostly time based used in calculating charges for this transaction deu Duration Fields The Effective Duration fields represent the billable units represented as Months Weeks Days and Hours Transaction Detail ez Cost Center Information Cost Center Cost Code Hate Sheet Mame stoneybrook RJ Service Stoneybrook RJ Rate Sheet Tyne Rate Sheet ID Calculated On Cut Off Date Tools Equipment 345634 9 5 2014 4 34 PM 9 5 2014 4 34 PM B Item Type Category ltem No Description Item Calculation Method Vehicles 22 3 Vehicle Truck Diesel Calendar Data Item Iecuve uration ss Potential Chargeable ltem Effective Months Weeks Days Hours Hours Hours Ratelevel pes ur 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 8 0000 6 0000 Daily 2 65 BH E Charge Ammount Extended Type Qty Each Total Charge 21 20
409. ors in selecting items repeatedly Some distinctions between a Kit and a Template are e Kits are made up of Tool Material Records Templates are composed of Tool Material Model Records e Kits show up as a Tool Type of K whereas Templates are T M Kits One of the advanced features in Enterprise is the ability to group any combination of tools materials and consumables together this combination of items is called a Kit In many ways kits can be treated like tools They can be transferred placed on a Pick Ticket and picked and added to a Count Ticket to name a few actions Kit items are designed to associate together regardless of their location Additionally it is possible to transfer kit contents away from the kit while still maintaining their association with the Kit So an item can be loaned temporarily from a Kit or it can be transferred to a Service Center while still keeping track of its association to the kit TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 113 Enterprise Essentials Locating an Existing Kit 1 ZA D From the Navigator panel click on the Tools amp Equipment module Click on the Tool Kits button to open the Kit Browser window In the Explorer window click on All Categories gt All Tools A Kit will be represented by a red tool box icon Click on any of the column headers to sort the varied lists and scroll to find a particular Kit Alternatively you could use the Search button and search for a
410. ost amp Billing module click on Export Templates button 2 Create a template with the following features a Template Type Transaction Detail b Name Your 1 Name Detail Template e g Bob s Detail Template 2 2 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing c Set up your template to look like the one here see image Name Bob s Detail Template Record Delimiter Record Format LS Job Cost single line C Accounting double line Available Fields Export Layout Field Name Type Notes Field Name Transaction Type Desc Char Specified in the the export field values Item Type Date Posted Date Item Number Time Posted Time Item Description Posting Employee Numb Char Cost Center Descri Posting Employee Name Char Item Quantity Posting Number Num 0 Total Charge Amount Billing Method Char F fixed U usage R return L loss Amount Each Billing Entry Type Char Amount Each Num 2 Assignment Char Item Unit of Measure Char Item Purchase Cost Num 2 Item Billing Price Num 2 Item Base Cost Num 2 The base costfor this item as defined Cost Center Percent Mar Num2 aes Locked Edit Export Field Values Save your work 4 Close the window up Export Data 5 Using the Export Data button export data from your Stoneybrook Cost Center 6 Select the Detail Template you just created 7 Set up your template as shown here see image a J
411. ou made Perform a manual sync to affect any further billing calculations oO a CIS pars Deleting a Transfer Ticket 1 From the Transfer Browser select and highlight a Transfer Ticket of interest 2 Click the Delete Transfer button to delete this transfer 100 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Printing Transfers Printing Transfers as They are Processed Printing a Transfer Ticket can be done in one of two ways 1 asthey are processed and 2 after they have been processed gt Before clicking to process your transfer i e clicking UE on the Process Transfer button select the Print Print transfer ticket when processed transfer ticket when processed box down in the lower right corner of the Transfer Ticket see image This will print automatically a copy of your Transfer Ticket as it is being processed This is useful if a number of tickets are being processed at the same time in this case each Transfer Ticket will be printed as it is processed and the transfer window will remain open between transfers saving considerable time Printing Transfers After They Have Been Processed Leaving the Print transfer ticket when processed box un selected allows for you to choose what Transfer Ticket and when this ticket will be printed From the Transfer Browser highlight a Transfer Ticket and select aj Print the Print button Print All Print Selected 2 Click on the drop
412. ou to configure shortcuts to your most commonly used screens Each Dashboard allows for unique favorites Create Transfer Refresh Configure The Message Center provides a variety of notifications in There are tools aut past their return date response to user pre set values e g low levels or when a user there are tools needing to be serviced is being prompted to perform an action e g return a tool Refresh 22 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Gauges see image are used in TooIWatch Enterprise as warning indicators to monitor tools status and day to day activities Each qu Dashboard has unique Gauge detailing es different inputs Recalculate Se The Key Performance Indicators pane haber ef Overdue apc Tade Tw Yor ee see image shows financial information z 2 TM Aca I om about tool and material values where resources are concentrated and ian distributed etc It allows you to compare current data with data from other periods of time KPI s are pre set and not customizable Charts and Graphs see image can chronicle data patterns over time and identify daily Nu monthly or seasonal trends that help you Becker Tool Supply Jensen Tool Supply forecast for future needs Grayber Electric Vendor D amp G Crescent Electric Acme Electric Supply Acme Ladder NOTE You can disable the Dashboards by exea dis unchecking the Enabled box in the Layout drop down menu Disabli
413. ould be Ns redundant for tools of the Same pem Method mm Reading Interval i l Unique ID Quantity none Topkkis masepon mian Agassi OSA Saige ales I lum m e i Imm 745681 BH37SDKJ836 National HO 1 i 1702 745682 NVCJC67489TRUG DIA Concourse B 1 The lower portion B of the Ime 745683 BNG45567GDFSCS43 National HQ 1 1705 745685 VBNZDEYG National HQ 1 l window dis la sa list of all to 1706 745686 NVOZHYVB79REGT DIA Concourse B 1 Play l 2248 940499 78498730110 Donovan Tom 1 I currently being tracked tools t l l l were cre ated using the Mo del Tools using this manufacturer amp model record Record Tool Records Once a Model Record has been created for an item tool record s is are created to represent and track each item The Tool Record contains specific information about each tool on the Model Record e g Tool Number Service history the date it was purchased meter information pansion The top portion A of the Tool Record window see image displays information imported over from the Model Record while the lower he Save M Cancel Retire Tool Previous Next E Attachments QA Delete Model Record ID 1 Manufacturer amp Model Information DELENGE Bosch Tracking Method Category Drills Unique ID BEIM 1000V5R IGITABI TIERE Drill 3 9 MEM Meee 3 8 Drill 0 2100 Rpm Bin View Model Information Tool Number Bar Code 940499 jT ME mms el es ee
414. ource that is to be assigned tracked and then returned is for our purposes a tool Equipment items are managed with the same set of software windows reports etc There appears to be no clear definition that states the difference between the words tool versus equipment This seems to be a personal preference from one organization to the next Some organizations use the words consumable and materials interchangeably others make matters more confusing by calling a small tool a consumable Throughout this guide we will use the terms tools and equipment interchangeably we will do likewise with the terms materials and consumables We prefer to place items that are actually consumed i e used up while working and not expected to be returned e g duct tape oil and building materials e g PVC pipe lumber items that are installed into the broad group of materials amp consumables Tool Tracking Methods ToolWatch Enterprise is capable of tracking tools and equipment using 2 approaches 1 Tracking unique items via a unique Identification Number 2 Tracking groups of similar tools by their quantity When creating a tool record you must choose one method for the type of tool you are tracking As an example you may wish to track each of your vehicles with a unique ID number or a barcode but track long handled shovels by quantity You must make this choice when you are creating your tool data If later you decid
415. p Description Drill Bits 1 From the Admin tab tap on the Te ee A iia New Tool button upc Salem Drills Cordless i Earthmoving Equipm Extension Cords Fasteners tense Extingushers a o Done Options Cancel Save ToolWatch EJ X d 1 32 TOOLWATCH New Tool New Material Barcode a Oa HM 4 From the Model field tap on the drop down menu and select the existing Model Record to which you are adding a new Tool Record e g inl DW130 LI Ll Logout m Utilities New Tool EJ C gt X 4E 1 39 Rec Manufacturer 2 From the Manufacturer field tap on eee aan the drop down menu and select a Manufacturer e g DeWalt New Tool POS a Se 1 35 Rec Category Model Description x Item Type UPC TDW 140 12 DW140 Parent EEIE ECMDW140 ar Assigned Bin Manufacturer Category Model Description Ttem Type Done Options Cancel Save Sea Fluke Corporation FMC Item p Barcode NOTE If you do not choose from the Assigned drop down list and you enter a Model Record different than one you have created already you will be creating a new Model Record and Tool Record rather than adding a new Tool Record to an existing Model Record 306 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 5 Once you ve selected a Model ToolWatch will recognize the existing Model Record a The top 6 fields will be populated wit
416. p a singular count line in the Inventory Adjustment Browser output module containing actions for security creating User Roles and Company Calendar for Job Cost amp Billing a User Role that grants the greatest level of Permissions to User Application Programming Interface a service provided by ToolWatch to allow developers from other company to work with ToolWatch developers to help with integration issues field on Tool Record populated with current assignment location refers to the physical location of a resource also one of the tabs on a Work Order and a column on numerous browsers one of Calculation Methods generates charge each time an item is assigned any document file web address that can be associated to a Tool or Model Record l age 55 191 245 264 61 136 42 42 286 37 213 63 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Average Purchase Cost Barcodes Base Value Basic Concepts Billing Billing Amount to Post Billing Browser Billing Browser Workflow Billing Comparison Report Billing Stream Bin Button Calculate Calculated On Calculation Method Calendar Method GLOSSARY one calculation of Purchase Cost found on tool amp material records 189 based on events involving purchasing and receiving items tracking system involving unique numbers and labels represents values imported into a Rate Sheet from Item Base Value field on Model Record see Item Base Va
417. pection Tasks instruct a person to inspect some feature of the tool within a specified acceptable range of values Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record Click on the Tasks tab to open a Required tab Click on the Add Task button to open the Task window From the Task Type drop down menu l select Inspection see image Task Type Inspection In the Description field either 7 Pass Fail Value Pass Fail e use the drop down menu to select from a list of existing descriptions OR e type ina description summarizing the service In the Pass Fail value field enter a value that determines whether a tool passes inspection This could be a number 35 psi a metric no leak visible or something as simple as Visual Inspection OK Optional Enter the estimated number of hours that will be required to complete the service task in the Est Hrs field Click Save to close the Task window If done with the Service Plan Event Detail window click Save to close it Creating a Calibration Task The Calibration Task allows a Tool Manger etc to set the necessary requirements for calibrating a tool to specific tolerances NOTE Prior to setting up a Calibration Task the Calibration Specifications need to be established on the tool s Model Record 146 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration 1 From the Navigator panel click the Tools amp Eq
418. pessetdeesreset ae 56 Adding Unique Tools to Enter pi Eeee anor tiene etus dino tbe suveaume dite lives ter uu ctis bisous 57 Creating a Unique Tool Record from an Existing Model Record 58 Training Activity 7 Create Unique Tools esee 59 Adding Quantity Tools to Enterprise essent 60 4 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Table of Contents Creating a Quantity Tool Record from an Existing Model Record 60 Training Activity 8 Create Quantity Tools essere 62 Working With Tool Records in ToolWatch Enterprise eee 63 Bro oy adore dere RECON NORTE 63 Ced Dp CERCDHERLSTI S oerte desi tanen tesrtinrt ET A ete sim Est eect 63 Manne ine RENI TODE ee 65 E a MOM P E E TO 65 Reinstating a Retired Tool seseessesseseesessessessessesesesessesressesessrsressrssessessessesstssessessresessessesseee 66 Training Activity 9 Keuring gl Kole een ee aa 67 supplement Vehicle IntormottOla unser phu Ee OEE 67 eased Rented Tools amp Equipmetil ee etri terat pe toti iieiea 68 iln m 70 Openin De Tool BDOS I E TT 70 Vaewine Tools S e rE A E EE E S 70 Searc hine 10r Lool Model i seo e I E TO o et 73 Searching for Tools amp EquiDEIDetlt eoa cag trt tras opt son E RIpt asp apt
419. ployees or Locations that are visible at the level pinned in the Org Tree will populate the To and From drop down lists L 2 o 4 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click the Transfer Ticket button to open a Transfer Browser window Click on the Create Transfer button to open a Transfer Ticket window On the new Transfer Ticket select the Express Check In radio button a The To field auto populates with the Stock Location where you are currently pinned in the Org Tree b The From field auto populates by choices that are visible at this Org Tree position If an Employee is selected any items assigned to this individual will appear on the Transfer Ticket NOTE Unless the Express Check In button is un checked all future transfers will have this radio button selected 5 Select the Employee or non Stock Location of the tools being transferred in the From drop down menu NOTE Inthe Mobile Scanner only Employees populate the From drop down menu versus the desktop where Locations also populate it 6 You can indicate that any or all items listed on the Transfer Ticket are present by checking them in There are 2 ways to accomplish this a Placing a checkmark in the All box will select all items Scan or enter item Senne gt Enter automatically and adjust the n Description In and Out quantities 8934 0 1 Wrench Adjustable 12 4451 V io 1 Air Ta
420. populate Cost Center Code if using Job P O Cost amp Billing 22 Items field running total of Ordered By field select number of line items on P O employee from drop down 29 Sub Total field running menu who is responsible for total of P O items costs P O 24 Shipping charges field Requisition field 25 Tax charges field shows type in Requisition Number tax charges from P O assigned to P O 26 Total field sum of Sub Ship Via field select method Totals Shipping and Tax of shipment from drop down charges fields menu 27 Notes field allows for entry Order Date field select date of relevant text messages from calendar when P O was shows shipping charges ordered Fi keep window open x o ICNENLICTANCITUUO0RO m EM NI 9 SubTotal 0 00 9 Shipping o Tax o Total 0 00 D 9 177 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Purchase Order Columns Model ID T Item Description H Quantity a y Received Canc 8 Number v oo dO oR Ww A pa Explanation Model ID from model record of item on P O Type Item Type of item Material Consumable Quantity Tool Unique Tool Kit Template Manufacturer info from model record of item Model Model Number from model record of item Item Description from model record Stock Keeping Unit number of item Quantity of items being purchased Received checkbox indicating was received after purchase J a D 178 9
421. r you can tap on NEW and Eat eo rack or E oss 100 Peps follow the prompts to create a more edits 12953 Bitter Point new Cost Center 6 To change 2003 Denver Bronco additional line items repeat Steps 2 5 5 For adding a Cost Code repeat Steps 2 4 using the Cost Code drop down menu 294 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Editing Return Date Meter and Status Information in a Transfer You can add a Return Date for an item add Meter information miles hours change the Status of the tool or delete a line entirely from a transfer This optional information is edited through the Line Detail tab 1 Create a transfer follow Steps 1 8 in Transferring Items 2 While on the Line Items pg tab tap once on the line that contains the tool material in order to highlight it 3 Tap the Line Detail tab Transfer ED G gt X de 1 25 Item MEN Item T Descipion Q 99591 T Cutter Pipe Small 1 1004 T Bender Conduit 1 I II Line Items pg Credit Charge Line Detail I A Cancel 4 Optional Enter in the Return Date field a date by which the item in question returned is to be returned For just this item the date you enter will replace the Return Date entered for the entire Transfer Ticket Transfer EQ Gs Xe 1 31 99591 Cutter Pipe Small Cs None Meter MEBBEEEEEEEENI TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner 5 Optional Enter c
422. r 16913 09 04 2014 11 36 AM Q Transfer D Express Check In Express Check Out aeli National HQ X Cost Center Cost Code Sey 10411 Legacy v Stock cot Cat Cost Code v Cost Center here Legacy located Transfemed By Assigned On Delivered By Retum Date Document No under it on the Transfer Ticket see Bennethum Todd 09 04 2014 11 36 AM x v image For multiple items being billed to more than one Cost Center it is customary to identify those Cost Centers in the Cost Center To column next to their respective items EREE UEM lt scan here gt Je fien Jas eren m rete 1520 1 Compressor Air Cooling Tower Job 26472 1 Generator Portable 110 National HG The same rules above apply to the application of Cost Codes Likewise there is a certain hierarchy to the placement of Cost Centers and Cost Codes onto the Transfer Ticket e Ifa Cost Center and or Cost Code is indicated on the top of the transfer and none is are indicated on the bottom of the transfer then the Cost Center and or Code from the top will be applied to all items i e on the bottom of the transfer e If there is a Cost Center or Cost Code indicated on the top of the transfer AND for items on the bottom of the transfer then the Cost Center and or Cost Code on the bottom supersede any from the top of the transfer You can set Enterprise such that when you select any location on a transfer either a Cost Center
423. r CC3 The item is then transferred from Job B2 to Job B1 with the Cost Center CC4 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC4 and closes the open stream for the item against Cost Center CC3 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX 351 APPENDIX NOTE In Scenario 2 should NO Cost Center be specified in the Transfer Ticket moving the item from B2 to P1 then the resulting action would be simply to close the open Billing Stream for the item against Cost Center CC3 with no new open Billing Stream being created Scenario 4 Non Stock Point to Stock Point issuing An item is transferred from Job B2 to Job B1 with the Cost Center CC4 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC4 Oo The item is then transferred from Job B1 to Stock Point B with NO Cost Center specified The results in the open Billing Stream for the item against Cost Center CC4 being closed and no new B1 B2 Billing Stream is opened i e the asset is returned to the issuing A Stock Point b Scenario 5 Stock Point to Non Stock Point concurrent Billing Stream An item is transferred from Stock Point A to Stock Point B with the Cost Center CC2 specified This results in a new open Billing Stream for the item accruing charges against Cost Center CC2 The item is then transferred from Stock Point B to Job B2 wit
424. r d Job Co wwang T osis amp Laucmer eere Getas a e IC es En EST Unpcved Job 1 Lepcve toss at a ConDetottect 6 Leine 4 T Seale teres Trassackes Somer ary Toot Umponted Job Cosi Tiammsachces M m Cote ste ore tt Laposied Lo Coe Traasaceces Tacito 4 C qur Unpowwe Jc Cow Tusmeectoms Vater as A Co we Geousem Lege ved Sikes Summary AD emm sho sonaa l oct 6 guononu xi Tuscus oce Lepetios Sitas Seward ater a t Cotorra Lm cmd Dn Dental VA 1 Uepcve dits utat loch t gerer a MID Legere Site Duta d stie aa Lmpicow d filas Traesactom Sema Tous amp P i mr Unported Biting T uyasscicas rsen Dashboard Reporioa x 3 Calculating the ROI forall of your tools amp equipment Unposted Job Cost Summary Tools amp Equipme p Tool Reports Unposted Job Cost Summary Materials amp Const Unposted Job Cost Detail All E List Reports Unposted Job Cost Detail Tools amp Equipment Unposted Job Cost Detail Materials amp Consuma Unposted Job Cost Transactions Summary Too Tz Transfer Reports Unposted Job Cost Transactions Al ROS ONG acia Scc ili ar Code Labels and Bad Unposted Job Cost Transactions Tools amp Equip Unposted Job Cost Transactions Materials amp Cc Pr oo ERN Unposted Billing Summary All 4 Here is the ROI Report for a single item Tool 22731 see 1 Comes from the Billing Report entitled TORNO Seem CERNI Posted Cumulative Tools amp Equ
425. raining Manual 171 Service amp Calibration 11 Click on the Assignments tab if you wish to re assign this item to a different location or employee a Click on the Reassign This Item button and a transfer ticket appears b All relevant fields on this ticket are populated save for the new assignment To 12 Under the Completion Details on the Work Order Details tab of the Work Order a enter a Completion Date required field NOTE This date will be assigned automatically when the Work Order is closed b Optional select an Employee for the Completed by field c Optional include any relevant notes in the Note field 13 Click Save to save changes to the Work Order Close work order YD Close work order 14 Update Meter and Status information as appropriate 15 When the Close Work Order window appears a click No if you are not completely finished with the Work Order b click Yes if you are all done with the Work Order e This will populate the Completion Date of the Work Order with the date e As well it will populate the Service History tab of the Tool Record with the completion of this Work Ed Order see image Open missed 77 172 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order Scenario Your Service Department Manager is looking through this week s Service Requests in the Service Request Browser H
426. rchase Order Explained Required fields for a Purchase Order are indicated by an asterisk Number 1 Via Charge To Notes Explanation Add Template button adds contents of a Template Attachments button attaches documents or web address Add Tool Item button adds tools Add Material Item button adds materials Add Item button adds tool or material item not in inventory currently Edit or Delete Line button edit or remove selected line P O Number field shows unique number assigned to P O j Expected Date yAew e A 7 LEDXGITTCENUCNENNN D D RN SNR CE IEESN J o Items 0 e 176 9 f TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Number 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Explanation P O Status indicates current status Draft Waiting for Receipts Done Receiving Number 17 Purchasing amp Receiving Explanation Expected Date field select date from calendar when P O expected to be delivered Keep window open box is 18 Document Number field checked to keep P O window type in document number open after you Save associated with P O Vendor field select Vendor 19 P O tabs discussed later in from drop down menu chapter Ship To select Stock 20 Scan field type in scan Location where item s on items to populate P O P O will ship Zr Item field line items of tools Charge To Notes field select and materials that
427. reassign of a tool reassign applies to any change in an asset s assignment database utility used to improve performance of ToolWatch Purchase Order tab that provides information on items done purchasing and being received after an item is purchased on a Purchase Order this designation indicates that the item was delivered and invoice should be paid 79 205 205 177 188 193 175 o1 153 208 210 110 213 21 194 178 190 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Receiving browser Receiving Ticket Record Delimiter Record ID Record Info Tab Recurrence Recurrence Pattern Refresh Reinstate Item Reinstatement Credit Related Charge Repair Parts Replacement Cost Reprovision Report Groups Reporting Cloud Required Tools GLOSSARY Search window to locate Receiving Tickets records all items from a Purchase Order that have been received setting that defines how data will be distinguished delimited in the export file unique number used to track an item auto populated by ToolWatch or can be manually assigned Purchase Order tab that displays information about who created and modified Purchase Orders pattern of service assigned to a tool based on Date Meter or Turn the date information entered in the Recurrence for a Service Plan on a Tool Model Record some action that updates a change in Enterprise e g a recent transfer so that this change becomes visible
428. ree Lists Navigator Org Tree like those in Enterprise The organization tree displays Sbe Mie 00000 b m each of the company s Stock Locations Other Job Locations are not represented here The Org Tree looks E Sigma Warehouse Portland Warehouse amp Trailer 1 like an Organization Tree turned 90 degrees counter c West Region clockwise see image Phoenix Warehouse Here is yet another example see diagram of a typical Organization Tree We will use this diagram to introduce the concept of being pinned in TW Enterprise If you were pinned in the Eastern Region you would be able to see and manage only the inventory assigned to or owned by the e astern Region e Boston Tool Crib and e New York Tool Room Similarly if you were pinned at Trailer 1227 you would be able to see and manage only the inventory at Trailer 1227 Finally if you were pinned at the ACME Corporation level you would be able see and manage all inventories at every location throughout the entire Organization Tree Org Tree ToolWatch Enterprise builds on the Organization Tree concept with its own Org Tree interface The Org Tree utilizes the idea of being pinned to control what items an individual can see and manage m 6 ToolWatch Enterprise Craiter 1227 Todd Bennethum The Org Tree can be viewed by 1 opening up the Layout menu The Org Tree is comprised of Stock Locations Cartel lasses
429. rehouse 1 10 12 Main Warehouse 1 11 13 Main V arehouse 1 o5 anu as eda ean oe 4 Service Retail Cost Each Biling Configuration MSRP 115 000 00 T Do not bill this model Replacemgfft Cost 115 000 00 Item Base Value ea Tool Model Record B Save f Cancel Previous 9 Next E Attachments Record ID 109 Manufacturer amp Model Informa sn Manufacturer Caterpillar UPC Number Category Earthmoving Equipment atalog Number Model 450E Certification Cla L Manufacturers Description V nufacturers Features our Description Backhoe loader 13 ton Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval 8 Unique ID Quantity none Tool List Components Accessories Cost Info Service Stock Info 12 14 Main Warehouse 1 Return to the Activity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 365 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 8 Create Quantity Tools Tool List Components Accessories cost Into Service Stock Info Retail Cost Each MSRP of Measure dollars r BM save e Cancel dE Previous Q9 Mext By Anachments Record iD Liz Manufacturer amp Model informatir UPC Humber Mode 47114 Year Your Description screwdriver No 2 x 4 Phillips cut copy paste Tracking Method Meter Reading Interval Unique ID 9 Quantity Change Main Warehouses 25 sevice tock info
430. report can also roll up ROI figures providing you with both Model and Category totals such as the ROI figures on 1 all of your Ford F 250 s 2 all of your Toyota Tundras as well as 3 all of your vehicles sx RR The ROI Report is found in the tapont Chaos Eeport Groupa Heposts Options l Billing Report Groups see image IT posi Job Com emm erae Cape Te cas Unposted Job Cost Detail All 5 and can be run in one of 3 ways ened se Ceni Dai hienas amp Cannona rcr x nposted Job Cost Transsetions Su unmary Too DOSES JOST AM ist Transacbons Tools amp C qup t Tem Aso Maten als amp Cc Un nposted Bi ling Su memary All Unposted Biling Summary Tools amp E en 4 Unposted Biling Summa ry Matenats amp Con Unposted Biling Detail All Unposted Billing Detail Tools amp Equip Unposted Biling Datad Matenals amp nenas Ad ted Biling Transactons Summary Tools 1 Calculating the ROI for a single item here Tool 22731 a System Dashboard Un nposted Bilkng Tranaacson of ai s amp Equi uipme Ai Tools amp Equipment dg ree amp Commit No Sample Available 4 Service amp Calibrabon T Purchasing 5 Fiecevong BP sob Cost amp Dilisg 282 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing m pmmE x 2 Calculating the ROI for a p single Category of items here Umpeswd deb Cos Semmwry AN a wt o ll V hi l AE ence Unge
431. reported in the database are seldom correct after the initial setup for reasons such as tools are moved between projects tools become lost or stolen tools are returned to the warehouse or crib without knowing from where they came If an actual count is not critical and if the history of the individual tool is not important then tracking by quantity may be an acceptable method to consider Using Quantity Tools also may be appropriate to track larger numbers of items that are issued in bulk or not serviced Model Records vs Tool Records Model Records ToolWatch Enterprise supports the use of Model Records Model Records reduce the amount of data you must enter to track items of the same type Using Model Records also promotes the consistency of data among many users e g streamlined tracking of 50 cordless drills of the same Manufacturer and Model ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 91 Enterprise Essentials ion A Model Record window see EEE GEE ye Save ancel 9 Previous Next sl Attachments image in the upper portion A Log jpn OIL o Urt I contains the record s information I Manufacturer Bosch i UPC Number 0003462389491 i s Category Drills Catalog Number an optional photo appropriate model T000V5R Mwe mo cmm E l Jour Description Drill 3 8 Class Expensed Tool he Tracking Method and other l z i information that w
432. rer manufacturer manufacturer manufacturer manufacturer 4 OPAAdaAaAG SRG 18 A 5 9 2014 2 41 PM Report ID N4 amp B NJA OOO Charge Type D assignment Reynolds Job Site Porter Jerry National HG Warehouse Staging Area Reynolds Job Site LTG Job Site no Denver Trinidad Trailer Assignment Porter Jerry Reynolds Job Site Texacon Project Thermacorp Smith Jim Thermacorp Brown Sharon 285 Job Cost amp Billing Custom Reporting Options API Most clients of ToolWatch Enterprise who have an annual subscription package have access to additional integration services These tools allow for third party software applications to integrate to varying degrees with ToolWatch software One of these tools an API Application Programming Interface involves having our ToolWatch developers work with IT personnel from your company to develop scripts that push pull ToolWatch data through Find out more at developer toolwatch com API Reporting Cloud Another subscription based service option is our Reporting Cloud found at developer toolwatch com ReportingCloud Relevant to Job Cost amp Billing one of the main uses for Reporting Cloud is allowing for export of Job Cost amp Billing data for integration with other common accounting systems e g Timberline QuickBooks SAP 286 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner The mobile device is an abridged handheld version of ToolWatc
433. rest A Delete Purchase Order 3 Click the Delete Purchase Order button Printing a Purchase Order You can print a Purchase Order from either of 2 windows e Purchase Order Browser OR e PO Detail Purchase Order ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 187 Purchasing amp Receiving 1 Search for a Purchase Order of any Status by following Steps 1 3 in Viewing an Existing Purchase Order 2 To print from the Purchase Order Browser a highlight the Purchase Order of interest b click the Print button s drop down menu c click the Print Selected option the Report Options window opens Print All Print Selected d choose Purchase Order Detail for your Report Layout e click View Report button to generate a hard copy of your Purchase Order 3 To print from the PO Detail Purchase Order window a click the Print button the Report Options window opens b choose Purchase Order Detail for your Report Layout c click View Report button to generate a hard copy of your Purchase Order Training Activity 26 Editing a Purchase Order to Include Adding a Template To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ESSENTIAL CONCEPTS gt Creating a Template from the Template Browser e PURCHASING amp RECEIVING gt Adding a Template to a Purchase Order Open the Purchase Order you created in Training Activity 25 It should be in Draft Sta
434. riday job site for a week 5 days out 8 a m DA back 5 p m from 8 00 am on Monday to 5 00 pm on Friday The operator informs the backhoe owner that it was used for 2 hours on Wednesday afternoon but sat unused the remainder of the week 40 2 hours or 38 hours total The Rate Sheet for this backhoe had the Calculation Method as Hourly Usage with a required Hourly Usage Rate of 85 00 and an optional Idle Rate of 8 00 hr The backhoe s Cost Center will accrue Idle Rate charges of 38 hrs x 8 hr or 304 but ToolWatch has no way of knowing how to charge out the Hourly Usage charge without being told the number of hours This is where the Equipment Usage Log becomes a valuable tool The Equipment Usage Log The Equipment Usage Log provides a means to record the hourly usage of equipment The entries you record in this log will be used to generate Job Cost amp Billing charges for equipment that is calculated using the Hourly Usage Calculation Method Note that equipment using the Hourly Usage Calculation Method will not generate TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 249 Job Cost amp Billing Ensure that the Tool Model Record of interest is using the Hourly Usage Calculation Method in its Rate Sheet see Creating a Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet 2 From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module a Equipment Usage Lag 3 Click the Equipment Usage Log button
435. riday 8 00 AM 5 00 PM MST Mountain Time at 800 580 3114 2 Send Us an E mail You can send an e mail to support toolwatch com 3 Send Us a FAX You can send a FAX to 303 799 0209 Address it to Technical Support 4 Write Us at ToolWatch Corporation Technical Support 400 Inverness Parkway Suite 450 Englewood CO 80112 5 Visit our Web Site Look for answers to Frequently Asked Questions FAQs ToolWatch tips and techniques product updates feature articles and information about other ToolWatch products on our web page at http www toolwatch com For Technical Support Outside of the United States and Canada Outside the U S and Canada contact your local Customer Support Representative for information regarding technical assistance 312 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX Appendix 2 Getting Started with TooIWatch Enterprise Minimum Hardware amp Software Requirements In order to run the TooIWatch Enterprise desktop client you must have a computer with access to the Internet that meets these minimum requirements e Intel Pentium Dual Core or equivalent processor e Windows XP Professional Windows 7 or Windows 8 e 4GB of RAM 8GB recommended e 10GB of available hard disk space ToolWatch Enterprise also requires the Microsoft NET Framework Version 2 0 or later to be installed This will be downloaded and installed automatically by the ToolWatch Smart Client installation if not alre
436. rise Training Manual 193 Purchasing amp Receiving 2 Receipts Tab The Receipts tab displays a list of all items that have been received against a given Purchase Order It is populated automatically when a corresponding Receiving Ticket for this purchase is created and saved a b C From the Navigator panel select the Purchasing amp Receiving module Click the Purchase Order button the Purchase Order Browser appears From the Purchase Order Browser select the Closed radio button and choose the Status Done Receiving Click Search to produce all Closed Purchase Orders with the Done Receiving Status For more information see Viewing an Existing Purchase Order Double click the Purchase Order of interest to open it Click on the Receipts tab to review all purchased and PO tema Receipts cor Info received items from this Purchase Order Here actual Item Numbers are given for the Model ID numbers referenced in the PO Items tab 3 Record Info Tab The Record Info tab displays information about who created and modified the Purchase Order as well as the Creation date and when it was last Modified Here is a summary of the information included in the Record Info tab see image 194 Created On the date the Purchase Order was created Created By the name of the person who created the Purchase Order Modified On the m date the Purchase Record Information oes l st Created On 4 20 2015 9 03 AM La
437. rkstations also connected to the ToolWatch Enterprise Server Every 5 7 minutes data from that workstation will synchronize or sync with the main Enterprise Server allowing all users to access and see the updated information see image next page This also applies to any Administrative changes 7 File MEME UAE Help such as adding new Lists items and Users While Lists Navigator eem this occurs automatically and regularly you can E ETE manually sync your machine at any time by doing a RE manual sync see image TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 19 ToolWatch Basics ToolWatch Data Sync Every 5 7 minutes NOTE It is important that you ensure regular and consistent synchronization with each workstation using ToolWatch Enterprise If you do not log in and sync your production account within a 21 day period 2 3 days for Mobile ToolWatch will drop your sync link This means that in order to preserve any data entered since your last sync you will need to contact Support and arrange for an online meeting to pull your database for a manual upload 4 Synchronization Monitor To check when your last sync occurred Status Next sync at 7 22 2014 4 01 03 PM open the Synchronization Monitor and look under the progress bar see image Last Sync 7 22 2014 3 55 58 PM Navigating ToolWatch Enterprise The ToolWatch Enterprise software employs an intuitive interface allowing the user
438. rn a kit 1 Kit Details a Description General Repair Kit b Category Drills c Bar Code 123123 C Note After assignment re stock with 3 units of paint insert the of your paint e Contents i 1 drill ii 2 extension cords iii 2 screwdrivers iv 3 cans of red paint 2 When finished creating the kit save and transfer it to your Stoneybrook location 3 Locate your kit and transfer it back to stock i e Main Warehouse a Use the Kit Browser to find it open the kit and examine its contents b Note in particular the missing paint Re stock the paint in this kit for its next use When done compare your work to the Answer Key Creating a Template from the Template Browser 1 You will need to create a Template Category from the Lists gt Categories before creating a Template 116 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 2 From the Navigator panel click on the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Click on the Templates button a Templates to open the Template Browser 4 Click on the Create Template button in t New Template Type the menu bar to open the New Template Type window see image Please choose the type of template to create EEE amp Materials fe 5 Inthe New Template Type dialog box select Tools amp Materials from the drop down list and click OK ten Teel Al Save M Cancel ap Print 7 Previous Next E Attachments
439. roject Calendar Purchase Order Purchase Order Browser Purchase Order Tabs Purchasing amp Receiving Quantity Tools Range of Recurrence Rate Sheets Rate Sheet Rules Ready to Pick Reassign Rebuild Data Caches Receipts Tab Received 430 clicking this button gives the option of sending an individual document field record etc or multiples to the local printer options available when deciding how your billing is to handle quantity tools that are assigned and returned at different times allows for establishing variations to Company Calendar for billing of a project Cost Center document allowing for the purchasing of items from desired vendors and subsequent tracking of them in inventory Search window to locate Purchase Orders tabs on a Purchase Order PO Items Receipts Record Info ToolWatch module centered around Purchase Orders and Receiving Tickets tools tracked by their quantities not unique ID Numbers from a newly created Service Event includes the start date and end date for the Recurrence feature of Job Cost amp Billing that allows for establishing rates by which tools amp equipment are billed on assignment settings that govern how Rate Sheet governs charges for an item using a Calendar Calculation Method status assigned to a Pick Ticket that is ready to be picked can be picked only in this status in a Work Order Assignments tab sets up a transfer to change the assignment
440. rpillar 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 2004 2004 DIA Concours 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no transactions in the peri 7 3504 HARP Phase 2 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 5237 700 University 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 1010 Codemon Cost Center 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no transactions in the peri 6064 Stonybrook 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 6065 Stonybrook subproject 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 5556 Todd s Project 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no rate she Completed But no rate sheet specified 2827 00 00016 Turoni 09 05 2014 0 09 05 2014 Completed But no transact Completed But no transactions in the peri 100 Pepsi 09 05 20140 09 05 2014 Completed But no transact Completed But no rate sheet specified All Calculate Refresh Close 4 Begin in the Select cut off date and time field by selecting your desired cut off date select cut off date and ime 06 14 2010 03 17 PM and time a You can select the date and time that you want Enterprise to respe
441. rrence Service after every PO Number Recurrence View ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 381 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 20 Create a Recurring Service Plan cont d Service Plan Tasks view 44 Service Plan Event Detail on Model Record 382 Pass Fail Value Pass Fail Fail lt 1 7 mm Pass Fail Task Type D inii Calibrate imir Pass Fail Pass Fail Completion Information Performed By Date Time Acti Note ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 20 Create a Recurring Service Plan cont d Service Plan Parts views ToolsDashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Inventory Adjustments Browser Tool Model Becas rael Medel esa Tool Model Record H Save Previous Next Attachments Record ID 4 Manufacturer Category Model F 150 XL v Year Your Description Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door v Manufacturers Description escription Tracking Method 9 Unique ID Quantity motor oil 10W 40 quart containers Mobil Return to the Activity Training Activity 21 Adding an Existing Service Plan to a Tool ToolsDashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Inventory Adjustments Browser Tool Model Records Tool Model Recor Tool Record Part One Tool Recor
442. ry of items to be transferred 14 optional Notes area 94 C Print transfer when processed Items 0 Number Explanation 15 Signature is captured with Mobile Scanner amp viewed 16 sets transfers to print each time they are processed 17 keeps a running total of items being transferred TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials c iem Qu Description E From Cost Center From Staus Meter PI Cost Center To Cost Code E Kit Kit Number Status Status Code if present Item Item Number Meter Meter information can update on transfers Oty adjust quantity for Quantity Tools Materials PI check if Personal Issue item assigned only on Description from Tool Material transfers Records Cost Center used with Job Cost From for multiple items with To amp Billing module different locations Cost Code used with Job Cost Cost Center used with Job Cost amp Billing module From amp Billing module Transfer x Process Transfer ai Add Tool Record S Add Material Record Remove Line MP Cancel Edit Transfer 9 Previous Next Process click to initiate transfer Edit use with historical Transfer Transfer transfers allows editing of Job Cost amp Billing fields Add Tool allows for tools to for un posted transactions Record populate transfer Previous click to advance or retreat Add Model allows for materials to Next from an historical transfer Record populate transfer to next Remove highlight line item and
443. s 340 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 10 11 12 13 14 List Reports Group 1 APPENDIX Tool Meter Report Report providing current meter levels of tools sorted by multiple criteria and sort fields These include Assignment Category and Class Tool Summary Report Report showing single line summary of selected e g Location Category amp Status tools Multiple sort criteria available May include Purchase Cost amp Date information Tool Valuation Report Report showing the total value of selected tools Both Purchase and Replacement Cost information are provided Multiple criteria and sort fields available such as Location and Category Tool Stock Report Report displaying the Qty In Qty Out Model Record stock levels of unique tools relative to the Stock Location Multiple criteria Category Status Class and sort fields available Meter Exception Report Report listing all tools assigned a Meter Reading Interval that have not had their meter readings updated these updates are based on the Meter Reading Interval value assigned to the tool s model record Retired Tool Report Report presenting all tools retired within a defined date range Includes Last Known Assignment and Replacement Cost Multiple criteria and sort fields available Model Catalog List Report listing tool model information by Category and or Manufacturer Includes Cost Base Value and printed UPC labels Print Images and
444. s Event Recurrence Trucks 4 2MEN Recurrence Type ByDate ByMeter ByTums Whichever Occurs First Recurrence pattern Onw dee E mes The thid w Mendsy ofevey 3 month s Mon 1 2018 e Odometer Meter Recurrence Part Three Service Schedule Service Dashboard Tool Browser Material Browser Count Ticket Browser Inventory Adjustments Browser Tool Model Record Service Scheele Service Schedule aj Print Export Data Service Schedule Open Scheduled Al Created On Next Date Next Meter Current Meter Requested Service Manufacturer Model Current Assignment 07 01 2015 52674 Ford Tud Nanenane Schede 2 truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Main Warehouse 07 01 2015 Ford Truck Maimerance Schedule truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door z Main Warehouse Truck 2 08 01 2015 Ford F 250 Maintena truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Main Warehouse Truck 3 02 01 2015 Ford F 250 Maintena truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door 250 Main Warehouse Truck 4 02 01 2015 Ford F 250 Maintena truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door 250 Main Warehouse Truck 5 02 01 2015 Ford F 250 Maintena truck diesel 1 2 ton 4 door Main Warehouse Truck 6 Truck 41 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 385 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 21 Adding an Existing Service Plan to a Tool cont d Service Schedule Report 5 15 2014 1 08 PM Main Warehouse Service Schedule Current Mast Mext
445. s ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 65 Enterprise Essentials Reinstating a Retired Tool 1 Click on the Tools amp Equipment module 2 Click the Manage Retired Tools button 3 a Type the Tool ToolsDashboard Retired Tools Number of the Retired Tools Reinstateltem Viewltem item being reinstated in the Item No field and click Search OR 09 25 2012 T 5424524 Drill Cordless 1 2 18 volt 1 Levine Harry Vehicles 08 27 2012 23437 iT 4 Vehicle Truck F 250 1 Levine Harry National HQ Drills 07 31 2012 20405 T 2 Drill Cordless 1 2 1 Levine Harry 10411 Legacy Drills 07 31 2012 21020 T 6466566 Drill Cordless 1 2 1 Levine Harry Adams Hank b Enter your search criteria in the Retired Tools Browser see image then click on the Search button Highlight the tool from the list to be returned 4 Once you have selected the tool click the Reinstate Item button on the menu bar The Reinstate Tools window will appear see image Yeu are shou ly resnstabe poli This means Hal the tool will bo neeneeed hori the Aotred Tools liit and placed bark mi nana parece Also a right click on the highlighted item will create a shortcut Reinstate 5 Click OK to reinstate the tool The tool is reinstated to the last known assignment including browsers and any service reports where it existed previously 66 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Training
446. s Once a Model Record has been created for an item you can begin creating the actual record s needed to track inventory levels at each Stock Location The Material Record contains specific information about the material item you have in your stock e g Bar Code number Bin location stock levels in addition to general information from the Model Record The top portion of the Material Record window A displays the manufacturer model information that was created in the Model Record The lower portion B of the window displays information etc that is specific to the actual inventory of the item you are tracking see image Material Record Save f Cancel apa Print 9 Previous cj Next ps Attachments Model Record ID 1000 Manufacturer amp Model Information Seun DeWALT No image Mu Blades Circular available uA DV 125 eee edel Blades Circular 7 25 Mant Description View Model Information Item Information Product Equivalents Purchase amp Cost Info Item Ho 31000 Bar Code Quantity 10 Notes This record reflects where you are pinned in the Org Tree The Material Record and its inventory represent but one placeholder for the overall Material inventory ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual T Enterprise Essentials Material Inventory Records Imagine that you had 100 quarts of oil that were divided at these Stock Locations e 35 qts at National HQ e 28 qts at Eastern Region Warehouse e 20qts
447. s Accessories Service Purchase amp Cost Info fi NOTE The Actual Price column drives data from the Purchase amp Cost Info tab see image Purchase information for stock location National HQ Cost Information e onthe tool and material records 1 P h d A Total Qty Purchased 242 Tota Quantity urcnase 7 verage Average Purchase Cost 28 83 Purchase Cost Last Purchase Cost Last Purchase Cost 28 71 Replacement Cost 32 00 Preferred Vendor Grainger X on all relevant tool and material reports 7 Ifthe items are to be received at a Stock Location different from the original edit the Received At field When you save all checked items will be assigned here this will be reflected also on the Receiving Ticket but NOT on the Purchase Order 8 Addin any Shipping or Tax values for this Purchase Order Tab out for each value entered 9 Each time you partially receive a Purchase Order a Receiving Ticket is generated All Receiving Tickets whether complete or partial are given a Status of Closed and can be found on the Receiving Browser 10 When finished receiving any Receiving Ticket click the Save button TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 191 Purchasing amp Receiving New Tool Wizard The New Tool Wizard automatically adds new unique tools received from a Purchase Order and Receiving Ticket into the Tool Browser This panel gathers information necessary for ToolWatch to create a new Tool Record t
448. s a check box that tells the Rate Sheet to trigger the Maintenance Rate relative to the accrued charges from that Rate Sheet and earned by an ITEM over its total life When any item accrues an amount equal to the value entered into the Promote to Maint Rate at cell subsequent charges for this item will be calculated using the Maintenance Rate Per Hour cell value The second cell in this group Use Maint Rate Job Charge is a check box that tells the Rate Sheet to trigger the Maintenance Rate relative to the accrued charges earned by an item within a given Cost Center When any item accrues an amount equal to the value entered into the Promote to Maint Rate at cell subsequent charges for any tool of that model will be calculated using the Maintenance Rate PerHour cell value The third cell in this group Promote to Maint Rate at enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Promote to Maint Rate at The forth cell in this group Promote to Maint Rate at is the threshold or trigger point at which the Maintenance Rate will become effective The fifth cell in this group Maint Rate enables you to enter a percentage value and the Rate Sheet will calculate and display the Maint Rate Per Hour The last cell in this group Maint Rate Per Hour is the actual Maintenance Rate that will be applied when calculating the maintenance charges If you know the amount of the hourly Maintenance Rat
449. s him the numbers 601 700 Lastly Susan enters in creating yet more Material records TooIWatch beginning after 700 issues her the numbers 701 800 Note that each user gets his her unique block of 100 numbers from the Block Size you set earlier This ensures that there will be no duplication of numbering regardless of when syncing occurs To take this example one step further if John were to use all 100 of his numbers based on the example above then ToolWatch would issue him the numbers 801 900 the next available block of 100 numbers after those from Susan We recommend that you set your Block Size to 100 as we find it works best in most situations You may set your blocks to whatever size works best for you This is purely a recommendation based on our experiences NOTE Ifyou will be the only user using ToolWatch Enterprise or if you are using only one site you probably will not need to set up Number Blocks 26 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Setting Up the Number Blocks If you are new to ToolWatch and you are not migrating existing data into ToolWatch Enterprise follow the steps below to set up your Number Blocks If you are 1 not new to ToolWatch i e meaning you are transitioning over from ToolWatch SE or you are 2 migrating existing data into ToolWatch Enterprise see the next topic Number Blocks Transitioning From SE 1 ot de i From the Lists tab click on Num
450. s whac u bom In what city were you bom window enter your Password in the What is your mothers maiden name Bil eae What is your dog s name Password field Click on the Question drop down arrow and select one of the 3 Security Questions listed Enter the answer to the Security Question in the Answer field Click Submit Following the next synchronization password retrieval will require the user to answer the new Security Question ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 47 mE Enterprise Essentials In this section Users will learn the integral steps involved in identifying then tracking and transferring your company s tools amp equipment along with its materials amp consumables Upon successful completion of this Section the learner will be able to identify amp distinguish between the 2 main categories tracked in Enterprise Tools amp Equipment and Materials amp Consumables recall the 2 methods by which tools and equipment are tracked 1 individually with a unique ID Number and 2 in groups by quantity discuss 2 3 characteristics of Unique Tools and advantages of tracking resources this way list the 3 types of numbers associated with a Unique Tool discuss 2 3 characteristics of Quantity Tools and some advantages of tracking resources this way distinguish between a Tool Model Record and a Tool Record for a given inventory item Unique Tool Quantity Tool perform the followin
451. se Order otep 1 Vendors Name City Number 101 Grainger Centennial Name Grainger Contact Info Acor fo 12350 E Arapahoe Road Suite C Centennial co Web URL www grainger com Notes senten ee ai Vendor Info Contact Info Account No Shipping Method FedEx 2 Day r ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 393 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 25 Creating a Purchase Order cont d oteps 2 3 i Purchase Order 2 Draft Keep window open REE vore 3 Main Warehouse Suite C Centennial CO 80112 Poo Cost Co de Ordered By Requisition Ship Via Order Date Expected Date Document No Doe Jane v FedEx 2 Day vi 7 31 2015 1 8 4 2015 toda in 2 days PO Items Receipts Record Info s y Scan or enter item mE eec Corel 6 Q Coleman EC504930 extension cord 10 3 50 ft 0 0 dolla 213 75 506 T Ford F 150 XL Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door 0 0 la 26 000 00 7 M Krylon 52101 Spray Paint Red 12 oz cans 0 0 la 26 00 4 T Dewalt DW140 drill D handle 1 2 in 0 0 la 188 00 J Items 4 Sub Total 26 427 75 Shipping Total 26 427 75 Item Description extension cord 10 3 50 ft unit Qty Cost Unit of Measure dollars Charge To Cost Center Cost Code Step 4 use Add Item to add towels Tools Dash
452. se software e describe the significance of Reprovision to logging in including when to use it e discuss Synchronization as it applies to users of Enterprise and devices like the Mobile ocanner e givena typical Browser window identify each of the following module button tab header information e locate and summarize the 6 Dashboards and each of the following Favorites Message Center Charts amp Graphs Key Performance Indicators Gauges e recall the 4 possible messages found in the Message Center e locate and assign initial values to the Block Size and Current Number of the Number Blocks e find the Lists items and be able to create new and edit existing Lists information e generate and or assign a Status Code to an asset e distinguish between Stock and Job Locations and be able to create edit and delete them e discuss the Organization Tree concept and relate it to the Org Tree in Enterprise e explain the concept of being pinned to the Org Tree diagram e Modify Visibility status of Lists items based on how and when you wish them to be viewed E e create a Standard Employee and SE Enterprise User and assign them to a thle Scared or Bret 120 Model D posed are ans Look repine bo De per acted Peper ani iti ver Kon hood Stock Location DER got dits Neate mam o LL e assign a default User Role to or create dem S naui ws a new User Role for an Enterprise User New York Toci Room TOOLWATCH e set the appropri
453. ser or Transfer Browser Or when transferring items when a picking a pick ticket Ability to use the Process Transfer button in an open Transfer Ticket EXECUTE 325 APPENDIX PERMISSION Service Event Service Log Refers To Service Requests Service Schedule Service Ticket Refers To Work Orders 326 From the Tool Model Record or the Tool Record e Ability to view existing Service Events From the Service Request Browser tab Ability to view open or closed Service Requests From the Service Schedule tab Ability to view Open or Scheduled events From the Work Orders Browser Ability to view open or closed Work Orders e From the Tool Model Record or the Tool Record Ability to create new Service Events From the Service Request Browser tab or the Tool Browser Ability to create new Service Requests Placeholder not currently used From the Work Orders Browser tab or Tool Browser Ability to create new Work Orders e From the Tool Model Record or the Tool Record Ability to edit existing Service Events Ability to open and edit existing Service Requests in the Pending status Placeholder not currently used Ability to open and edit an existing Work Order that is in the Open state DELETE e From the Tool Model Record or the Tool Record e Ability to delete existing Service Events Ability to delete an open Service R
454. ser tab Ability to create new Materials amp Consumables and Tools amp Equipment rate sheets e In the Billing Browser tab e Ability to edit existing un posted miscellaneous charges or credits N A In the Rate Sheet Browser tab Ability to edit existing Materials amp Consumables and Tools amp Equipment rate sheets e In the Billing e Ability to delete Browser tab existing un posted miscellaneous charges or credits N A In the Rate Sheet Browser tab Ability to delete existing Materials amp Consumables and Tools amp Equipment rate sheets TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual DELETE APPENDIX PERMISSION VIEW RET DELETE EXECUTE N A e In the Billing Browser tab e Ability to Post existing un posted charges N A EXECUTE 329 APPENDIX PERMISSION T 15 5 EDIT DELETE EXECUTE e From the Reporting tab Billing Reports e Ability to run PDF N A N A N A N A and print the selected report e From the Reporting tab Consumable e Ability to run print Reports PDF and or export data for the selected report N A N A N A N A Placeholder Custom Reports reserved for future N A N A N A N A use Placeholder Graph Reports reserved for future N A N A N A N A use e From the Reporting tab e Ability to run print PDF and or export data for the selected report List Reports N A N A N A N A e From the Reporting tab e Ability to ru
455. sh for a user to access multiple EE on Utilities to TOTO locations using the Mobile we suggest open 3 options User ID creating multiple user profiles where Password Daa each profile has as its Assigned Stock di uis e Check For Updates Location one of these locations The user a Remember my i e Reprovision then can log in and have immediate access to Pick Tickets Count Tickets Recall there is a 2 3 Check For Updates etc for these locations day limit on Synchronize for the Mobile Scanner Reprovision 200 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner After 2 3 consecutive days wherein a Once you are logged in you will be device does not sync contact Tech brought to the ToolWatch Mobile Home Support for help with Reprovision screen The Home screen has two tabs on the bottom of it Home and Admin 4 Select a name from the User ID list E S P 11 02 7 Here is a view of the options from the Home tab ToolWatch EJ G 2 4 11 03 Toon WATCH Ea Transfer TOOLWATCH User ID Password Missae v Remember my password Pick Tickets Check In Count Inventory Synchronize e Ifanemployee s name is not in this drop down list s he will 8 Here is a view of the options from need to be added and made a the Admin tab Mobile Device User ToolWatch EL ICE e Your ToolWatch administrator Toon WATCH can do this from ToolWatch Enterprise by following this path ES Re Lists gt
456. signed allows you to stop billing on a project for a designated time period set of rules that defines the User Role designation that an item is assigned to an individual as personal issue versus normal issue when Pick Ticket is in warehouse and items are being pulled for transfer out this process is called picking an electronic list of items requested by field employee for fulfillment typically in a warehouse environment term used to describe an individual s location within Org Tree window showing previously created Purchase Order beyond Draft Status one of Purchase Order Tabs where items can be added and the Purchase Order can be edited in Job Cost amp Billing results in posting of Cost Center charges that have been calculated click on this button to post final adjusted inventory counts back to inventory charges that have been calculated in the Billing Browser and have allows for selection of Cost Centers whose calculated charges will be posted maximum number of hours between starting and ending transactions allow for substitution of similar items for a given material works with Purchasing amp Receiving can select a vendor of choice 124 38 206 41 98 110 93 36 187 194 266 137 266 267 258 83 83 1st create in Lists under Purchase amp Cost Info tab on Model Record ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 429 GLOSSARY Print Project Billing Rules P
457. ssecsseceseeeseeseeseeeseesseesseeseeseeeseeeeeeeeeseeees 20 Pas 8 oy 1 6 er mer nr ee ne re ee E E E E ee ee 22 Training Activity 1 Favorites ee ee One ret er Ter ee er 23 Toe IVS ers sera 24 ADE DIOC cT A een reer ere rere ee ere er ee ee 25 Block oze E Pana o NE RR ENTE o c yet o T 26 Setting Up the Number BlIOCKS irrire Ert t te Mattb secus tue re an enu pe beu Pann eEu e aUe ele ated r Number Blocks when Transitioning from ToolWatch SE esses 28 Training Activity 2 Number BIGCRSG uoi febbre t a eit diria teased 30 Manac EISE EDEPOL O ees ca arie cea E E tL brique rum mp 30 ere Ls Ne U e vaca 31 Training Activity 3 Create Lists OHIO eene esie nen rere tou ten nee tere eee 22 Lone ar Ease DID DEO PI ocio cerita ioi tene OE dio tier ie tec tinet E tue tete Iu iee uu cUESE Dd viciblNQ T 33 Pata IVC A T 30 L calons amp INe Do TICE T 35 TE AUT ZA OT eU 20 Qul 36 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 3 Table of Contents Stock Locations vs Jobs Non Stock Locations 37 Eea perro Eo eee a E m 38 Creating a Job Non Stock Location eese Eiei 38 Training Activity 4 Create LOCatODS osi eraot ee bee pain esee tue ES Eee pdes Posts ieu fe 39 IVT OU TN E
458. sses Enterprise window see image Contractors Customers Departments If the Lists tab is not present click Layout then choose Lists Employees Employee Types Lists is where you go to create and manage the main information for your company Locations 30 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Lists Navigator Lists Categories 1 Certifications Classes Contractors a Customers List Utilities Service 3x Departments Employees jJ Employee Types Locations Manufacturers Number Blocks Shipping Methods Status Codes Units of Measure Purchasing amp Receiving Vendors Job Cost amp Billing Cost Centers Cost Codes ListUtilities Data Merge Utility Service Service Classes oo00 Create a New Lists Item ToolWatch Basics Lists are grouped into 5 areas see image Tools amp Materials Purchasing amp Receiving Job Cost amp Billing If you want to create a new Lists item you would 1 From the Lists panel select an item say Categories 2 From the window that opens up select the Create New button Fill in the desired information on the right side of the window Select Save Finished Check under the Lists item to see that your entry has been created TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Categories Tool Categories
459. st Center Extra Number Char 10 Credit Account Number Char 25 Custom account number set up in the C T ae Locked Edit Export Field Values Charge Account Number Char 25 Custom account number set up in the C z Return to the Activity 416 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 41 Generate an Invoice Remit To information Active Inactive All LocationNo Description 10411 Legacy Main Warehouse Stoneybrook _ Wood River Warehouse LE sees seca autre Invoice Options tab Description 10411 Legacy Main Warehouse Stoneybrook ud Wood River Warehouse 9 Active Inactive Both No Description 101 i 10411 Legacy Stoneybrook _Stoneybrook Subproject 2 Customer Congleton Dae Cost Center information ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 417 ANSWER KEYS Customer information Name ToolWatch 303 799 4945 Office Max 303 555 1212 Jones amp Company Constr Record Information Created 5 5 2015 9 17 AM By Bennethum Todd Last Modified 5 5 2015 9 17 AM By Bennethum Todd Tool Model Record information Tool Model Record x B Save Cancel Previous Next T Attachments Record ID 101 Manufacturer amp Model Information Manicure d Category Catalog Number Model 450 Tw GA
460. st significant cell of all cells on a row It represents the value referenced by many cells involved in rate sheet calculations For example all percentage cells on the Rate Sheet use the Base Value to calculate their related cells If a Base Value of 1 000 is established and 80 is entered into the Initial Charge cell the Rate Sheet will calculate 800 or 80 of 1000 into the Initial Charge cell However if 800 is entered into the Initial Charge cell the Rate Sheet will calculate and display 8076 1000 800 in the Initial Charge cell If the Base Value for a model has been established on the Model Record the Item Base Value field before a Rate Sheet is created AND before a Calculation Method is assigned the Base Value will be populated dynamically into the Rate Sheet each TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 215 Job Cost amp Billing time it is created Once a Calculation Method is assigned the Base Value will be locked into the last Item Base Value uploaded Any changes to the Base Value moving forward will have to occur manually i e overwriting the value on the Rate Sheet This communication is one way Such changes will not be communicated to the Model Record b Required Grouping Headings 1 Hourly Usage Rate Grouping The Hourly Usage Rate is used when the Job Cost and Billing module calculates charges for tools and equipment that use the Hourly Usage Calculation Method This rate is also used for tools
461. stReceived On 4 20 2015 9 04 AM Inoue LastReceivedBy Bennethum Todd c Modified On 4 20 2015 9 03 AM Modified By the n Modified By Bennethum Todd name of the person who modified the Purchase Order Status Status the current status of the Purchase Order Last Received On the date the Purchase Order was last received against Last Received By the person who last received against the Purchase Order TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving Training Activity 27 Receive Against a Purchase Order Scenario The tools and materials from your Purchase Order have been shipped by the suppliers You will now receive against those Purchase Orders in order to add the new items into your inventory To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e PURCHASING amp RECEIVING gt Receiving Tickets 1 Find and open the existing Purchase Order from Training Activity 26 a use the Purchase Order Browser b search by Open and Waiting for Receipts Status c When asked if you would like to receive against this Purchase Order click the Yes button 2 Receive against this Purchase Order Receive only the extension cords drill shop towels amp oil Change the Actual Cost of the drill on the Receiving Ticket to 195 Save your changes to the Receiving Ticket Allow the New Tool Wizard to auto number any unique tools
462. stop billing and then calculate un posted charges anew for all 3 of our Cost Centers To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt The Billing Browser gt Stopping Job Cost amp Billing Charges 1 Both Legacy and Stoneybrook are done with the items assigned to them Begin by transferring ALL tools back to stock i e Main Warehouse Do not worry about materials a Legacy gt Main Warehouse transfer i In the From Cost Center field enter 10411 Legacy ii Make sure all quantities amp Cost Codes match those of the previous transfer iii Process the transfer b Stoneybrook gt Main Whse transfer i In the From Cost Center field enter Stoneybrook ii Make sure all quantities amp Cost Codes match those of the previous transfer iii Process the transfer 2 Doa manual sync to update all billing data 3 Calculate charges for your 10411 Legacy and Stoneybrook Cost Centers a leave the Cut Off Date Time set at default values b calculate for both 1 Tools amp Equipment and 2 Materials amp Consumables 4 View these charges in the Billing Browser as outlined below Compare each to images found in the Answer Key a 10411 Legacy Cost Center Job Cost tab b 10411 Legacy Cost Center Billing tab c 10411 Legacy Cost Center Billing and Job Cost Amount to Post d Stoneybrook Cost Center Job Cost tab e Stoneybrook Cos
463. sumable items Although different each type of Rate Sheet described here shares a number of features We will explore some of the most significant of those here The Rate Sheet User Interface Rate Sheet Tabs Each ToolWatch Enterprise Rate eb cost Biling Sheet contains 2 tabs One labeled Job Cost is for Job Cost rates the other Billing is for Item Description Charge Billing rates see image Because Dril Dil 3 8 1oovsR O 132 00 Calendar De ToolWatch Enterprise m aL cordless 1 2 men Dw 30 F 145 00 Taka Hc simultaneously aarde Job Cost i Drill Pill Cordless 17429 NLT An ka La Fi AA 00 h ssinnment and Billing charges we will use the term charge when the conversation is common to both types In reality both types are treated identically by the software even though they accrue data independently and can be configured equally 208 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Unlike their different color schemes both tabs contain much the same information in their rows and columns Rates and other calculations are configured differently for each tab Many organizations will configure the Job Cost tab with rates that reflect their true costs i e what is paid out and configure the Billing tab with rates that generate greater amounts for internal or external customers i e what is being collected Consider this point If both tabs were configured with exact
464. t Tools Dashboard Tool Browser Count Ticket Browser Count Ticket a From the Tool or Material Browser highlight the Count Location tools that you would like to have inventoried see image db AddItem Edit Item Retire Item lt Q Export Data ej Print Explorer Categories All Categories gt Locations Autocrafters Body 9 Central Regio 69 Chicago Ware b You can only inventory materials and consumables that are at a Stock Location This is because L materials and consumable are stored only at Stock Locations Dallas W areho ausencia Demme T c Right click on the highlighted tools and or materials and select Diieiitetsessssssnsessnsesenssesneesenusesunsssnnsesnnesennsesnnessnnsessestsnsesneteansessnesen All Tools Generators ME 7654 T Generator Portable wo uhia Generators 1004 T Generator Gas Pot Generators III MUSEI CI MEET Por Centennial Airport Grinders T JO Mss T Grinder 4 172 Grinders 11006 900527 Grinder Angle Cooling TowerJo TRUNWROENS 2063 745752 T Grinder 417 Coors Building Ma Hammers E 9376 O Hammer Sledge Hammers De 1100 900526 T Cable Cutter Heav the Add to Count Ticket option see image M E Aoi To Transfer view Detail e Ifa ticket is already open and the Count Location selected View Transaction History matches the assignment of the highlighted items
465. t Center Billing tab f Stoneybrook Cost Center Billing and Job Cost Amounts to Post TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 263 Job Cost amp Billing Adjusting Un Posted Charges Before posting of charges the Billing Browser Workflow provides an opportunity for final un posted charges i e those calculated after stopping Job Cost amp Billing charges to be reported and reviewed again It after reviewing your charges there are discrepancies that need adjustment you can do so in a manner similar to Adding a Related Item Charge to the Rate Sheet In as much as you cannot go back and change delete edit your billing statements per se you can Add or Delete a Miscellaneous Charge Credit to the Billing Browser For example if a client indicated that he disputed a particular charge you might 1 put that charge on Hold 2 find that the client was due a credit 3 Add a Miscellaneous Credit on the Billing Browser and then 4 release the Hold and post results Adding and Deleting a Misc Charge Credit 1 From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module 2 Click the Billing Browser button to open the Billing Browser window 3 Click the relevant Cost Center from the Cost Center Selection panel 4 Click the Add Misc Charge Credit button ap Add Misc Charge Credit NOTE Ifyou want to relate your charge or credit to a particular Cost Center charge highlight the line item of interest then righ
466. t Center Description field enter in a description of your new Cost Center D Click on Save then click on Finished NOTE Besure to Save each new Cost Center BEFORE doing any further editing on it or you may generate an error message and or lose your work General Info Tab All data on this tab is optional for No 6160 Cost Center Description 10411 Legocy communication and notation purposes only see image To illustrate this point if a given Cost Center were used prior aulici i to a selected Start Date or after a selected ee 7 Completion Date charges would still accrue ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 203 Job Cost amp Billing Attaching Rate Sheets to a Cost Center You can designate which Rate Sheets are to be used by a given Cost Center during Job Cost amp Billing calculations the Rate Sheets you designate will furnish the rates and charge rules to the calculation algorithms Consider that a Rate Sheet must be created already to attach it to a Cost Center 1 Click on the Lists tab 2 Under the Job Cost amp Billing section click on Cost Centers 3 In the list of Cost Centers highlight one of interest 4 Click the Project Rates tab and Info Project Rates Proje a fromthe Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheet drop down menu select a Rate Sheet already created b from the Materials amp Consumables Rate Sheet drop down menu select a Rate Sheet already created 5
467. t Code for an individual e The first method sets the Cost Center item from a Transfer Ticket If you do andi ost Coder ADI o ihe tens so the remaining items will default to the Cost Center and Cost Code being transferred previously set for the entire transfer e The second method allows you to alter the Cost Center and Cost Code 1 Create a transfer follow Steps 1 8 for an INDIVIDUAL item leaving in Transferring Items the rest of the items unchanged 2 While on the Line Items pg tab tap once on the line that contains the 1 Createa tool material in order to highlight it transfer ic JEWSRXCESIP 3 Tap the Credit Charge tab follow Steps sui Transfer E Os 5 k 1 25 1 3 in gigs py National HQ Transferring Ferme Og Items Cost Code pagans 99591 T Cutter Pipe Small 1 DO Pepsi 1004 T Bender Conduit 2 You can add 10411 Legacy MS IE H 10411 Legacy GR 12953 Bitter Point Center and 831 380 42003 Denver Bronco 2004 DIA Concourse Cost Code 2005 DIA Concourse for where 21720 Orang the items ae coming from goin e BONS 4 Change the Cost Center and or Cost to or both l Code by tapping EZ SIG CETT 3 Below the From field tap on the on the appropriate 2199 Cost Center drop down menu drop down arrow From EES Cost Center oo 4 Select a Cost Center 5 When done tap s EIE Hcentral Regior a If the Cost Center is not listed sir Line mew ds Cost Cente
468. t click and select Create Related Charge Credit It will auto populate the information in 6a amp g 5 The Misc Charge Credit Misc Charge Credit a window appears see mag e Stoneybrook RJ 6 Fill in the fields indicated ER Cue on the window credit for nonfunctioning drill while on assignment im Credit 10 0000 a select the Cost Center This Charge Credit relates fo transaction Transfer 77957 Tools o Billing Job Costing to be credited or charged Cost Code amp GL Accounts optional b type in a Description of why the credit or charge is being issued c select Charge or Credit button Save Cancel 264 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing type in amount no sign to be credited or charged tab out select Tools or Materials for type of item involved select Billing or Job Costing button representing tab on Billing Browser will be filled in if assigned to a particular charge line item amoa 7 Click on Save to close window 8 A new line should appear on the bottom of Billing Browser window Under Charge Type it will be either Misc Charge or Misc Credit based e e e 3 on information you provided initial Charge 9 To Delete a Misc Charge or Credit highlight the relevant line then click 77 Return Credit the 9 Delete Misc Charge Credit button Training Activity 38 Reporting and Miscellaneous Adjustments The las
469. t step prior to posting Job Cost amp Billing charges is to analyze un posted data often by way of reports then make adjustments to the data prior to posting it Here we will look at examples for each To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt The Billing Browser gt Adjusting Un Posted Charges You have a business practice of sending your foreman a breakdown of the un posted billing charges from his job site once a week This gives him an opportunity to review them prior to posting the weekly charges From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module Click the Reports button to open all reports available for that module From the Reports column select the Un Posted Billing Detail All Select the 10411 Legacy Cost Center Make the Transaction Dates To From for Today Today Do NOT group or page break by anything Click on Next gt gt QU de dr gqee i qe x After reviewing this report your foreman finds a discrepancy The truck that was sent to him broke down after about 4 hours of use Consequently he wishes to be credited back a portion of this charge 1 From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 265 Job Cost amp Billing Click the Billing Browser button to open the Billing Browser window 3 Click the 10411 Legacy Cost Center from
470. t the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Browse Count Tickets Open Closed L All Count Location 2 Click on the Count Inventory button This Ticket Number Summar y opens up the Count Ticket Browser m window see image 3 Use the Browse Count Tickets search fields to find the Count Ticket s of interest The Created Date always defaults to 30 days prior to today This is because Count Tickets created in the last 30 days are stored locally on your computer which is where the search begins Count Tickets that are more than 30 days old are stored remotely in the ToolWatch database server 4 Inthe search results highlight the Count Ticket to be viewed To open this ticket i i View Count Ticket a click on the View Count Ticket button e AE b right click to View Ticket option see image OR Browse Count Tickets Open Cosed Al cont sein I Ticket Number Summary Created Date I to I Status Count Location Summary on m e View Ticket 05 16 2015 D602 Open Denver Warehouse Drill and Bit East Side Inventory 05 16 2015 9601 Open Denver Warehouse Drill and Bit Inventory June 2015 c double click on the line 126 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Editing a Count Ticket Once you have created a Count Ticket you have many editing options available to you Use the diagrams below to explore these options
471. tap Clear to cancel 10 A Transfer Complete message appears on the device Tap OK Pick Tickets Picking a Pick Ticket Pick Tickets create groups of tools and materials in a batch to be picked from the warehouse almost like a shopping list Once items are picked they can then populate a Transfer Ticket To pick a Pick Ticket i e select requested items from a warehouse for example you begin by viewing the list of items and Pick Tickets that are ready for picking Recall that the Mobile TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Mobile Scanner cannot create a Pick Ticket It can only open ones already created on the desktop NOTE In order for an employee to have access on the Mobile Scanner to a Pick Ticket being picked from Stock Location X either a his Assigned Stock Location must match Stock Location X or b Stock Location X would need to be a location with this i e the user s Assigned Stock Location as its Parent Location 1 From the Home tab tap on the Pick Tickets button ToolWatch 3 ODE 11 03 TOOLWATCH Tools amp Materials Transfer Pick Tickets Express Check In Home Admin ae Logout Utilities 2 Tap once on one of the listed Pick Tickets to select and pick it Pick Ticket List 9 G gt X 4 4 01 11521 Stoneybrook 11519 10411 Legacy 11529 Coors Building Main Pl Natior Ticket List Ticket Details m t an Cancel 29 Mobile Scanner NOTE Pick T
472. te The Item Effective Rate equals the rate per hour representative of the rate level displayed in the Item Rate Level Column Charges This section provides summary information about the charge indicated in the selected line Transaction Information This section provides summary information about the starting and ending points of this transaction fal ry pe This is the type of transaction e g Transfer Work Order associated with this billing transaction Wi This is the identifying number for the actual transaction associated with this billing transaction 208 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Starting Transaction From This field displays the location or person where the tool was assigned prior to this transaction on the Start Date Starting Transaction To This field displays the location or person where the tool was assigned to end the transaction Ending Transaction From This field displays the location or person where the tool was assigned prior to this transaction on the End Date M Ending Transaction To This field displays the location or person where the tool was assigned to end the transaction ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 259 Job Cost amp Billing Example of Calculating Un Posted Charges When calculating un posted charges the window of time that is captured is based on a starting and ending moment These starting and ending moments are define
473. te a paper copy of the items your employees are set to inventory a From the Count Ticket Browser use the Print Selected feature to view the North Side inventory in the Count Sheet Report Layout View output ONLY DO NOT PRINT From the Count Ticket Browser use the Print Selected feature to view the South Side inventory in the Count Ticket Report Layout Note that as nothing has been counted yet no items will appear on this printout View output ONLY DO NOT PRINT When done compare your work to the Answer Key Using a Count Ticket to Inventory a Location In addition to providing a list of items that should be at a particular location Count Tickets may be used also to conduct a physical inventory There are 3 basic steps involved in conducting an inventory with ToolWatch Essentials 1 Open up a Count Ticket 2 Scan or enter in the item s Barcode or Tool Item Number 3 Key in the correct quantity of the item being inventoried A Count Ticket may consist of either e anew empty Count Ticket or e anexisting Count Ticket which contains inventory already that should be present at the location Using a New Count Ticket to Inventory a Location In this example we will cover using a new empty Count Ticket to inventory a location Begin at Step 10 in Creating a Count Ticket 2 There are 2 ways to count an item using this Count Ticket Option 1 In the Enter or scan item field see image eros dy a input the
474. ted On 6 11 2014 9 31 AM Counted At Denver Warehouse Count 1 Total Count 1 Variance 0 2006 Grinder Angle 4 1 2 Bosch 1347A Denver Warehouse 1 2 19 2014 256 PM 745755 1 12 17 2013 10 55 AM IMM 745751 Note New Count __ Uhl CO nnn 2002 Grinder Angle 4 1 2 Bosch 1347A ouse Counted By Bennethum Todd Counted On 6 11 2014 9 31 AM Counted At Denver Warehouse Count 1 Total Count 1 Variance 0 Category Hammers Rotary 32864 Hammer Rotary 7 8 Bosch 11224VSR Denver Warehouse 1 Note New Count LLL 3 138 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual This report can be printed from two locations 1 Through the Count Ticket Browser a Navigator gt Pick Tickets amp Transfers module Count Inventory button gt Count Ticket Browser window Use the Browse Count Tickets fields to find the Count Ticket to print gt highlight Count Ticket Print button gt Selected option Print window gt Report Layout gt Count Sheet Choose any additional report options gt OK A preview of your report appears in a new window Here you can either e print the document by clicking the Print icon e save the document in pdf jpeg or other formats by clicking the Save icon ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual a Enterprise Essentials Through the Tool Browser Navigator gt Tools amp Equipment module Tools b
475. tegory If you would like to view a list of all tools in one category such as Extension Cords follow along with your own tool data 1 In the Explorer tree you would click on the Extension Cords Category TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 71 Enterprise Essentials 2 Next you would click on All Extension Cords Enterprise would display a list of all extension cords for which it has Tool Records Viewing Tools Assigned to Employees In this example we will display a list of all tools assigned to Al Burris 1 In the Explorer tree you would click on the All Tools category 2 Next you would click on Employees to display a list of all employees 3 Next you would click on Al Burris to view a list of all tools assigned to him Viewing Tools Assigned to Locations In this example we will display a list of all tools assigned to the Stoneybrook location 1 In the Explorer tree you would click on the All Tools category 2 Next you would click on Locations to display a list of all locations where tools could be assigned 3 Next you would click on Stoneybrook to view a list of all tools assigned to that location Sorting Information With each example when the list of tool records appears you can click on any column header to sort the list Clicking once will sort in ascending order clicking twice sorts in descending order You can also rearrange the order of columns
476. tems from the Explorer Tree using one of the following methods a All Categories gt All Tools gt highlight tool s on browser b All Categories gt select a specific tool category then select an Employee or Location for a specific item gt highlight tool 4 Right click on the highlighted entry 96 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 5 Select Add to Transfer from the pop up menu This will open a new Transfer Ticket and add the highlighted item to the ticket 6 Onthe Transfer Ticket select the destination To for the item s by a clicking the Stock button to select the main Stock Location OR b selecting an Employee or Location from the drop down menu 7 Click Process Transfer to execute the transfer process Creating a Transfer from the Material Browser 1 From the Navigator panel click the Materials amp Consumables module 2 Click on the Materials button to open the Material Browser window 3 Select items from the Explorer Tree using one of the following methods a All Categories gt All Materials gt highlight material s on browser b All Categories gt select a specific material category then select a Stock Location for a specific item gt highlight material 4 Right click on the highlighted entry 5 Select Add to Transfer from the pop up menu This will open a new Transfer Ticket and add the highlighted item to the ticket 6 Onthe Transfer Ticket select the destination To
477. terials to a Pick Ticket 1 Using your open Pick Ticket click on the Add Material Record button This will open the Material Model Records dtr rt window From this Material Model Records window locate tools using one of the following methods see image a In Explorer select All Categories gt All Materials b In Explorer select the specific tool Category gt All Materials Highlight the Material Model Record and click the Add Item button to add this Model Record information to the Pick Ticket Click the Generic box where appropriate 108 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials 5 Click Save After saving Enterprise asks if the new Pick Ticket is ready for picking e selecting No saves the Pick Ticket in a Draft status e selecting Yes saves the Pick Ticket in the Ready to Pick status Editing a Pick Ticket 1 The Pick Ticket must be in Draft status The only edits that can be done In Progress are adding items to the ticket 2 Youcan edit any of the information on the top of the ticket even after it is saved 3 You can remove an item by highlighting the item then clicking the Remove Line H Remove Line button 4 You can view an item either by double clicking on it or highlighting the item then E f View Line clicking the View Line button Reg 5 You can adjust the quantity of a non unique item by going to the Req value and clicking the up down button 6 Click the S
478. terprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Training Activity 17 Create amp Print Count Tickets Scenario You re a manager in your company and you need to have a current inventory taken of your Main Warehouse Since your Main Warehouse is so large you will split the inventory into two sections half of the items tools materials will be inventoried by one employee and the second half by another employee As such you will create 2 Count Tickets one for the north side of the warehouse and the other for the south side To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Count Inventory gt Creating a Count Ticket also Printing a Count Ticket Before you can proceed you will need to transfer all tools and materials currently not assigned to the Main Warehouse back to there Review Training Activity 13 for additional help 1 Create Count Ticket 1 a Location Main Warehouse b Summary Quarterly Warehouse Check North Side c Items to be inventoried e all trucks e all screwdrivers e all paint d Save and Close Count Ticket 1 2 Create Count Ticket 2 a Location Main Warehouse b Summary Quarterly Warehouse Check South Side c Items to be inventoried e all drills e all extension cords e alloil d Save and Close Count Ticket 2 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 129 Enterprise Essentials 3 Crea
479. the Header top bar in the Enterprise window Stock Locations vs Jobs Non Stock Locations ToolWatch Enterprise supports multiple Stock Locations where tools and materials are stored and managed A Stock Location is usually manned with a staff whose responsibility it is to manage and assign tools and materials to job sites and workers Small job sites served with gang boxes and unmanned trailers are not typically configured as Stock Locations Some examples of Stock Locations are warehouses manned job trailers or manned tool containers and trucks that carry a perpetual stock of inventory ToolWatch also supports multiple Jobs job sites also referred to as Non Stock Locations There are a couple of critical differences between Stock Locations and other locations When items are assigned to a Stock Location an inventory quantity is maintained as In Stock for each item at that location However when items are assigned to a job the assignment is recorded but items such as materials are considered consumed when they are assigned as such no inventory level is tracked at the location ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 3 ToolWatch Basics Only create Stock Locations for actual warehouses manned tool trailers etc where items are held in inventory before they are actually used and then eventually assigned to job sites or workers Creating a Stock Location Stock Locations are your warehouses tool cribs tool rooms mann
480. the same date Note that your billing data must fall within this date range 5 Choose which type of data Posted or Unposted you want for the invoice e Posted default Date Range here determines which posting dates are used e Unposted Date Range here determines which transaction dates are used for data from Billing Browser 6 Clicking the Include Retired Tools box will incorporate Job Cost and Billing data from tools with existing charges in the time period that you specified regardless of when the tool was retired in ToolWatch Tool status Active Inactive is not affected If unsure about checking this box go ahead and do so 7 Invoice Date will default to today s date but can be changed to any other date this date is reflected on the invoice 8 Payment Due date also reflected on the invoice represents the date that payment is expected from the client As with the invoice it can be changed to another date 9 Select which Cost Centers you want used to create the invoice One invoice is generated per Cost Center selected Choose them individually or click the button at the top of the column to select All 10 When done click on the Generate button to process data and create invoices You will see a window appear informing you if any and how many invoices were generated 11 To cancel any changes without being saved click on the Close button TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 2 5 Job Cost amp Billing Browsing
481. ther transactions that may continue to be visible in the browser are e transactions that have been calculated using future dates e transactions that have had a Hold placed on them Of course un posted transactions have to be calculated before you can post them To calculate un posted transactions see Calculating Un Posted Charges To post a transaction simply place it into the Billing Browser and click the Post button 266 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module Click the Billing Browser button to open the Billing Browser window Click the Post button The Posting window appears displaying a list of Cost Centers that are ready for posting see image o e JOOOOOOOOOOOOAOOOO Number 180022 262084 280022 4456 45873 60P76007 BOS3PPY BO 45007 97001 97002 97008 282013 97009 97012 015353 97021 Ar Select Cost Centers to post Cost Center 180022 Broadway 262084 Freedom Fuels 280022 HERC 4456 Auto Crafters Body 5 45873 DIA 60P7600700 Sutton B P 605 3PPV021003 DELAWA 6024600700 SMITH 6024 Adolphus Hotel Children s Hospital Coca Cola Corporate Offices Conoco Montana DFW Airport Terminal Fenway Park PCI Royal Palms Resort Parkin otal Faot C OM T Post Cut Off Date 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 13 2009 04 14 2009 04 14 2009 04 14 2009 0
482. this is used as the Base Value in the Job Cost amp Billing Rate Sheets b MSRP field or Manufacturer s Suggested Retail Price this populates the Cost column in a Purchase Order c Replacement Cost is the cost to replace one item taking into account time delivery fees effort etc i drives the financial figures KPI s Graphs in the Dashboards ii drives the Cost Info tab of the tool records Cost Information ii is used in many of the Tool Reports Tool List Accessories Cost Info Service Stock Info Components are the individual items that comprise a single item tool Therefore you should include all of the components when the tool is transferred 7 Components see image One example of a tool that is comprised of components is a drill index Each of the individual drill bits represents the components whereas the entire drill index is the tool 8 Accessories Accessories are items that are often used with the tool in question but are not required These optional accessories along with any Components appear on each of the Tool Records associated with this Model Record e g here are some Accessories for a Ridgid 300 brand Pipe Threading Machine Ridgid 300C Pipe Threading Machine Optional Accessories 1 pipe reamers gt eee 2 pipe cutters j 2 pip 7 3 various threading dies ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 55 Enterprise Essentials 9 Adding Images to
483. this record on the model browser and open it 11 Go to Stock Info tab and name this Bin Wood River Bin 12 Save your work 13 Now re pin yourself back to the Main Warehouse 14 Open the model record again to view both of your newly stocked records c UE e P E Part Two For your Main Warehouse you want to manage inventory levels to ensure you do not run out of oil stock e ENTERPRISE ESSENTIALS gt Materials amp Consumables gt Low Level Browser 1 You should be pinned at the Main Warehouse to open the Mobil 1 Oil model record 2 For your oil set these Levels e High 40 units e Target 30 units e Low 20 units ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 91 Enterprise Essentials Save these changes Go to the Message Center click Refresh of any Dashboard to see if a message was triggered Click on it At the Low Level Browser click the Recalculate button Double click to adjust your Current Inventory of Mobil 1 Oil from its present level to 25 a Return to Low Level Browser and click on Recalculate What happened Why b Return to your Dashboard Message Center and refresh What happens to the message Why When done compare your work to the Answer Key Transfer Tickets Introduction The ToolWatch Enterprise Pick Tickets amp Transfers module provides the features necessary to pick transfer and count tool and material inventory items Keep in mind that TooIWatch is a digital representation o
484. tion Completed by Bennethum Todd ee Toot Record o Update tool record with new information Current Meter Curent Status ovs mm Update Tool Record Skip Update ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 391 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 24 Create and Complete a Work Order cont d otep 14 Tool Record 4 Save M Cancel ai Retire Tool C Previous c Next E Attachments X Delete ModelRecordID 506 Manufacturer amp Model Information Ford Vehicles F 150 XL Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door Manufacturer Category Model Your Description Unique ID Manf Description View Model Information Tool Number 105 Tool Information Repair Parts Components eee Service Purchase amp Cost Info Lease Rental Current Assignment Information To Ec it Personal Edt Issue Item Owner Main Warehouse Manager Unique Tool Information Bar Code 5 Adj Return Date z Main Warehouse Kit ID Main Warehouse Serial Number Class Vehide Information License No Fuel Card Notes Seve M Cancel a Retire Tool 9b Previous 9 Mext a Attachments 4 Delete Movie frncned ID Maniace amp Model Information g Fed Wehecles F750 Xl Velida Truck Vh daz dado Tool Number 105 er Code 5 Teal Information Repair Parts Components woe mad Sevice fortune t ast Inka Lear Rental Servii Flan dien Werk Orders B Service History OFS 2016 Truck
485. tivity ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 401 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 30 Create Cost Centers Legacy CC Stoneybrook CC Stoneybrook Subproject CC Return to the Activity 402 Activ Inacti Bo No s Cost Center Descri No Description 2 10411 Legacy Use this order when issuing LOF Last Out First In aa working late due to a concrete pour Q Activ Inacti Bo No 3 E Cost Center Descri Stoneybroc Proc Bling Rules No Description 2 10411 Legacy Stoneybrook Use this order when issuing LOF Last Out First In Notes site shut down due to flooding mes Gs ost Centers pt Q Activ Inacti Bo Be s No Cost Center Descri Description TEET Ped Big Rules oet Gen Stoneybrook Stoneybrook Subproject oe Use this order when issuing Create new eet Edit Project Calendar ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 31 Create Tools amp Equipment Rate Sheets Legacy Rate Sheet 555 Job Cost Views Tools Dashboard RateSheet Browser Tool Model Records Rate Sheet E Save B Save And Close 4j Add Related Charge Export Data pate Sheet Number 555 EET oi 1epocy Took amp Equipment Rate Sheet Drills drill 1 2 D handle DW140 3 Earthmovin 10 ton backhoe 450E 4 Extensi
486. to begin the description with a term that defines rather than describes the item like Drill Backhoe or Screwdriver Then include features such as size that are searchable and distinguish this record from other drill model records e Measurements in a description are best in a hyphenated format especially between similar looking measurements e g 1 1 16 instead of 1 1 16 e Searchable terms should be written as they would be used in search criteria e g typing in bolt cutter will cause the record to show up in searches for both bolt and cutter type in boltcutter and it will show up in neither 5 Select the appropriate Tracking Method e Itis important that you choose the correct Tracking Method you will use before you save the new Model Record You cannot change this Tracking Method after you save the record If you need more information about Tracking Methods see Tool Tracking Methods UTE Unique ID O Quantity e Select Unique ID for a Unique Tool or Quantity for Quantity Tools see image By default all new Tool Model Records are set Unique ID Optional 6 If atany time you plan to use ToolWatch Enterprise for its other modules e g m Service amp Calibration and especially Job ipee ees EIT dorsa EI Cost amp Billing then fill out the information under the Cost Info tab see image 54 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials a Item Base Value is the value of one item
487. to open the Equipment Usage Log window see image 4 In the Enter item number lt scan here gt field enter in the item s Tool Record Number Click the Enter button Equipment Usage Log 000000 8 A Save X Deleteltem Cancel de Add Item mem Description Model Manufacturer Start Date Cost Center Cast Code Hours Used Operator Excavator Front Shove CAT89035 Caterpillar 2014 01 2 2014 01 28 P th Front Loader Excavato CAT348 Caterpillar 7 28 2014 10 29 2014 10 nnethum Traini Demolition Front Loader Excavato CAT348 Caterpillar 28 2014 10 29 2014 10 er Tes 3 5 Fill out the required fields e Start Date and End Date The Start Date and End Date are used by Enterprise to calculate Idle Time charges If the Idle Time feature has been chosen on the Rate Sheet all eligible project hours between the Start Date and End Date that are not recorded as Hours Used will be charged as Idle Time For example let s say the project is configured for 8 hour days You enter the Start and End dates as the same day and log 6 hours as usage time Now 2 hours will be calculated as Idle Time charge for that day e Cost Center select Cost Center to be charged e Hours Used enter the number of hours only numbers no characters the equipment was actually in use during the specified time period 6 Click Save NOTE Once the log entries have been calculated and posted by the Billing Browser
488. ts current Status at a later date b Cancel This will take you back to the previous screen with no changes saved c Yes Selecting Yes on the Mobile will remove the Pick Ticket from your device without allowing for further picking or transferring of items It will remain as a historical closed ticket on the desktop however 300 Viewing Line Details Line Details displays the Model information for an item as well as data regarding Required to pick and Picked items 1 Pick a Pick Ticket by performing Steps 1 4 in Picking a Pick Ticket 2 Highlight the item of interest by tapping once on it Tap the Line Detail tab 4 If more than one item is required to fulfill the Pick Ticket the Required field will show the quantity to pick As well the number of items already Picked is shown Pick Ticket 3 G x Xt Pick List Line Detail Model Manf Model Desc Required Picked Pick List Line Detail Picked Li Cancel ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Count Inventory The Count Inventory feature allows you to establish an accurate inventory count of the tools and materials that you currently have assigned to a particular location or employee There are 2 different approaches you can take when counting a location s inventory using the Mobile e count from a previously created Computer Checklist OR e count without a checklist NOTE In order for you or others to use t
489. tus Status Status Codes Stock Stock Location Stopping Charges Summary Export Template Window Synchronization Synchronization Monitor Tabs Target Level Template Template Browser GLOSSARY a service related activity assigned as part of a Service Plan or Work Order set up as Shipping Methods in Lists is a drop down menu on a Purchase Order format used to export Cost Center summary data used when you intend to match exported data with job cost system clicking or dragging column headers allows for information in columns to be organized individual employee who cannot log into use ToolWatch column heading for Status Code also field on Meter Import window indicating whether import data is acceptable Valid and will be imported or not condition of a Purchase Order indicating what actions can be taken with it Draft Waiting for Receipts Done Receiving created for a tool to assign it some form of sortable condition button found on many tickets that automatically populates field with Stock Location where individual is pinned a main stockpoint e g warehouse where inventory is tracked act of closing open billing streams to ensure item Cost Center is no longer being charged allows for the creation of a transactional template means by which devices using ToolWatch communicate using the most current data available window that shows progress of a manual sync event navigable indicators showing which w
490. tus still Add to this Purchase Order the Template Monthly Warehouse Purchase you created in Training Activity 16 You should now have these items in your Purchase Order 3 extension cords 1 truck 4 cans of spray paint 5 packages of shop towels 2 screwdrivers 2 drills 2 containers of oil 188 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Purchasing amp Receiving 3 Add a Note to deliver the drills to the Legacy job site immediately Adjust the final costs of these items to e container of oil 5 59 e screwdriver 11 60 Delete the truck and one of the drills from this Purchase Order Print the Purchase Order saving it as a pdf on your desktop View the document to ensure that all information you entered is present Close the Print window when done viewing Save the Purchase Order When asked Is this order ready for purchase click Yes It will now be saved to the browser in Open Waiting for Receipts Status When done compare your work to the Answer Key Receiving Tickets The Receiving Ticket window is designed to record each item received against a Purchase Order As items are received the corresponding Purchase Order is updated automatically by the Receiving Ticket You can receive against an item as many times as necessary against one Purchase Order until all of the line items have been received or canceled As well you can record the actual amount charged for each item if it differs fro
491. ude data about individual transactions See Transaction Detail Export Templates below for more information about exporting transaction details 2 Transaction Detail Export Templates The Transaction Detail Templates enable you to export the details about each transaction that has been posted to a Cost Center The export does include data about individual transactions TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 269 Job Cost amp Billing Creating an Export Template 1 From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module LB Export Templates Click on the Export Templates button The Export Templates List a Export Templates List window opens see image Template Type ansaction Summan y Transaction Summa Name Legacy SummaryTemplate In the Template Type drop down list select either a Transaction Summary or b Transaction Detail Click the New button to open the Summary Export Template window see image Delete L Summary Epot Template ee RR 8 scc NN In the Name Name Legacy Warehse Template Record Delimiter Record Format 3 E Ke field enter a Accounting double line titl e t o Available Fields Export Layout Field Name Len Notes Field Name identify this Assignment 50 Cost Center Number Record Header 2 Specified in the the export field values te n iplate Cost Center Number 20
492. ude date range and cost code Posted Billing Transactions Summary Tools Report Report summarizing transaction information from posted Billing charges for tools only Additional groupings include date range and cost code Posted Billing Transactions All Tools Materials Report Report detailing transaction information from posted Billing charges for tools and consumables together or separately Additional groupings include date range and cost code ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 347 APPENDIX 17 Cost Center Job Cost Totals Report 18 19 20 21 Report showing Job Cost totals for designated cost centers Can be subtotaled by cost code and date range Totals include Charges on Hold Ready to Post Posted to Date and Total Charges displays tools and consumables separately also Adjustments Misc Charges Cost Center Billing Totals Report Identical report to Cost Center Job Cost Totals except that the Billing totals are shown Cost Center Posting Summary Report Report summary of all postings that have accumulated for designated Cost Centers Displays tools and consumables separately Can be subtotaled by cost code and date range Posted Cumulative Tools amp Equipment Charges Report Report showing all posted charges Job Cost and Billing for tools charges broken down by cost center and total amount accrued Additional groupings include category and tool number Billing Comparison This report tells which
493. uipment module 2 Select the Tool Models button A new Tool Model Records browser appears 3 Using the Explorer tree find the Tool Model Record of interest Double click on it to open the Tool Model Record 4 Click first on the Service tab then on the Tool List Components Accessories Cost Info Calibration Specs tab see image Service Plan Repair Parts Calibration Specs Mew Calibration Description 5 Click the Add button found on the lower left corner The New Calibration window appears Standard Uni see ima e lower higher zd 6 Fill in these 3 fields e Description of the calibration e the calibration Standard range for the tool Enter the lower limit value use only numbers no units in the left field the upper limit value in the right field If you are calibrating to a single value use the same number for both fields e the Unit of measure 7 Click OK to close the window 8 Follow Steps 1 6 in Creating a Service Plan for a Tool Model Record 9 Click on the Tasks tab of the Service Plan Event Detail window 10 Click on the Add Task button to open the Task window 11 From the Task Type drop down menu select Calibration see image 12 In the Calibration Task drop down select a Calibration Task if your desired Calibration Task is not available repeat Steps 1 7 LI again making sure that your changes are diis saved 13
494. ulfill this request If you check the Generic option on the Pick Ticket see image Description a 1 DeWalt 2 Black amp Decker or 3 Milwaukee Dill sie Hm EEA etc 3 8 drill can be selected as a viable poem SEE Uum alternative Generic NOTE A new Pick Ticket begins in Draft status This is important because it is one of only 2 states Draft and In Progress where items can be added to a Pick Ticket ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 107 Enterprise Essentials Using your open Pick Ticket click orn Fase the Add Tool Record button This will open the Tool Model Records window see image From this Tool Model Records window locate tools using one of the following methods a In Explorer select All Categories gt All Tools b In Explorer select the specific tool Category gt All Tools Highlight the Tool Model Record and click OK to add this Model Record information to the Pick Ticket NOTE You can populate a Pick Ticket from both Tool and Material Browsers by right clicking selected items and Add to Pick Ticket option Click the Generic box where appropriate In Question o Ready to pick Click Save After saving Enterprise asks if the new Pick Ticket is ready for picking see image e selecting No saves the Pick Ticket in Draft status e selecting Yes saves the Pick Ticket in the Ready to Pick status Adding Ma
495. umber in both the Description and the Location Number fields This will ensure that the Job Number will appear in the relevant drop down menu as well as in reports 38 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics 5 From the Parent Location drop down menu choose the appropriate Stock Location with which this Job should be directly associated i e its parent e This only applies if your company has more than one Stock Location 6 Fill out any optional remaining fields i e address phone the job s supervisor etc 7 Click the Save button 8 Click the Finished button Training Activity 4 Create Locations For this activity you will create 1 Stock and 2 Jobs in Enterprise To review the procedures for this activity see the following e TOOLWATCH BASICS gt Basic Concepts gt Locations amp The Org Tree 1 The Description or title of your Stock Location will be e Wood River Warehouse e Pe sure to designate it as a Stock Location e Select the Main Warehouse as the Parent Location 2 The Description or title of your first Job will be e 10411 Legacy e Pe sure to designate it as a Non Stock Location e Select the Wood River Warehouse as the Parent Location 3 The Description or title of your second Job will be e Stoneybrook e Pe sure to designate it as a Non Stock Location e Select the Main Warehouse as the Parent Location When done compare your work to the Answer Key Modifying Visibility As an
496. unt Inventory Introduction The Count Inventory feature allows you to establish an accurate inventory count of the tools and materials that you currently have in a particular location Recall that in ToolWatch locations can be a n e Jobs or Regular Location e g a job site e Stock Location e g a warehouse e Employee i e what he currently has in his possession In Enterprise there are 3 different approaches that you may take when counting a location s inventory 1 Computer Checklist Within ToolWatch Enterprise you can create a checklist of all items that should be at your location by using a Count Ticket This computer checklist or Count Ticket is stored in the software Using the Count Ticket as a checklist on your computer or Mobile Scanner you walk around the location scanning or adding in each and every inventory item Any items not on the Count Ticket originally can be added too 2 Paper Checklist You can print off the Count Ticket see above and have your employee s walk around the location with a paper form of this checklist writing down what is not present at the location If you encounter an item not on the checklist it can be added to the checklist as before At some later time data from the paper checklist completed by hand can be input into ToolWatch 3 No Checklist You can walk around a location sans checklist and use your Mobile Device to scan add in your inventory into an empty Count Tick
497. urchase Order 2 Drarh MZ dh Man Warte G Mori Vereine agri n 12350 E Arapahos Haad ou vena F Contennial CO 80112 Ordered By Finit ioni ah Via Order Date Expected Date Document Ho Doe Janet FedEx 2 Day NHS 2 ao e PO Tews Recepts Record infa Scan or enter lem scanhere gt Enter S EORMBMEEL T ri Mene hem Deaenpeon BOG T Ferd F 150 Vebiele Truck 6 du2 2 decr 1 n n 2 amp XO EX din S200 Lo uj M oO Krylon iu Spray Funkl Aad 12 oz cara i u E550 dala EB 00 E b Q Coleman BCS x adenn cord 10 3 SO f J 0 b 571 25 della a Al A44hh H Esot Wel Multipurpene Sh 3145325345 5 LU LU 5 s 6175 50 E 4 wale Hanai haril n a 2188 fj J Crasman 37114 screwdrvers Phillips Ho 2 x 1300 dolia drill Ghanian 17 in SLRS DO dolin make cal TOGO garl cont i E55 dolla Themis 8 Sub Total 55 785 55 ohap pang Tax Total 25 72465 delves eris tn Legacy site immediately Natr ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 395 ANSWER KEYS Training Activity 26 Editing a Purchase Order to Include Adding a Template otep 4 PO Items Receipts Record Info Scan or enter item lt scan here gt T Ford F 150 XL Vehicle Truck V6 4x2 2 door 1 0 26 000 00 d M Krylon 52101 Spray Paint Red 12 oz cans 4 0 6 50 c Q Coleman EC504930 extension cord 10 3 50 ft 3 0 71 25 qd N Scott 10 rol
498. urchasing amp Receiving gt Vendors 3 Select a Ship to location from the drop down list These represent the Stock Locations in your organization Optional Fields 4 If using Cost Centers Codes for Job Cost amp Billing select a Cost Center Code from the drop down list NOTE As of this version Cost Centers and Cost Codes are notation only fields in Purchase Orders and do not affect charges in Job Cost amp Billing 5 In the Ordered By field select a name from the drop down menu for who placed the Purchase Order ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 179 Purchasing amp Receiving 6 In the Requisition field type the name of the person in charge of the requisition of the Purchase Order 7 Select a Shipping Method Lists gt Shipping Methods from the Ship Via drop down menu 8 You may designate an Order Date for when the Purchase Order is first submitted and or a Return Date specifying when items should be received NOTE The values for Order Date and Expected Date will default to the LAST date the Purchase Order was created so you may need to adjust for this 9 If you have another related document that is tied to the Purchase Order type that Document Number in the designated field NOTE Many of the above fields can be linked together such that when one is chosen the other automatically populates the Purchase Order For example go to Lists gt Vendors highlight a Vendor of interest and th
499. ure accurate counts Save and Close this ticket When done compare your work to the Answer Key The Inventory Adjustments Browser As items are counted and the inventory count values are entered into ToolWatch via the Count Tickets count data will appear also in the Inventory Adjustments Browser window The Inventory Adjustments Browser displays a summarized list of individual count lines that were recorded on all Count Tickets during the counting process These new counts represent the most recent and final inventory values pending review and approval by a supervisor The Inventory Adjustments Browser has two main purposes 1 To display all items that are to be and have been counted It will provide a quick overview of the counting projects you are managing With this information you will see which items have been counted and which need to be counted 2 To provide you with a means of reviewing all count information collected from Count Tickets before posting any adjustments to final inventory values Here you can view all of the count lines across multiple Count Tickets or you can view just the count lines for a particular category or count location TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 133 Enterprise Essentials Viewing All of Your Tool or Material Count Lines 1 From the Navigator panel select the Pick Tickets amp Transfers module 2 Click on the Count Inventory button to open the Count Ticket Browser window 3 Clic
500. urposes only ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual 321 APPENDIX PERMISSION EDIT DELETE EXECUTE e Button on the e Button on the Tool Model Tool Model Record tab Record tab e Ability to import DataSource e Ability to see the tool models N A N A tool models that from the Online are stored in the DataSource into Online your company s DataSource ToolWatch Enterprise Ability to view Ability to change the contents of the contents of a kit from either j j nea ki or a kit from either the Kit Browser thE KIC Browser the Kit Browser or the Tool or the Tool Browser Browser A Ability to delete a kit from the Ability to create Kit Browser Lost and Found Ability to Refers to browse search Manage Retired and view retired Tools tools in Manage Retired Tools Ability to view tools and materials found in the Low Level Browser Low Level Browser Ability to delete Ability to view tools from the Ability to View Recycling Bin the contents in Manage Retired Detail of an item E neiaee the Recycle Bin Tool area and in the Recycle tab send them to Bin tab the Recycle Bin e Ability to reinstate a tool from the Retired Tools tab back into the Tool Reinstate Tool N A N Browser e Ability to Reinstate a tool from the Recycle Bin 322 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual APPENDIX PERMISSION JAN D D EDIT DELETE EXECUTE e On the To
501. urrence pattern based on 3 Yearly the criteria given Odometer Meter Recurrence Service Every 5000 e If you choose By Meter you will need Usage Recurrence to set an Odometer Meter Recurrence Service after every assignments e If you choose By Turns you will need E Ree to set a Usage Recurrence One Turn here assignment is defined as a tool being transferred from a Stock Location to an Employee or Job Location and then returning to the originating Stock Location e If you choose Whichever Occurs First you will fill in at least 2 of the 3 recurrence choices stated above 4 Click OK to close the window 5 Click Save to save these changes to your Service Plan Service Plan Event Detail Window 1 Work Order Details Tab The Work Order Details Tab allows you to see image 144 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Service amp Calibration z Service Plan Event Detail create a title which summarizes Fio Order Details Tasks instructions Required Tools Parts Charges the Requested Service required field record and communicate any Request Notes regarding the requested service Schedule Service Event Summary Assigned To e Urgency Normal o Requested Service Request Notes O PO Number Recumence record and communicate a PO Purchase Order Number assign the requested service to be p
502. urrent Meter information on the tool current mileage or hours used in the Meter field Type only numbers no units 6 Optional Enter the current Status of the tool in the Status field If your desired Status is not present you can add edit a Status on the desktop Go to Lists gt Status Code 7 Optional Tap the Delete Line button to delete the highlighted tool material from the Transfer Ticket Express Check In Often times throughout the year there will be cause to close a project and or job site and a subsequent need to reclaim the inventory kept there or if someone departs the company with little notice and a rather sizeable cache of tools is freed up needing to be re stocked Express Check In allows for the gathering and return of a number of tools from one employee or location to a single Stock Location NOTE Unlike the desktop only Employees and not Locations can be selected using the Mobile and Express Check In 295 Mobile Scanner 1 From the Home tab tap on the Check In SENARXCER Express Check In button Bennethum Todd ToolWatch 3 gt X 11 03 TOOLWATCH Drill Cordless Flashlight Cor Safety Fire Ladder Step Bits Drill Dian Tools amp Materials i Count Inventory m an Logout Utilities 5 Optional Tapping the None button 2 Be sure the Check In button is unchecks all checked items checked it is the default
503. urther divided into A B Manufacturers 3 To view all of your Material Model Records click on All Categories in the Explorer tree 4 Click on All Materials If you only want to see the Model Records for one category say Anchors simply select that category and then click All Anchors and ToolWatch will display a list of all Anchor Model Records currently visible to you 86 ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual Enterprise Essentials Searching for Materials amp Consumables it Employees i Extension Cords it Eye Protection al L sll p pom bm m em an dg TooIWatch also provides you the ability to search for specific materials or groups of material records by using the Search button at the bottom of the Material Browser window Clicking the Search button will display a search criteria window at the top of the Material Browser a Click on the Search button at the bottom of the Material Browser see image This will open the search window b a If you would like to search by specific information simply enter your search criteria into one of the fields and click the Go button Results will be displayed in the Material Browser window below b When you are finished searching click the Clear button in the search criteria area to clear the field contents window for a new search Supervisor c Toreturn to the Explorer only view click the Close button Low Level Brows
504. using is updated Sync ToolWatch before you begin 2 In order to populate certain fields on the invoice it is necessary to enter information in a number of places within ToolWatch a 280 To establish Remit To information for your invoice e Lists gt Locations gt Location Details tab gt highlight Main Warehouse gt Address enter 400 Inverness Pkwy Suite 450 Englewood CO 80112 e Supervisor gt select your name Set the following information on the Invoice Options tab e Lists gt Locations gt highlight Main Warehouse gt Invoice Options tab e Stock Location enter Main Warehouse e Business Unit enter Heavy Equipment e Terms enter Net 30 days e Tax enter 8 do not enter e Special Instructions enter contact Susan Jones with questions e Dunning Message enter payment begins upon receipt e Save gt Finished To establish a Project Contact for your invoice e Lists gt Cost Centers gt highlight Stoneybrook Subproject Cost Center gt General Info tab gt Manager gt enter Susan Jones e Save gt Finished To establish a Telephone for your Project Contact invoice e Lists gt Employees gt highlight Susan Jones gt Phone 1 gt enter 720 252 7654 e Save gt Close To establish Customer Information i e a billing address for your invoice e Lists gt Customers gt Create New gt Name enter Jones amp Company Construction gt Save ToolWatch Enterprise Training
505. utton gt Explorer gt search for items of interest Category Employee or Location Print button gt Print All option Report Options window gt Count Sheet Choose any additional report options gt View Report Physical Inventory Count Sheet window Print or Save as before 139 Enterprise Essentials Count Ticket Report Essentially this report is a printed copy of the Count Ticket When printed it reflects the current status of the ticket i e it is populated only by counted items ToolWatch Training Center National HQ Ticket No 6368 T ToolW atch 400 Inverness Parkway Ste 450 6 11 2014 9 18 AM Englewood CO 80012 Bennethum Todd Contact Denver Warehouse Vehicles 16001 T Vehicle Truck Diesel V2Ton Ford jrFi1soxuT tt Drills 21112 T Dril Cordless 3 8 18v DeWALT Dw242 tt Grinders 2002 T Grinder Angle 412 Bohn peaa J 41 1 0 Drills 28906 T Drill D Handle 127 DeWALT Dw140 Parent 30 1 1 ol De __ 23740_ T Dra Cordless wr tr Je ipeum f e y o 1 o Pau curs 32003 ater Angle Finsting antares 3 Grinders 32228 T Grinder Angle 417 C Besh haa A o o Dus 28002 T bitCedes Vor Jum scia tap Vehides 28416 T Pickup Ext Cab 34t Dodge Ramis 1 a o Nail Guns 32011 T
506. utton to view the Inventory Project Report d click the Post Adjustments button to post your results When done compare your work to the Answer Key TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 137 Enterprise Essentials Count Inventory Reports ToolWatch Enterprise offers three different reporting options for Count Inventory projects see images on next 3 pages e Physical Inventory Count Sheet e Count Ticket Report e Count Inventory Project Report ToolWatch Enterprise comes with over 100 prepared archived reports from which you may choose These particular reports focus on various aspects involved in inventory counting and management Physical Inventory Count Sheet This report see image is designed to be used for manual i e pencil and paper entry of data say attached to a clipboard and counts entered as an employee walks about a warehouse Later this information would be transferred into ToolWatch to update inventory It could function also as a checklist or guide for someone using a Mobile Scanner As it is updated when count data is entered into ToolWatch newer versions could be printed throughout the progress of a counting project ToolWatch Training Center 6 18 2014 12 26 PM Counted by 1 11 11 111 1 DeateCoumtd Item Description Manuf Model Bin Assignment Now Last Counted Date Category Grinders 32228 Grinder Angle 4 1 2 Bosch 1347A Denver Warehouse 1 6 11 2014 934 AM Counted By Bennethum Todd Coun
507. ve the particular items transferred back to the stock location or any other for that matter This Return Date is depicted in 2 places a In the item s Tool Record b In the Tool Browser under the Returning column board Tool Browser tem Editltem 4 amp 4 Retireltem ExportData Print Return Date 0 11 21 Edit Kit ID LS nes Categories 3 ee c 9 xi ial Work Platforms Saws 10014 53435654 EEEE m Compressors Tanks Tools PESU OG 10 11 2011 Pliers Cutting If this day passes and the items have not been transferred back to the designated Stock Location a hyperlinked message appears in the Message Center of all Dashboards stating There are tools out past their return date When you click on this hyperlink it brings you to the Tool Browser listing the items that are outstanding Note If you cannot see the Returning column in the Tool Browser click the 24 Expanded View checkbox on the bottom of the window to expand it ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual ToolWatch Basics Message 2 There are assets with low levels You can set up designated Low Levels for your materials consumables tools and equipment see Low Level Browser For example let s say that your company uses a lot of oil and you want to always have at least 30 quarts available You could set up a Low Level of 30 in this item s Model Record By doing so if ever you were to drop below 30 quarts of oil the
508. w a la when doing calculations and return at a later time to view the status of the process Likewise you can click repeatedly on e Refresh the Refresh button at the bottom of the window to update the status 7 Once the Cost Centers have been posted they will be removed from the Posting window Likewise the calculations will disappear from the Billing Browser window 8 Click the Close button NOTE Once transactions have been posted they cannot be edited or un posted TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual 267 Job Cost amp Billing Training Activity 39 Post Job Cost amp Billing Transactions Once your un posted charges have been reviewed and verified it is time to post them Post all 3 of your Cost Centers and then view the posted data in a few Enterprise reports To review the procedures for this activity see the following section in the ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual e JOB COST amp BILLING gt The Billing Browser gt Posting Job Cost amp Billing Transactions From the Navigator panel select the Job Cost amp Billing module Click the Billing Browser button to open the Billing Browser window In the Billing Browser click the Post button The Posting window opens Place checkmarks by all 3 of your Cost Centers Click the Post button py d qo d I9 dg Click the Refresh button a few times until all 3 Cost Centers have disappeared from the window 7 Click the Close button Once the in
509. wer Key 236 TooIWatch Enterprise Training Manual Job Cost amp Billing Copying a Rate Sheet You can save a great deal of time when creating a Rate Sheet if instead of starting with a new blank canvas you take a complete existing document and make a copy of it Then you make a few edits and Voila a completely new Rate Sheet containing your exact specifications 1 From the Navigator panel click the Job Cost amp Billing module 2 Click the Rate Sheets button to open the Rate Sheet Browser window 3 Click on either the Tools amp Equipment Rates or Materials amp Consumables Rates Rate Sheet depending on the type you wish to copy 4 Select the Rate Sheet of interest by highlighting it 5 Click on the Copy Rate Sheet button A Py Ratesheet A window will appear indicating that your selection has been copied Click OK 6 A new Rate Sheet line will appear on the browser just below the original It will have the original name along with COPY and the date appended Double click to open it 7 Change the Rate Sheet Number and Description to match the new Rate Sheet Click Save 8 If necessary click the Set Rate Sheet Rules button to edit the rules Otherwise make no changes here 9 Go through the line items on both tabs and make any needed corrections to this new Rate Sheet 10 When finished click Save And Close Deleting a Rate Sheet 1 From the Navigator panel click the Job Cost amp Billing

ToolWatch Enterprise Training Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents